A CONTRIBUTION TO SICILIAN ^ NUMISMATICS
^cht
-ocr page 2-• •'
â– 'â– 'lt;
; - Vh-
: :•/
r-’ nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;■nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quot;
,4.*
V^5--.
: y
gt;' nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-j-'â–
.\(- 'vi- , .
, /
m
:â– â– 'quot;
•S
‘quot;41
M
.4;: â– ^,-:
V;?'*
-ocr page 4- -ocr page 5-THE KIMONIAN DEKADRACHMS
-ocr page 6- -ocr page 7-TER VERKRIJGING VAN DEN GRAAD VAN DOCTOR IN DE LETTEREN EN WIJSBEGEERTE AAN DEnbsp;RIJKS-UNIVERSITEIT TE UTRECHT, OP GEZAGnbsp;VAN DEN WAARNEMENDEN RECTOR MAGNIFICUS L. VAN VUUREN, HOOGLEERAAR IN DEnbsp;FACULTEIT DER LETTEREN EN WIJSBEGEERTE,nbsp;VOLGENS BESLUIT VAN DEN SENAAT DERnbsp;UNIVERSITEIT TEGEN DE BEDENKINGENnbsp;VAN DE FACULTEIT DER LETTEREN ENnbsp;WIJSBEGEERTE TE VERDEDIGEN OP VRIJDAGnbsp;5 DECEMBER 1941 DES NAMIDDAGSnbsp;TE 3 UUR
DOOR
GEBOREN TE BUSSUM
KEMINK EN ZOON N.V. - OVER DEN DOM - UTRECHT
-ocr page 8-PROMOTOR: C. W. VOLLGRAFF This book was sent to press in September 1941
-ocr page 9-AAN MIJNE OUDERS
-ocr page 10- -ocr page 11-CONTENTS
Principal Literature. Abbreviations, Books, Catalogues....... 3
I. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Catalogue of the Dekadrachms .............. 7
II. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Die-Statistics. Counterfeits................. 29
III. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Some Observations regarding the Technique..........31
V. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Absolute Chronology. Chronology of Syracusan Coinage from 413-400 b.c. 44
App. I. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The Arethosa-Tetradrachms of Kimon.........60
App. II. The Dekadrachms of Agrigentum...........66
VI. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The Die-Engravers...... 73
VII. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Kimon and Pseudo-Kimon......... 98
VIII. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Other Engravers and their Copyists .............113
iX. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;False Signatures in Vase-Painting ..............126
X. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The Phenomenon of False Signatures.............144
Index........................149
Plates......................at the end.
-ocr page 12- -ocr page 13-When in 1914 Regling studied the Kimonian dekadrachms he could not collect extensive material due to the outbreak of the World-war; yet he was of opinion that the available data were sufficient to attain the end in view. However, the desirability of anbsp;new treatment of these capital pieces is evident, especially if we pay attention to thenbsp;fact that Regling could only give a summary treatment of the subject. When in 1938 Inbsp;began to collect the data I could hope to reach a fuller and more certain result undernbsp;more favourable circumstances. This time, too, the outbreak of war has made it impossiblenbsp;to complete the material. That nevertheless I have proceeded to this work is because Inbsp;have about twice as much material at my disposal as Regling (152 pieces against 87),nbsp;and because in spite of this increase of data the arrangement of the dies by Regling hasnbsp;appeared perfectly correct and complete. My catalogue of the Kimonian dekadrachmsnbsp;is therefore only to be considered as a revised and enlarged edition of Regling’s list.
The present catalogue is preceded by a note in which a few improvements of the usual method are proposed. The catalogue is followed by the usual observations: thosenbsp;regarding the absolute chronology did not seem satisfactory without a revision of thenbsp;chronology of the Syracusan coinage of 415^400 b.c. A satisfactory treatment of annbsp;important phenomenon ^ that of false signatures' — which is in evidence with thesenbsp;dekadrachms, seemed only possible if other instances both with regard to coins andnbsp;other works of Greek art were also treated; this naturally led me to an examination ofnbsp;the phenomenon in general. The result is that the treatment of this question hasnbsp;developed into a part of the work that has become a rather detached portion side bynbsp;side with the first part. I do not know which of the two will be considered to be thenbsp;essential part; in the one case I apologize for the lengthy discursion, in the other fornbsp;the lengthy introduction, and in both cases for the somewhat heterogeneous composition of the book.
After the Monnaies grecques by Imhoof (1883) and the catalogue of Greek coins uf the Academy in Amsterdam by Boissevain (1912) the present work is thenbsp;first book on a subject of Greek numismatics that has appeared in Holland since thenbsp;modern study of this science. The apparent lack of interest has for its parallel a lacknbsp;of aids and appliances: the numismatic literature is anything but complete in ournbsp;libraries. To mention an example, most catalogues of large private collections or collections that were formerly private are absent in Holland. In quoting these works I drawnbsp;upon notes made during a stay in Berlin in 1938, when I certainly expected that I
I
-ocr page 14-should be able to check these references on a future visit to London^); for the moment I am unable to correct any inaccuracies and incompletenesses.
If circumstances have prevented me from utilizing the available data to the full, yet I have made high demands upon the helpfulness of many people. The followingnbsp;gentlemen provided me with casts of the coins which are in their custody, andnbsp;wherever necessary gave me further information: M. Jean Babelon of the Cabinet desnbsp;Médailles, Paris; Prof. A. Cameron and Prof. E. J. P. Raven of the University of Aberdeen; Dr. L. D. Caskey of the Boston Museum of Finé Arts; L. M. Clarke and Dr. F. M.nbsp;Heichelheim of the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge; Prof. G. Cultrera (Museo Nazionalenbsp;in Syracuse); Dr. A. E. Glauning (Staatl. Miinzsammlung, Munich); E. Holzmair ofnbsp;thé Vienna Bundessammlung; Prof. J. Liegle of the Staatliche Miinzsammlung, Berlin; Hisnbsp;Excellency Prof. A. Maiuri (Mus. Naz., Naples); Prof. Giorgio Nicodemi (Soprinten-dente Capo, Milan); Racov of the Hermitage, Leningrad; Miss Gisela Richter of thenbsp;Metropolitan Mus.; Miss Anne S. Robertson of the Hunterian Museum, Glasgow; Dr.nbsp;Sigurd Schulz of the Thorvaldsen Museum, Copenhagen; and the Curator of the Histo-risches Museum, Basle. Miss M. E. H. Lloyd, Mr. A. Gallatin, and M. R. Jamesonnbsp;sent me casts from pieces of their collections through the kind intermediary of Mr. E.nbsp;S. G. Robinson, Mr. S. P. Noe, and M. J. Babelon. The casts promised by Baronnbsp;Pennisi were apparently lost due to the state of war. According to the communicationsnbsp;of Dr. Galster, Dr. Helpf, J. G. Milne, S. P. Noe, A. Peloggi, Camillo Serafini, Dr. R.nbsp;Wegeli and Dr. Winlandt there are no pieces by Kimon in the following musea:nbsp;Numismatic Collection, Copenhagen; Staatliche Miinzsammlung, Dresden; Balliol Coll.,nbsp;Cambridge; the collection of the late Dr. E. P. Robinson, Newport R.I.; Mus. Comunalenbsp;of Catanzaro; the Vatican; Bernisches Historisches Museum, and the Badisches Landes-museum. In the Penningkabinet, the Hague, too, whose Director Dr. M. A. Eveleinnbsp;always received me with great helpfulness, there are no coins by Kimon. — I here tendernbsp;my sincere thanks to all these persons, as also to Mr. J. Schulman, Amsterdam, 'whonbsp;kindly gave me the freedom of his library.
To my Father, whose expert knowledge as a mechanical engineer stood me in good stead in the chapters on technique, I also owe the apparatus with which the profiles ofnbsp;Plate I could be taken. I thank Dr. G. van Hoorn and above all my teacher. Prof. C. W.nbsp;Vollgraff, for their continual support and help.
In conclusion I express a wish that the following pages may be worthy of the assistance I have received from so many sides.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;J. H. JONGKEES.
1) I could not obtain casts from the British Museum, the Brussels numismatic collection, and the Ashmolean Museum, Oxford; therefore I can only treat these coins in so far as they are knownnbsp;from the literature.
-ocr page 15-AA Archaologischer Anzeiger,
AJA American Journal of Archaeology.
AM Athenische Mitteilungen.
Amtl. Ber. Amtliche Berichte aus den Kgl, Museen (Berlin).
Ann. d. Num. Annuaire de la Société Franfaise de Numismatique.
Arch. Eph. Archaiologike Ephemeris.
AV J. D. Beazley Attische Vasenmaler (1925).
BdA Bollettino d'Arte.
Berl. Mbll. Berliner Miinzblatter. bf. black-figured.
BM British Museum (Catalogue).
BMC British Museum Catalogue of Greek Coins.
BM Guide B.V. Head Guide to the Coins o[ the Ancients (1881).
Boll. Napol. Bollettino del Circolo Numismatico Napoletano.
BPhW Berliner Philologische Wochenschrift.
Bull. Ant. Besch. Bulletin van de Vereeniging tot Bevordering der Kennis van de Antieke Beschaving.
CV A Corpus Vasorum Antiquorum.
FR A. Furtwangler — K. Reichhold Die griechische Vasenmalerei.
Fw A. Furtwangler Beschreibung der Vasensammlung der Kgl. Museen (1886).
Jdl Jahrbuch des Deutschen Archaologischen Institilts.
JHS Journal of Hellenic Studies.
JIAN Journal International de Numismatique Archéologique.
MaK K. Regling Die antike Münze als Kunstwerk (1924).
MuZ E. Pfuhl Malerei und Zeichnung der Griechen (1923).
Nav. L. Naville (and J. Hirsch) Auction-Catalogues since 1920.
NC Numismatic Chronicle.
Num Circ Numismatic Circular (Spink amp; Son).
NdSc Notizie degli Scavi.
NNM Numismatic Notes and Monographs.
Nom. Nomisma.
RA Revue Archéologique.
RBN Revue Beige de Numismatique.
RE Pauly-Wissowa Real-Encyclopaedie des klassischen Altertums.
REA Revue des Etudes Anciennes.
Reg Revue des Etudes Grecques. rf. red-figured.
RM Römische Mitteilungen.
RN Revue Numismatique.
Syll. Sylloge Nummorum Graecorum (ed. E. S. G. Robinson).
VA J. D. Beazley Attic Vases in America (1918).
ZfN Zeitschrift fiir Numismatik.
-ocr page 16-E. Babelon Les Monnaies grecques (Coll, Payot. 1921).
E. Boehringer Die Miinzen von Syrakus (1929).
A. du Chastel de la Howardries Syracuse, ses monnaies — au point de vue artistique (1898),
G, de Ciccio Aurei Siracusani di Cimone e Bvenefo (1922), cited after Boll. Napol. 1922.
A. J. Evans Syracusan „Medallionsquot; and their Engravers (1892), cited after NC 1891,
L, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Forrer Notes sur les signatures de graveurs sur les monnaies grecques (1906), cited after RBN
1904 and 1905,
E. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A. Freeman History o[ Sicily (1891).
J, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Friedlaender—A. von Sallet Das Kgl. ManzkabineE 1873,^ 1877,
A, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Gallatin Syracusan Dekadrachms of the Euainetos Type (1930).
P. Gardner Types of Greek Coins (1887),
W, Giesecke Sicilia Numismatica (1924),
B, V. Head On the Chronological Sequence of the Coins of Syracuse (1874), cited after NC 1874.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Historia Nummorum^ (1911),
G, F, Hill Coins of Ancient Sicily (1903),
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;L’Art dans les monnaies grecques (1927; English edition: Select Greek Coins],
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Guide to the Principal Coins of the Greeks and Romans (1932).
M, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hirmer Die schönsten Griechenmünzen Siziliens (Insel-Biicherei 1940).
F. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Imhoof Blumer Monnaies grecques Verhandelingen Kon. Akad, Amsterdam. Letteren XIV 1883,
L. M, Lanckoronski Schönes Geld der alten Welt (1935).
L, und M. — Das griechische Antlitz in Meisterwerken der Münzkunst Albae Vigiliae 3, 1940.
K. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lange Götter Griechenlands Bilderhefte antiker Kunst VII 1941.
Ph, Lederer Die Tetradrachmenpragung von Segesta Thesis Munich 1910,
G. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Macdonald Coin Types (1905).
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The Evolution of Coinage (1916).
H. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Marcel, H, Bouchot, E, Babelon La Bibliothèque Nationale 1 (1907),
S. P. Noe The Coinage of Metapontum 11 NNM 47, 1931.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Thurian Di^Staters NNM 71, 1935.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Bibliography of Greek Coin Hoards NNM 78, 1937.
R. Stuart Poole, B. V, Head, P. Gardner BMC Sicily (1876).
K, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Regling Terina 66. Berk Winckelmannsprogr, 1906.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Dekadrachmen des Kimon Amtl. Ber, 1914/5, 3-11.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Die antike Miinze als Kunstwerk (1924),
G. E. Rizzo Saggi preliminari su I'Arte della Moneta nella Sicilia Greca (1938), cited after BdA 1937.
C, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;T, Seltman Greek Coins (1933),
L, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;O. Tudeer Die Tetradrachmenpragung von Syrakus in der Periode der signierenden Kiinstlernbsp;(1913), reprinted from ZfN 1913.
J, Ward Greek Coins and their Parent Cities (1902),
R. Weil Die KUnstlerinschriften der sicilischen Miinzen 44. Berk Winckelmannsprogr, 1884,
[E, S, G. Robinson] The Newnham Davis Coins in the Wilson Collection of Classical Antiquities, Marischal Coll., Aberdeen Sylk I 2, 1936.
Catalogue of the Collection of Greek Coins of the Earl of A shb ur nh am Sotheby, May 1895, Münzhandlung Basel Venfe 4: Monnaies grecques du Prince Wfaldeck, Arolsen), du Cte. C. de B etc.nbsp;Oct. 1935,
Collection Clarence S. Bement, monnaies grecques 1 Nav. VI 1923.
-ocr page 17-F. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sherman Benson Collection of Greek Coins Sotheby Feb. 1909,
Collection Billoin, médailles grecques aafonomes Vente Paris, March 1886.
Catalogue of the Sir Edward Bunbur y Collection of Greek Coins I, Sotheby, June 1896.
[E. S, G. Robinson] The E. Spencer Churchill Collection Syll. I 1, 1931,
Collection Max. Collignon Vente Paris 1917,
Aug. D el b e k e Collection Sotheby, April 1907.
Catalogue of Greek Coins of a welUknown Archaeologist and Traveller (A. ]. Evans) Sotheby, Jan, 1898,
J. Hirsch (Munich) XVI Dec. 1906: Griechische Münzen zweier Amateure und eines bedeutenden auslandischen Miinzkabinets.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;XXXII Nov. 1912; Griechische Münzen vorzugsweise von Sicilien.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;XXXIII Nov, 1913: Anfike Münzen von Baron Friedrich von Schennis, eines bekannten englischennbsp;Archaeologen.
G. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Macdonald Catalogue of the Greek Coins in the Hunterian Collection, University of Glasgow
I (1899).
R. Jameson Collection R. Jameson, monnaies grecques antiques I (1913), III (1924),
Sammlung Geheimrat von Kaufman n, Antike Münzen L, Hamburger, May 1929,
Lake Price Collection Sotheby, Apr, 1880.
E. S. G, Robinson Cafa/opute of Ancient Greek Coins collected by Godfrey L o ck er^L amp s o n (1924),
W, M, Leake Numismata Heltenica: a Catalogue of Greek Coins collected by W. M. Leake.
[E. S, G. Robinson] The Lloyd Collection Syll, II (1933-7),
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The Lockett Collection Syll. Ill 1 (1938).
R, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Stuart Poole, B, V, Head, P. Gardner BMC Sicily, London (1876),
J, Babelon Bibliotheque Nationale. Catalogue de la Collection de Luy ne s. Monnaies grecques (1924).
S. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;W. Grose Catalogue of the M c CI e a n Collection of Greek Coins I (1923),
[G. Fiorelli] Catalogo del Museo Nazionale di Napoli. Medagliere I: Monete greche (1870).
The Montagu Collection of Coins, Cat. of the Greeks Series I Sotheby, March 1896,
H. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;de Nanteuil Collection de monnaies grecques (1925),
N a V i 11 e (Ars Classica) IV 1922: Monnaies grecques antiques du Grand-Due Alexandre Michatlowitch, etc.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;V 1923: Monnaies grecques antiques, doubles du British Museum, etc.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;X 1925: Collections d'un grand industriel décédé, du baron Alexandre de Petrowicz, etc.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;XII 1926: Collections de E. Bissen, J. Wertheim, etc.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;XIII 1928; Collections du Cav. Roberto Allatini, du Capt. Spencer Churchill, etc.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;XIV 1929: Collection du Capt. E. G. Spencer Churchill.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;XV 1930: Collections de deux amateurs récemment décédés, du Prof. A. M. Woodtvard.
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;XVI 1933: Collections de R. de St.-Marceaux, W. Carr, E. G. Spencer Churchill, A. Colegate,nbsp;W. Lamb.
—' XVII 1934: Collections de R. Burrage, etc.
Collection Martinetti-N e r v e g n a, Sambon and Canessa, Rome, Nov, 1907,
Collection G. P(ic ar d), Sambon, Paris, March 1923.
Monnaies grecques du Prof. S. Pozzi Nav. I 1920.
Sammlung Theodor Pro we, Egger 1912,
^ochbedeufende Sammlung griechischer Münzen eines bekannten Atchaologen (Rhousopoulos) Hirsch XIII 1905,
tG. Fiorelli] Cataloghi del Museo Nazionale di Napoli. Collezione Sant angel o. Monete greche. (1866),
L. Mtiller Description des monnaies antiques du Musé^ T horv aldsen (1851).
-ocr page 18-Hochbedeaiende Sammlung griechischer Münzen vorzugsweise von Sicilia, aas aliem Besitz (M. V ir zi)
G. F. Hill Catalogue of the Author’s Collection in: J. Ward Greek Coins (1902).
K. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Regling Die griechischen Münzen der Sammlung W ar r e n (1906).
L. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Forrer Catalogue of the Coll, formed by Sir Hermann Weber I (1922).
Sammlung Consul Ed. Weber, Kirsch XXI 1908.
-ocr page 19-CHAPTER 1.
CATALOGUE OF THE DEKADRACHMS.
The present catalogue is of the usual type; the system of numbering is the same which Seltman applied to the coins of Olympia, and which was also recommended bynbsp;Regling^). This is in fact the clearest and simplest system, and hardly deviates fromnbsp;Regling’s method in his treatment of the dekadrachms. — I have, however, to accountnbsp;for some of the innovations applied here:
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I have arranged the specimens of which I had casts or good reproductionsnbsp;before me under each number (combination of dies) in chronological order. This givesnbsp;us a better insight into the origin and the growth of die-injuries, makes us ascertain anynbsp;irregularities (e.g. interchange of dies) at once, and enables the reader to check thenbsp;correctness of the arrangement more easily. Besides it is possible that this arrangement,nbsp;if connected with the die-position, may teach us something about the manner in whichnbsp;coins were struck: probably the pieces which were struck the one after the other duringnbsp;the same working-hours will also display the same die-position. — The coins which Inbsp;have been unable to compare in this way have been placed at the end of each numbernbsp;under a line.
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Here was at the same time an opportunity of distinguishing different “hands”nbsp;that struck the coins. It is obvious that each labourer has his own way of striking: thenbsp;one may strike forcefully^ the other feebly, a third in a slovenly way, while others againnbsp;appear to work carefully. In the present study the observation of such phenomena hasnbsp;enabled me to draw important conclusions in the field of chronology; in other works,nbsp;too, it might be useful to pay attention to this. In connection with this I mention in thenbsp;catalogue, whenever this is possible, the greatest diameter of the coin, and also thenbsp;diameter of the border which surrounds every type.
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The characterization of the relief, which will be found in the description ofnbsp;the dies, is not only based on direct observation, but also on measurings. For thisnbsp;purpose an apparatus has been made, in which a row of ordinary pins, close to eachnbsp;other (to this end the heads were removed), can be vertically clamped between twonbsp;pieces of metal; when the apparatus has been placed over the coin (or the cast), the
1) BPhW 1922, 1141.
-ocr page 20-pins are dropped, so that the points come to rest on the coin in a straight line; next the pins are clamped again. Then the points of the pins indicate the relief of the coin alongnbsp;the line chosen!: by putting the apparatus in an epidiascope and projecting it on anbsp;screen we can draw the result more easily and accurately. Such an apparatus cannot benbsp;perfectly accurate because there is of course a distance between the points of the pinsnbsp;which is tantamount to the diametre of a pin; by means of the apparatus I used I obtainednbsp;seven fixed points per centimetre. The profiles of some dies obtained in this way havenbsp;been reproduced on Plate I; as far as the dekadrachms are concerned the profilesnbsp;were always taken from the vertical axis (ear, ear-drop) and in the case of the Arethosa-tetradrachms vertically over the middle of the nose.
The dates given here will be accounted for towards the end of the chapter on absolute chronology. -- The terms “fracture, dent, crack, corrosion” will be explainednbsp;in the chapter on technique. ^ The horses are numbered from left to right.
I. KIMON.
412 B.C.
1. A Border of very fine dots, d. 34,5 mm. — The horses have short necks, long bodies; the muscles of the shoulders are heavily modelled; eight hindlegs and seven forelegs;nbsp;the head of the first horse is very erect; on the breast of the fourth horse a vein isnbsp;visible. The driver wears a sleeveless chiton, whose folds have been rendered by lightlynbsp;undulating parallels: the short hairs flutter in the wind, just like those of Nike, whonbsp;wreathes him. Nike is draped, only the arms and the right leg are bare. Kentron endsnbsp;past Nike’s right knee. — The reins: the upper rein runs to the 1. end of the bit of thenbsp;fourth horse; the second rein to that of the third horse: the third runs before the necknbsp;of the third and second horses on to the L end of the bit of the fourth horse, to the r.nbsp;end of which the fourth rein extends. — Beyond the border the following parts of thenbsp;type project: first hoof of first horse, tip of the tail of the fourth horser the r. chariot-wheel likewise interrupts the border. — The exergual-line is a heavy cornice which,nbsp;diminishing in height, projects on cither side some mm. beyond the border; on the uppernbsp;side of this cornice on the 1.: KIMnN. In the exergue, on a scalariform repositorium ^),nbsp;a panoply: helmet, greaves, shield, cuirass (three-quarters to r.); on the lowernbsp;step: A0AA.
a Border of fine dots, heavier than on A, diam. 33,5 mm; diam. of die 36,5 mm. —
1) Cf, H. G, Bcycn Über SHlleben aas Pompeji Thesis Utrecht 1928, 40.
-ocr page 21-The head is slanting forward. Full round chin; face very lightly modelled; brows and neck-ring not indicated; necklace of small beads. The hair has been engraved extremelynbsp;delicately; hairs and three locks under the lower band of the hair-netr one lock behindnbsp;the ear. Ampyx grows broader at the forehead; along the lower side it has been trimmednbsp;with one ribbon, along the upper side with two; knot in the upper ribbon; KI/Mnbsp;embroidered on the ampyx. The ear-drop has the shape of a hanging calyx; the hole innbsp;the lobe of the ear is visible; shallow auricle. ^ The dolphins are tall and slender, withnbsp;short tails, and showing little liveliness; a dolphin becomes visible at the back out ofnbsp;the truncation. — To the r., above: STPAKOSIfiN, beginning at the vertical axis ofnbsp;the type, and ending immediately before the tail of the dolphin r. below, A comparatively low relief^).
Obv. |
Rev. |
S lt;0 s |
Wt. |
Abr, |
D-p. |
Bibliography ®). |
a E. G. SPENCER CHURCHILL. Uninjured, double-struck. |
Small fracture between the lips; double-struck. |
39 |
43,25 |
n.w. |
f |
Syll, 55; Heseltine, Hastings, Northwick; Hill L’Att 51, 1 (obv.). |
b ABERDEEN. Slight injury at fourth neck, near rein; double-struck. |
Injury at nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;four times struck. |
39 |
!43,I3 |
n.w. |
i |
Syll. 72; Davis, J, Sam-bon (Sotheby, May 1870, 223), Dupré 147.nbsp;— Regling la. |
c NEW-YORK. Beginning of dent behind headnbsp;of first horse. |
35 ? |
42,61 |
s. w. |
\ |
Ward 290 and front,; Evans; found at Sta.nbsp;Maria, — Regling 1 hnbsp;(Ward Gr. C. 210 “engraved in his (Evans')nbsp;book” is incorrect), —nbsp;Regling 1 h. | |
d UNKNOWN. |
Double-struck. |
36 |
42,73 |
8.W. |
Bement 509; Sir H. Weber 1611, W. Webster (1883) 3), | |
e UNKNOWN. Dent from Nike's elbow downwards. |
Double-struck, |
38 |
40,62 |
8.W. |
Nav. XVI 761; Davis (1864). |
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;For further details see Chapter VII.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the columns I give consecutively a description of the obverse and the reverse, thenbsp;diameter of the coin, the weight, the degree of abrasion (the following designations have been abbreviated; not worn, very slightly worn, slightly worn, little worn, rather worn, worn, considerably worn),nbsp;die-position, and finally the bibliography, etc.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;According to Forrer ad Weber 1611 Evans has found traces of Kimon's signature on thenbsp;dolphin below the truncation, I suppose that this refers to the dorsal fin of that dolphin, which is anbsp;little broader than usual; however, I have not found any trace of a signature on any specimen, innbsp;^®ct I think its presence here most unlikely.
-ocr page 22-
Obv. |
Rev, |
1 s a Q |
Wt, |
Abr, |
D-p, |
Bibliography, |
f C. S, GULBENKIAN. |
Corrosion underneath |
_ |
_ |
8.W, |
__ |
Hill L'Att 26, 1 (rev,). |
? |
against chin. | |||||
g BERLIN, Fracture un- |
Corrosion against root of |
36 |
— |
8.W. |
t |
Inv, 311/1901; Hirmer |
der fourth head, cor- |
the nose. Double-struck, |
Die schönsten Grie- | ||||
rosion on neck of first |
chenm. 36 (obv, enl,). | |||||
horse and behind helmet. |
— Regling 1 b (fig, 1), | |||||
h UNKNOWN, |
_ |
36 |
__ |
8.W. |
Du Chastel pi, 12, 141; | |
Double-struck, |
Evans NC 1891 pi, 9,5; RBN pi, 4, 10, p, 131,nbsp;— Regling 1 d. | |||||
i M, E, H, LLOYD, |
__ |
34 |
43,19 |
8.W. |
Syll, 1409, | |
Slight dents on hindquarters of fourth horse. | ||||||
j UNKNOWN, Dent be- |
_ |
34 |
— |
r.w. |
— |
Picard 343; place not |
hind fourth head. |
(clean- |
quite certain. | ||||
ed) | ||||||
k C, R, LOCKETT, Be- |
— |
34 |
43,30 |
8.W. |
\ |
Syll, 987; Churchill, L, |
ginning of dent at ang- |
Lampson 92, Pozzi 609, | |||||
le of neck of 4th, horse. |
Virzi, | |||||
1 R, JAMESON, Very |
Slight injury at upper |
35 |
43,49 |
S.W. |
Cat, 1834 with add,; Vir- | |
slight corrosion 1, un- |
eyelid; corrosion on |
zi; from Noto 1908; Reg- | ||||
der exergual-line. |
cheek. |
ling MaK 581, — Reg- | ||||
(PL 11), |
(PL II). |
ling 1 e. | ||||
mA, PENNISL |
Double-struck, |
— |
— |
8.W. |
— |
Hirmer Die schönsten |
? |
Gciechenm. 37 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(rev,); place uncertain. | |||||
n PARIS, |
— |
37 |
43,32 |
n.w. |
Luynes 1244; Dupré (not | |
NC 1891 pi, 9,5); Mar-cel-Babelon Bibl. Nat. I 89 1, below. | ||||||
0 BRUSSELS, Corrosion under ex,-line nearnbsp;chariot-wheel. |
8,W,? |
~ |
Giesecke Sic. Num. pi, 14, 4; place not quitenbsp;certain. | |||
p SYRACUSE — |
— |
36 |
42,50 |
¦•w. |
~ |
Inv, 5696, |
q GLASGOW, A few slight dents behind 4th, |
Injury at r, end of truncation. |
37 |
43,16 |
n.w. |
Hunter 63 (no reproduction!). | |
neck; very slight corrosion; double-struck. | ||||||
r LENINGRAD, Slight corrosion,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;| |
— |
34 |
43,05 |
8.W,? |
t |
Inv, 4285/16; place uncertain. |
Obv. |
Rev. |
a a S |
Wt. |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
s LONDON. |
Larger fracture on upper eyelid. |
34 |
43,23 |
V.8.W. |
BMC 200; Hill Princ. Coins pi. 17, 65; NCnbsp;1874 pi. 4, 6; Hill Sicily fr. 1 (rev.); head-piece Num. Circ. — Reg-ling 1 f. Place uncertain. | |
t UNKNOWN. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
Canessa, Dec. 1907, 358. — Regling 1 c. |
u UNKNOWN. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
Sotheby, May 1900, 152, Hamburger 1894, 219. —nbsp;Regling 1 g. |
II. PSEUDO-KIMON.
2. A Described under No. 1.
P Border of dots as on a, diam. 34 mm; diam. of die 35 mm. — The head is erect. Full chin, but drawn inwards; face modelled at nose and mouth only; neck-ring indicated. Auricle very deep; eyebrow and eyelash indicated. Necklace of small beads. Hairnbsp;has been less delicately engraved. Hairs and three locks below the lower band of thenbsp;hair-net; one lock behind the ear. The ampyx is narrower and without cut, and isnbsp;provided with one ribbon on either side; no knot nor any embroidery. The ear-dropnbsp;has the shape of a smooth bunch; the hole in the lobe of the ear is visible. — The dolphinsnbsp;have short tails and show little liveliness; the dolphin placed against the truncation isnbsp;inscribed: KIMflN. — To the r., beginning at the crown and extending to the dorsalnbsp;fin of the r. dolphin: STPAKOSIfiN. — The relief steeply rises at the hair above the ear.
Obv. |
Rev, |
a' S |
Wt. |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography, |
a R. JAMESON. Vide |
Uninjured. |
36 |
43,33 |
n.w. |
\ |
Cat. Ill 1922. |
No. 1 r. | ||||||
b CAMBRIDGE. Heavier corrosion 1, |
— |
35 |
42,49 |
w. |
— |
General collection; “doubtfulquot; 1), |
under exergual-line. | ||||||
c BASLE (cleaned). |
— |
36 |
40,83 |
w. |
1 |
Inv. 1908/764; place uncertain ®). |
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;So far as I can judge from the cast there is no sound reason to declare the piece false; itsnbsp;condition seems rather to point to the contrary; the internal measures are correct.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Here we have about the same case as with the preceding coin, The slight sharpness of my
-ocr page 24-
Obv. |
Rev. |
S cd o |
Wt. |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography, |
d PARIS. |
Dent from angle of neck to dolphin r. below; horizontal crack r. of eye;nbsp;injury at lower lip;nbsp;double-struck. |
36 |
43,22 |
S.W. |
t |
Luynes 1242; Dupré (reference to NC 1891 pi. 10, 8 is wrong). |
e LONDON. Slight crack between breast .and foreleg of first horse. |
(Pi. II). |
36 |
43,36 |
n.w. |
BMC 201; BM Guide^ 25, 29. Gardner Types VInbsp;21 and 25; Weil Künst-lerinschr.. Ill 9; NC 1874nbsp;IV 7; RBN 1905, 137;nbsp;Hill Sicily fr. 3 (rev.);nbsp;Macdonald Coin-Typesnbsp;III 14 (obv), Evol. ofnbsp;Coin. fr. 2; Seltman Gr.nbsp;C. 23, 6. — Regling 2 a. |
3. A Described under No. 1.
7 Border of fine dots, diam. 34 mm; diana, of die 38 mtn. — The head is erect. Full chin, but drawn inwards; corners of mouth drawn downwards. Slightly modelled at nosenbsp;and mouth; neck-ring. Deep auricle; eyebrow has been rendered. Hairs and three locksnbsp;under the lower band of the hair-net; one lock behind the ear. The ampyx does not shownbsp;any cut, and has been trimmed by one ribbon on either side; no knot; on the ampyx a Knbsp;has been embroidered. The ear-drop has the shape of a smooth bunch; the hole in thenbsp;lobe of the ear is visible. — The dolphins, with somewhat longer tails than on a and p,nbsp;show considerable liveliness; on the one below the truncation; KlMflJN. — To the r.,nbsp;above, beginning at the lock of hair, which is about the vertical axis, and ending immediately before the tail of the dolphin r. below: HTPAKOSIfl. — The relief is as on /?.
Obv, |
Rev, |
a lt;d S |
Wt, |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
a LONDON. ? |
Slight dent against forehead; vertical capillary crack across the eye;nbsp;three times struck. |
37 |
42,93 |
n.w. |
BMC 202; Hill UArt 26, 2 (rev,). — Regling 3 n. | |
b UNKNOWN. |
Beginning of crack over ampyx. |
36 |
43,39 |
n.w. |
— |
Egger 45, 380, — Regling 3 e. |
cast may, however, be the result of the casting; the rigorous cleaning of which the coin clearly bears traces is another indication of its genuineness.
-ocr page 25-
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;With the numbers 3c—j an internal order is not to be ascertained. 2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;With the numbers 3o—u an internal order is not to be ascertained. |
Ohv, |
Rev, |
a s |
Wt. |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
p PARIS. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
Slipped in striking. |
35 |
43,40 |
8.W. |
— |
Inv. 1361; RN 1913, 12 No. 1731). |
q A. GALLATIN. |
(PI. II), |
33 |
45,29 |
V.8.W. |
Nav. XIII 334; Bement 511; Virzi 307. — Reg-ling 3 k 1). | |
r UNKNOWN. |
Not centred. |
37 (35) |
42,80 (42,27) |
l.w. |
Nav. V nil; BMC 203; R. Payne-Knight. — Reg-ling 3 0 1). | |
s UNKNOWN. — |
— |
34 |
43,27 |
s.w. |
\ |
Nav. XII 9481). |
t UNKNOWN, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
— |
34 |
43,17 |
V.8.W. |
— |
Nav. XIII 3351), |
u UNKNOWN. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
— |
34 |
— |
S.W. |
— |
NC 1912 pi. 4,15 (rev,)i). |
V UNKNOWN Heavy corrosion. |
35 |
43,30 |
V.8.W. |
— |
Nav. XVI 764; Nav. XV 380. | |
w UNKNOWN. |
Capillary crack across eye much broader; similar cracks in hairnbsp;above ear, and acrossnbsp;tail, of dolphin 1. below. |
34 |
43,43 |
V.3.W. |
Virzi 308. — Regling 3 1. | |
X UNKNOWN. |
Blanche! Monn. gr. pi. 8, 2 (rev.). — Regling 3 b,nbsp;A Paris specimen? | |||||
y UNKNOWN. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
Bunbury 412; Benson 344. — Regling 3 c. |
z UNKNOWN. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
Hirsch XII 78. — Regling 3 g. |
aa UNKNOWN. |
— |
34,5 |
41,08 |
8.W. |
_ |
Hirsch XVIII 2282. — Regling 3 h. |
ah UNKNOWN. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
Hirsch XXVI 101. — Regling 3 i. |
ac UNKNOWN, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
— |
35 |
43,29 |
— |
— |
L, Lampson 93. |
ad UNKNOWN. |
— |
33 |
43,34 |
— |
— |
Sir H. Weber 1612; G. R, Smith; Northwick? |
ae UNKNOWN. |
Num, Circ IV 1561, 3 (not from Sta. Maria), —nbsp;Regling 3 p. | |||||
af UNKNOWN. |
V.8.W. |
Feuardent, Artiste irang, 1913, 126, |
1) With the numbers 3o—u an internal is not to be ascertained.
-ocr page 27-15
411 or 410 B.C.
4. A Vide sub No. 1.
S Border of fine dots, diam. 33 mm; diam. of die unknown. — The head is erect. The upper and the lower jaw are drawn backwards. The face is hardly modelled; heavynbsp;eyelids, lower eyelid strongly curved; no eyebrow; deep auricle. Neck-ring very slightlynbsp;indicated; necklace of ten big beads. — The hair has been delicately engraved; hairs andnbsp;three locks below the lower band of the hair-net; lock behind the ear; the hair at thenbsp;temple has been indicated. The ampyx does not show cut or embroidery, and has beennbsp;trimmed by a ribbon on either side; no knot. The ear-drop has the shape of a smoothnbsp;bunch; the hole in the lobe of the ear visible. — The dolphins are rather lively; on thenbsp;one placed against the truncation: KIMfIN. — To the r., above, beginning at the hair-lock, which lies near the vertical axis, and ending immediately before the tail of thenbsp;dolphin r. below: STPAKOSlfi. — The relief is comparatively low, and does not shownbsp;the same treatment as on (3 and y; it gives a gentler and more vivid impression.
Obv. |
Rev, |
a cd 5 |
Wt, |
Abr, |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
a UNKNOWN. |
Injury near and on the first S; slight injury between neck and dolphinnbsp;1. below, (PL II). |
35 ? |
42,56 |
l.w. |
Egger, Nov, 1913, 381; Montagu (1896) 152. —nbsp;Regling 4 a. | |
b MUNICH. |
Fracture between truncation and dolphin below. |
34 |
42,97 |
l.w. |
Hirmer nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Die schönsten Griechenm. 40 (rev, enl.). | |
c UNKNOWN. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
Sambon, March 1902, 519, — Regling 4 b. |
d UNKNOWN. |
— |
34 |
— |
8.W. |
Collignon 113; identical with c? |
410 or 411 B.C.
5- A Vide sub No. 1.
e Border of fine dots, diam. 32,5 mm; diam. of die about the same. The head is erect. Full chin, somewhat drawn backwards; the face is hardly modelled; no eyebrow;nbsp;large auricle; neck-ring rather slightly indicated. Necklace of small beads. The hair hasnbsp;been delicately engraved; no hairs, but only two thin locks below the lower band ofnbsp;the hair-net; a lock behind the ear; the hair at the temple has been indicated. The ampyx
-ocr page 28-shows some amount of cut and has been trimmed by a ribbon on either side; no; knot, nor any embroidery. The ear-drop has the shape of a smooth bunch; the hole in the lobe ofnbsp;the ear has been indicated. — The dolphins are slender and tall, and have rather longnbsp;tails; the lower dolphins touch each other'; the one below the truncation is inscribed;nbsp;KIMfiN. — To the right, beginning before the crov/n; STPAKOZ-IfiN, interruptednbsp;by the tail of the dolphin on the r.; the last letters are between dolphin and border. —-The relief is high, but less strongly graded.
Obv. |
Rev. |
a CÖ S |
Wt, |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
a CAMBRIDGE, Considerable corrosion. |
Slight dent askance on neck; double-struck. |
36 |
42,21 |
i.w. |
\ |
General Coll.; Nav. V 1110. (“BMC 200” is wrong). |
b BERLIN. |
Dent somewhat deeper. |
33 |
43,23 |
V.s-W. |
Lobbecke (1906). — Reg-ling 5 b. | |
c UNKNOWN, |
Capillary crack in front of neck; slight dentnbsp;against nose. |
30 |
43,32 |
1.W, |
\ |
Nav. XVI 763; Churchill Syll. 56; Nav, XII 947;nbsp;Hirsch 33, 461, — Reg-ling 5 f. |
d R, JAMESON. Injury between chariot-wheels. |
32 |
43,38 |
v.s.w. |
Cat. Ill 1920; Virzi 306; from Noto 1908, — Reg-ling 5 e. | ||
e UNKNOWN, |
Dent on neck larger; capillary crack on either side longer; fracture innbsp;ear. |
31,5 X 34 |
43,48 |
v.a.w. |
Basel, Vte 4, 515; Seaby 2, 236; Simon 1126; Nav,nbsp;XIII 333; Virzi 305. —nbsp;Regling 5 d. | |
f BERLIN. |
Capillary crack and dent joined; crack acrossnbsp;band of hairnet; fracture in the eye. |
34 |
42,92 |
I.w. |
Imhoof (1900). — Regling 5 a (fig. 3). | |
g CAMBRIDGE. |
Capillary crack extends to across dolphin 1. below; double-struck. |
33 |
43,06 |
s.w. |
Leake Coll,; Leake Nam. Hell, suppl, p, 172, 6, | |
h NAPLES. |
Large crack on neck, which extends alongnbsp;back of head to thenbsp;border, and ends innbsp;front of neck in a largenbsp;triangular fracture, (PL II), |
34 |
43,27 |
I.w. |
Fiorelli Santangelo 8521. | |
i UNKNOWN. |
36 |
42,25 (injur ed) |
I.w. |
*— |
Cons, Weber 689; Del-beke 62. — Regling 5c. |
410 B.C
6. A Vide sub No. 1.
^ Border of fine dots, diam. 34 mm; diam. of die about the same. — Full chin, drawn backwards: the face is hardly modelled; eyebrow has been rendered. Neck-ring clearlynbsp;indicated; necklace of small beads. The hair has been delicately engraved; some hairs,nbsp;which are hardly visible, and three locks below the lower band of the hair-net; one locknbsp;behind the ear. The ampyx is broad, without cut, trimmed by a ribbon on either side; nonbsp;knot; on the ampyx KI has been embroidered. The ear-drop is oval; no hole in the lobenbsp;of the ear. — The dolphins are short and thick, and have long tails; no signature. ^ Tonbsp;the r., beginning just before the crown: 2TPAK02I (dolphin’s tail) flN, The reliefnbsp;is rather high.
Obv, |
Rev. |
B d p |
Wt. |
Abr, |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
a UNKNOWN (cleaned) |
Beginning of crack at belly of dolphin r. above; fracture betweennbsp;truncation and dolphinnbsp;below. |
34 |
42,38 |
w- |
\ |
Ratto, May 1912, 501. — Regling 6 b '). |
b BOSTON, |
Dent from angle of neck to breast-fin of dolphinnbsp;r. below; fracture between the lips; beginning of a crack againstnbsp;forehead. |
35 ? |
42,61 |
l.w. |
Warren 356, — Regling 6 c '). | |
c PARIS. — |
— |
34 |
42,90 |
w. |
Inv, 1363'). | |
d A. GALLATIN. |
Three times struck; slipped. |
34 |
— |
8.W. |
\ | |
e UNKNOWN. |
¦ |
34 |
43,45 |
a.w. |
Nav. XII 949; Hirsch 33, 462, — Regling 6 a'). |
410 B.C.
B Border of very fine dots, diam. 34,5 mm. The horses have slenderer and longer necks; the head of the first horse is not so very erect; heavy bodies; the musclesnbsp;of the shoulders less pronounced; eight hindlegs and seven forelegs. The charioteernbsp;'wears a long sleeveless chiton, whose folds have been rendered by vertical lines (but
1) With the numbers 6a—e the order is not quite certain.
-ocr page 30-less carefully than on A). Whether the thick hair flutters in the wind is not to be seen. Nike’s hair is moved by the wind; besides the arms and the r. leg, the r. shoulder andnbsp;breast are also bare. The bottom of the chariot has hardly been indicated; kentron endsnbsp;past Nike’s knee. — Reins: the topmost rein runs to the left end of the bit of the fourthnbsp;horsp; the second rein to that of the third horse, the third runs in front of the neck ofnbsp;the third horse on to the left end of the bit of the second horse; the two reins, which havenbsp;been indicated at the head of the first horse, have only one corresponding rein in thenbsp;driver’s hand. The following parts of the type project beyond the border: both forelegsnbsp;of the first horse, the tips of Nike’s wings, the tail of the fourth horse; here, too, thenbsp;chariot-wheel seems to coalesce partly with the border. ^ The exergual-line is a lessnbsp;heavy cornice, which extends as far as the border without projecting beyond it. Thenbsp;exergue is the same as on A, but less high.
^ Vide sub No. 6.
Obv. |
Rev. |
s s |
Wt. |
1 Abr, |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
a UNKNOWN. Uninjured. |
Beginning of a crack on belly of dolphin 1.nbsp;above. |
35 |
43,07 |
n.w. |
— |
Egger, Nov. 1913, 382. — Regling 7 b. |
b CAMBRIDGE. Injury on exergual-line:nbsp;double-struck. |
Beginning of crack on r. end of truncation;nbsp;double-struck. |
33 |
41,24 |
c.w. |
t |
McClean 2733; place not quite certain. |
c UNKNOWN. Corrosion in 1. chariot-wheel. |
Capillary crack from hair-net to pectoral finnbsp;of dolphin r. below. |
34 |
43,30 |
n.w. |
— |
Bement 512; Virzi 310. — Regling 7 e. |
d UNKNOWN. Beginning of injury in angle ofnbsp;neck of fourth horse. |
35 |
43,16 |
l.w. |
Nav. XVI 765; Nav. IV 362. | ||
e VIENNA nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
— |
35 |
39,20 |
l.w. |
— |
Badly preserved; place uncertain. |
f M. E. H. LLOYD — |
— |
34 |
42,99 |
8.W. |
\ |
Syll. 1410. |
g BRUSSELS nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;-- |
Not centred. |
34 |
— |
l.w. |
— |
Giesecke Sic. Num. pi. 13, 9. |
h LONDON (PI, II), |
(PI. II). |
37 |
43,34 |
n.w. |
NC 1928, 4, 4; Allatini; Virzi 309; Hill Princ.nbsp;Coins pi, 17, 66; Dienbsp;Antike 1931 pi, 30, 2,nbsp;— Regling 7 d. | |
i UNKNOWN. |
35 |
43,38 |
l.w. |
Nav. XV 381; Woodward (Oxf, 1931) 31; Virzi 311; Egger 1906,nbsp;183, — Regling 7 f. |
19
Obv. |
Rev, |
a Q |
wt. • |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography, |
j BERLIN, Very slight |
. |
35 |
43,15 |
8.W. |
V |
Inv. 122/1913; Virzi 312, |
corrosion. |
— Regling 7 a (fig. 4), | |||||
k UNKNOWN. Double- |
Double-struck, |
34 |
43,35 |
8.W. |
— |
Nav. XVI 766; Nav, XIII |
struck. |
336. | |||||
1 H. DE NANTEUIL — |
— |
— |
43,12 |
— |
Cat. 357; from Noto 1908, | |
m UNKNOWN, |
Double-struck. |
33 |
41,33 |
r.w. |
\ |
Rhousopoulos 432, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
— |
(injur- |
Regling 7 c. | ||||
ed) |
410 B.C.
8. B Vide sub No. 7.
7] Border of fine dots, diam. 34 mm; diam. of die 38 mm. — The head is erect. Chin drawn backwards; face unmodelled; no eyebrow. Neck-ring is vaguely indicated; necklace of small beads. The hair is rather delicately engraved; some hairs and three locksnbsp;below the lower band of the hair-net; one lock behind the ear; hair at the temple. Thenbsp;ampyx is broad, trimmed at the bottom by a ribbon, at the top no ribbon to be seen; nonbsp;embroidery, no knot. Ear-drop in the shape of a smooth bunch; the hole in the lobe ofnbsp;the ear has been indicated; the auricle is shallow (or broken?). — The dolphins arenbsp;rather short, and have long tails. — To the r., beginning just to the r. of the crown, andnbsp;extending along dolphin’s back to the dorsal fin: STP (curl of hair) AKOSIilN. — Thenbsp;relief is less steep.
Obv. |
Rev. |
a s |
Wt, |
Abr, |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
a UNKNOWN. |
Seems to be uninjured. |
— |
— |
I.W.? |
— |
Buchenau Grundr. d. MUnzk. I 19; place uncertain. |
b BOSTON, |
Slight injury in the angle of the chin, and belownbsp;truncation in front ofnbsp;dolphin's head; fracturenbsp;between truncation andnbsp;dolphin below; dent onnbsp;4th bead of neck-lace. |
34 |
43,09 |
l.w. |
f |
Inv. 03.945, |
a BERLIN. A little more corrosion. |
Injury in angle of chin more extended alongnbsp;neck; capillary cracknbsp;from ampyx to tail ofnbsp;dolphin 1. above. |
33 |
l.w. |
i |
Inv. 1018/1893, — Regling 8a. |
Obv. |
Rev, |
B ei S |
Wt. |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
d UNKNOWN. |
Larger injury below front of truncation. |
34 |
43,28 |
Lw. |
— |
Virzi 314, — Regling 8 d. |
e COPENHAGEN. Double-struck. |
Considerable fracture in angle of chin; slight injury at head of dolphinnbsp;1. below; three timesnbsp;struck. |
35 |
42,91 |
l.w. |
/ |
Thorvaldsen 178, 1306. |
f BERLIN. |
Injury on head of dolphin 1, below larger. |
33 |
— |
l.w. |
r |
Löbbecke (1906); N Ciro IV 1561, 2; from Sta.nbsp;Maria. — Regling 8 b. |
g UNKNOWN. Heavier corrosion. |
Crack from tail of dolphin 1. above, askance across ampyx (ramification to the border),nbsp;and across the head;nbsp;crack in hair above thenbsp;ear; three cracks radially from the backnbsp;of the head to the border; capillary cracks atnbsp;the temple. (PL 11). |
35 X 39 |
43,23 |
V.8.W. |
Seaby 2, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;237; Simon 1127; Nav. XII 950, | |
h UNKNOWN. |
A piece of the die has cracked off in the hairnbsp;above the ear ^), |
34 |
43,04 |
l.w. |
¦ |
Nav. X 305; Pozzi 611, |
i UNKNOWN. Double-struck. |
Cracks across ampyx, hair, and tail of dolphinnbsp;r, below. |
43,20 |
n.w. |
t |
Nervegna 769, — Regling 8 e. Belongs to the surroundings of g. | |
j UNKNOWN, — |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
“Im Handelquot; Regling 8 c. |
409 B.C.
9. B Vide sub No. 7.
9 Border of fine dots, diam. 34 mm; diam. of die 36 mm. ^ The head is erect, the chin is not drawn backwards. The face little modelled; no eyebrow; neck-ring vaguely
1) The coin has been touched up considerably; nearly all the great injuries that were outside the head have been filed off; the crack through the hair, too, has disappeared. The following havenbsp;been left: crack askance across the ampyx, injury above the ear, injury at the fourth bead; of thenbsp;necklace, injury under the left end of the truncation, fracture below the truncation. The first z hasnbsp;been accidentally removed when the coin was filed, and the A, K. and si, too, have been tampered with.
-ocr page 33-indicated: deep auricle. Necklace of small beads. The hair has not been very delicately engraved; no hair at the temple. The hairs and three locks below the lower band of thenbsp;hair-net have been clearly indicated; one lock behind the ear. The ampyx is broad,nbsp;without cut, and has been trimmed by a ribbon on either side; no embroidery and nonbsp;knot. Ear-drop is oval; hole in the lobe of the ear is visible. — The dolphins are rathernbsp;short, and have long tails. — To the r. above, beginning at the r. of the vertical axis andnbsp;ending just before the dolphin’s tail, in small letters: STPAKOSIflN.
Obv. |
Rev, |
B rt Q |
Wt, |
Abr, |
D-p. |
Bibliography, |
a UNKNOWN, Considerable corrosion. |
— |
37 |
43,25 |
8.W. |
— |
Nav. IV 360; Hirsch 33, 463; Virzi 315. — Reg-ling 9 i, |
b R, C. LOCKETT. |
Fracture below truncation. |
38 |
42,41 |
l,w. |
Syll, 989; Pozzi 612. | |
c R. JAMESON, Double-struck. |
— |
38 |
42,89 |
V.8.W. |
Cat, I 820; Duruflé, — Regling 9 k. | |
d UNKNOWN nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
— |
35 |
43,27 |
r.w. |
— |
Nav. XIII 338; Nav. V 1113. |
e UNKNOWN. |
Double-struck. |
37 |
¦ |
l.w. |
Du Chastel pi, 12, 143; RBN 1905 pi. 4, 12. —nbsp;Regling 9 d. | |
f UNKNOWN, |
Fracture in auricle; not centred. |
^39 |
43,21 |
r.w. |
Nav. IV 361. | |
2 BERLIN (cleaned). |
38 |
40,22 |
l.w. |
Inv, 7439; Friedlaender-V. SalleU 422, *602. — Regling 9 a. | ||
h UNKNOWN, |
Injury from r. end of truncation to dolphinnbsp;below. |
35 |
42,95 |
r.w. |
J, Schulman (The Hague). May 1938, 95. | |
i UNKNOWN. |
38 |
43,09 |
r.w. |
t |
Prowe (1912) 424; Egger, Dec. 1906, 186. — Regling 9 g. | |
i MUNICH. |
Beginning of capillary crack askance acrossnbsp;forehead. |
39 |
43,32 |
r.w. |
Lanckoronski Anflifz 61. | |
k UNKNOWN. |
Crack across forehead extends to injury againstnbsp;forehead. |
36 |
43,11 |
r.w. |
— |
Nav. XVI 767, |
1 PALERMO. |
Double-struck. |
37 |
¦ |
r.w. |
NdSc 1888 pi. 17, 21, p, 300, 53; from Contessa;nbsp;place uncertain. |
Obv. |
Rev, |
E flj s |
Wt. |
Abr. |
D-p, |
m MILAN (filed off). |
Capillary crack at tail of dolphin 1, below, injury at back of neck, (PI, II), |
38 |
40,35 |
l.w. | |
n MILAN, Double-struck, |
Slipped and double-struck. |
37 |
43,25 |
r.w. | |
o VIENNA nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
— |
37 |
42,75 |
w. |
\ |
p LONDON nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
— |
39 |
43,25 |
— |
— |
q LONDON. |
— |
40 |
43,06 |
— |
— |
r UNKNOWN. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
s UNKNOWN nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
t UNKNOWN — |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
u UNKNOWN. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
V UNKNOWN. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
Bibliography.
Coll. Braidense.
Coll. Braidense.
Place uncertain^).
BMC 206. — Regling 9 m.
BMC 205 (reference in Nav. V 1112 is wrong).
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Regling 9 1.
Berlin; Löbbecke (1906).
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Regling 9 b
Hirsch 7, 133. — Regling 9 h.
Egger 1906, 184. — Regling 9 e.
Feuardent, May 1910, 211; Egger 1906, 185. —nbsp;Regling 9 f.
Canessa, Dec. 1907, 359. — Regling 9 c.
409 or 408 B.C.
10. C Border of very fine dots, diam. 34,5 mm. — The horses are bigger and have long, heavy necks; the muscles of the shoulders have not been so strongly modelled; eightnbsp;hindlegs and seven forelegs. The charioteer wears a long sleeveless chiton, which isnbsp;fluttering in the wind below; the folds have been indicated by vertical lines. The driver’snbsp;hair is fluttering in the wind, contrary to Nike’s, who is entirely draped except armsnbsp;and r. leg; kentron ends before Nike’s knee. Bottom of chariot has been indicated. Thenbsp;two topmost reins run to the head of the fourth horse; however, both of them have been
1) On the cast I distinguish the crack in the ear, the beginning of the capillary crack across the forehead, the fracture between truncation and dolphin, and the injury to the right, below thenbsp;truncation; on the other hand there also seem to be a crack askance across the temple and the uppernbsp;eyelid, an injury in the angle of the chin, a crack and dents on the neck, fractures on upper lip andnbsp;on the dolphin's head, left, below; there also seems to be a considerable crack through the hair. Asnbsp;the field in front of the forehead is not flat either, the suspicion of falseness is evident; however, itnbsp;may also be due to the casting.
-ocr page 35-23
drawn in front of the head, where they join. Next comes a group of four reins, of which the two lowest extend along the front of the neck of the third horse on to the heads ofnbsp;the third and the second horse; the other two reins ought to run towards the first horse,nbsp;but the direction does no tally. Beyond the border there is no projecting part of thenbsp;type, but the tip of Nike’s wing and the forelegs of the first horse interrupt the border.nbsp;— The exergual-line is a not very heavy cornice, which projects beyond the border onnbsp;either side. The exergue is the same as that of A and B. but the repositorium is slantingnbsp;if compared with the exergual-line.
t Border of fine dots, diam. 34 mm; diam, of die 41 mm. ,— The head is erect; the chin is not drawn backwards. Face slightly modelled; eyebrow and neck-ring have beennbsp;indicated; necklace of small beads. The hair has been delicately cut; no hair at thenbsp;temple. No hairs below the lower hand of the hair-ned, but three locks; a lock behindnbsp;the ear. The ampyx is rather broad, without cut, without a knot or any embroidery,nbsp;but it has been trimmed by a ribbon on either side. The ear-drop has the shape of anbsp;smooth bunch; the hole in the lobe of the ear has been indicated. ^ The dolphins (sonbsp;far as they are visible) are tall and slender, and have long tails. — To the r., beginningnbsp;in front of the crown and extending to the dolphin’s tail: STPAKOZIflN. The reliefnbsp;is not so steep.
Obv, |
Rev. |
3 s |
Wt. |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography, |
a R. JAMESON. Trian- |
Large fracture from tail |
36 |
43,64 |
n.w. |
Cat, III 1921; Egger, Nov, | |
gular dent in front of |
of dolphin 1. below. |
1913, 384. — Regling | ||||
the neck of the first |
across the neck on to |
10 a. | ||||
horse; very slight cor- |
third lock of hair in the | |||||
rosion below the reins, |
neck, and to head of | |||||
on the exergual-line, |
dolphin r. below. Near | |||||
and behind the helmet. |
the eye a horizontal ca- | |||||
At the forelegs of first |
pillary crack, which is | |||||
horse the type is not |
continued by a frac- | |||||
struch-up owing to |
ture that runs verti- | |||||
fracture of rev.-die. |
cally through the ear, and as a capillarynbsp;crack along the bandnbsp;of the net; fracture between the lips. | |||||
b NAPLES. Corrosion |
39 |
43,20 |
n.w. |
Fiorelli Medagliece 5111. | ||
below reins has spread; dent in frontnbsp;of neck of first horsenbsp;has spread horizontally- Struck like a. (PI. II). |
(PI. II). |
Obv. |
Rev, |
S cO Q |
Wt, |
Abr. |
D-p, |
Bibliography, |
c CAMBRIDGE. Left end of exergual-line andnbsp;exergue not struck-up. |
Crack has spread a little in the neck and below. |
35 |
42,92 |
l.w. |
McClean 2732; G. R. Smith 481; NC 1916 pi.nbsp;4, 11. | |
d UNKNOWN, At the r. end of exergue notnbsp;struck-up. |
Capillary crack near the eye has become a fracture. Not centred;nbsp;double-struck. |
38 |
43,19 |
s.w. |
Basel, Vte. 4, 514; Arol-sen; Berl. Mbll. I 133. | |
e PARIS. Nike and upper part of charioteer not struck-up. |
The large fracture has, with a considerablenbsp;crack, spread throughnbsp;the band of the hairnet, through the net onnbsp;to the border near thenbsp;tail of dolphin r. below.nbsp;The part of the die enclosed thereby has sunknbsp;0,5 mm. |
36 |
43,25 |
V.8.W. |
/ |
Inv. 1364; RN 1913, 12 No. 174 {the die-identity given is wrong), —nbsp;Regling 10 e. |
f UNKNOWN. On the 1. not struck-up. |
Fracture and sagging have proceeded; notnbsp;centred. |
35 |
— |
l.w. |
Colli gnon 114. | |
g UNKNOWN. Left half of exergue not struck- |
Sagging is greater. |
35 X 38 |
42,88 |
8.W. |
Virzi 316. — Regling 10 b. | |
up. | ||||||
h LONDON. Nike and upper half of charioteer not struck-up. |
Now the second part has also entirely broken off. |
36 |
42,96 |
S.W. |
NC 1913, 260; Egger, Nov, 1912, 152; Boeh-ringer Münzen v. Syr.nbsp;pi. 30 Z 5 (rev.). — Regling 10 d. | |
i M. E. H. LLOYD. Dent in front of neck ofnbsp;first horse has a triangular shape. Nike's |
Capillary crack from lower lip to tail of dolphin 1. below; not centred. |
36 |
43,36 |
8.W. |
Syll. 1411; Pozzi 613; Virzi 317. — Regling 10 c. | |
wings not struck-up. | ||||||
i UNKNOWN, |
Injury on tail of dolphin r. below? |
Feuardent, May 1910, 212; Sotheby, May 1900,nbsp;153 (according to Grosenbsp;NC 1916, 114 not identical) — Regling 10 f. | ||||
R UNKNOWN. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
N Circ IV 1560,1 '^); from Sta. Maria, — Reglingnbsp;10 g. |
1) “Below the sphendone is an incuse impression in the form of a A quot;i probably an injury of the coin that has not been preserved very well.
-ocr page 37-408 B.C.
11. C Vide sub No. 10.
The
K Broad border of fine dots, diam. 33,5 mm?; diam. of die probably 36,5 mm.
head is erect. Profile above the nose arched, chin pushed forward. Face slightly modelled; no eyebrow; neck-ring hardly indicated. Necklace of small beads. Hairs and three locksnbsp;below the lower band of hair-net (rendered perspectively); one lock behind the ear. Somenbsp;amount of cut in the ampyx, which has been trimmed by a ribbon on, either side; no knot,nbsp;nor any embroidery. The ear-drop has the shape of a drawn-out smooth bunch; thenbsp;hole in the lobe of the ear is visible. — The dolphins are tall and slender, they havenbsp;long tails. — To the r., beginning at the lock of hair, which marks the axis, on to thenbsp;dolphin’s tail: STPAKOSinN.
Obv. |
Rev. |
B s |
Wt. |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
a UNKNOWN nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
Uninjured. |
37 |
— |
l.w. |
— |
RBN 1905, 134. — Reg-ling 11 b. |
b UNKNOWN |
Injury between truncation and head of dolphin below; fracture below truncation. |
35 |
l.w. |
Du Chastel pi. 16, 143. — Regling 11 a. | ||
c EMMET. Corrosion between forelegs andnbsp;hindlegs. |
Injury on neck; double-struck. |
38 |
43,49 |
I.w. |
Seltman Gr. Coins pi. 24, 1; Nav. XIII 337;nbsp;Nav. V 1112 (not BMCnbsp;205): Hirsch 34, 196. —nbsp;Regling 11 c. | |
d LONDON — |
— |
35 |
42,88 |
— |
— |
BMC 204. — Regling 11 d. |
e UNKNOWN. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
Lake Price 246; White-head 8. — Regling 11 e. |
f UNKNOWN. |
””” |
— |
¦ |
Sotheby, May 1900, 151; Hamburger 1894, 220. —nbsp;Regling Ilf. | ||
g UNKNOWN. |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
Regling 11 g “unbekann-te Sammlungquot;, |
408 of 407 B.C.
12. C Vide sub No. 10.
X Rather broad border of fine dots, diam. 33 mm; diam. of die 36 mm. — The head Is slanting backward. The face is not modelled; neck-ring vaguely indicated, and the
-ocr page 38-26
larynx, too, has been rendered. The necklace has small beads. No hair at the temple; hairs and three locks (rather rough) below the lower band of the hair-net; one locknbsp;behind the ear. The broad ampyx has a ribbon on either side; no knot, nor anynbsp;embroidery. The ear-drop is oval; the hole in the lobe of the ear is visible. Deepnbsp;auricle; in front of the lobe of the ear: ^ — The dolphins are rather short, but havenbsp;long tails. — To the r., beginning just in front of the crown and ending immediatelynbsp;before the dolphin’s tail: STPAK (lock of hair) OSIfl. — Rather low relief.
Obv, |
Rev. |
B P |
Wt. |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
a SYRACUSE. Injuries |
Slight dent vertically |
36 |
42,40 |
l.W. |
f |
Inv. 5697 ^). |
below 5th foreleg, on |
across tail of dolphin |
(injur- | ||||
1st hindleg, and near |
r. below; fracture be- |
ed) | ||||
Nike's knee. Heavier corrosion below the |
low truncation. | |||||
reins. | ||||||
b UNKNOWN nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
— |
36 |
43,40 |
8.W. |
— |
Bement 510; Virzi 313, |
(PL II), |
— Regling 12 e ^). | |||||
c UNKNOWN. Double- |
— |
36,5 |
43,54 |
8.W. |
Egger, Nov, 1913, 385, — | |
struck. |
Regling 12 c ^). | |||||
d UNKNOWN nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
Double-struck. |
38 |
42,74 |
8.W. |
/ |
Egger, Nov. 1912, 151, — |
Regling 12 b | ||||||
e NEW-YORK. Injury at |
— |
36,5 |
42,25 |
S.W. |
Ward 292^); Evans | |
Nike’s knee larger. |
(cor- |
(1898) 105; from Sta, | ||||
roded; |
Maria, — Regling 12 g and h. | |||||
f PARIS. |
— |
37 |
43,32 |
l.W. |
Luynes 1241; Dupre, Luy- | |
nes Choix VIII 5, 6; du Chastel pi, 12, 141; NCnbsp;1891 pi, 10, 1; RBNnbsp;1905, 133; Hill Sicily it.nbsp;2; Babelon Monn. gr. 97,nbsp;— Regling 12 d and f, Billoin (1886) 234, — | ||||||
g UNKNOWN, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— | |
12a. |
407 B.C.
13. C Vide sub No. 10.
The
fi Rather broad border of fine dots, diam. 34 mm?; diam. of die uncertain.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The order of 12 a—d is uncertain.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ward's reference Greek Coins 210 to JVC 1891 is incorrect.
-ocr page 39-27
head is erect. The face, with chin pushed forward, has not been modelled; no eyebrow; neck-ring indicated; necklace of small beads; deep auricle. No hair at the temple; therenbsp;are no hairs below the band of the hair-net, but there are three locks; no lock behindnbsp;the ear. The broad ampyx without cut has been trimmed by a ribbon on either side;nbsp;no knot, nor any embroidery. The ear-drop has the shape of a smooth bunch. —¦ Thenbsp;dolphins are rather short, and have long tails. — To the r., beginning at the lock ofnbsp;hair, which marks the axis, and ending before the dolphin’s tail. 2TPAKO[2IXl]N.
Obv, |
Rev. |
B cU B |
Wt. |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
a BERLIN, More corrosion near the chariot. |
Double-struck. |
38 |
42,45 (cor roded) |
l.w. |
t |
Inv. 568/1872; Friedlaen-der-v. Sallet M21, ®603. — Regling 13 a. |
b UNKNOWN. Slight corrosion in exergue. |
Dent on nose, and before the chin; capillary cracks at head and tailnbsp;of dolphin 1. above. (PL II). |
33 |
43,24 |
8.W. |
Nav. XVI 762; Nav. XIV 136; Churchill, Syll. 57;nbsp;Nav. XIII 339 (Allatini);nbsp;Egger, Nov. 1913, 383.nbsp;— Regling 13 b. |
407 B.C.
H. C Vide sub No. 10.
V Rather broad border of fine dots, diam. 33 mm; diam. of die uncertain. — The head is erect; the heavy chin has been pushed forward very much. Face not modelled;nbsp;the eyebrow has not been indicated, the neck-ring has; necklace of small beads. Belownbsp;the net-band there are no hairs, but three locks; one lock behind the ear. The broadnbsp;ampyx without cut has been trimmed by two ribbons; no knot, nor any embroidery. Thenbsp;ear-drop has the shape of a smooth bunch. — The dolphins are short and lively, theynbsp;have long tails; the head of the dolphin 1. below, nearly touches the chin, — To the r.,nbsp;beginning at the lock, which lies to the r. of the vertical axis, down to dolphin’s tail:
2^tpakozi.
Obv. |
Rev. |
S cd s |
Wt. |
Abr. |
D-p. |
Bibliography. |
a UNKNOWN. Considerable corrosion. |
Fractures below truncation and between the lips. |
37 |
42,39 |
l.w. |
F. F. Kraus Braunschwei-ger Münzverkehr 2 (1928) 309. | |
h BERLIN (Badly preserved). |
— |
35 |
— |
l.w. |
\ |
Löbbecke (1906). — Regling 14 b. |
| |||||||||||||||||||||
“Sur Ie cou de la nymphe, Aquot; is probably wrong. |
CHAPTER 11.
In the preceding pages 152 specimens have been catalogued from 3 obverse- and 13 reverse-dies; that is to say that on an average 50,7 specimens with the same obversenbsp;and 11,7 with the same reverse have been mentioned. In order to enable the reader tonbsp;compare the figures I mention that in Terina (Regling) the averages run: 12 for thenbsp;obv. and 7 for the rev., with the tetradrachms of Syracuse (Tudeer) 19 and 9,5, fornbsp;the Syracusan pieces before the flourishing period (Boehringer) 8,32 and 5,94, fornbsp;Metapontum in the fifth and fourth centuries (Noe II, all the denominations) 8,2 andnbsp;5,8, for Ambracia (Ravel) 7,95 and 4,9, in Elis (Seltman) 6,5 and 3,5, for the distatersnbsp;of Thurium (Noe) 5,0 and 3,4; the Agrigentine dekadrachms hold the low recordnbsp;with 3,0 and 2,0. The numbers for the dekadrachms of Euainetos are 17 and 9,5gt;
The extraordinarily great number of the dekadrachms of Kimon that have been preserved is not the result of excessive production, for on the contrary these large diesnbsp;that have been cut deep must have been much more fragile than the smaller ones fornbsp;tetradrachms. However, we have a similar phenomenon when we compare the numbernbsp;of preserved tetradrachms with that of smaller denominations, such as litrae. Althoughnbsp;these were pre-eminently used in the town, they are far less numerous in our collectionsnbsp;than the larger pieces.
This may be partly the result of chance, which leaves the small coins unobserved in the earth, but it would seem that the principal cause is that the fractions were regularly withdrawn from circulation and were melted down, whereas the larger pieces,nbsp;which were less subject to abrasion, remained in circulation for a longer period, andnbsp;accordingly ran a greater risk of being lost, or were not even withdrawn systematicallynbsp;all. Besides, people always knew how to appreciate beautiful coins, and in particular the Syracusan dekadrachms. This is not only evident from the many imitations,nbsp;but also from the probability that these pieces were collected as objects of art^). Thenbsp;luct that so few Agrigentine dekadrachms are known is probably either chance or anbsp;result of the destruction of the town in 406, when the inhabitants had to leave behind
1) J. Friedlander ZfN III 167, Pagenstecher Calenische Relieikeramik 18, Babelon Traité des nonnaies 1 1 67 sq.
-ocr page 42-30
their goods and presumably more often than not their money, too; in this case the coins will probably have been melted down.
There have been, naturally, many counterfeits in circulation of these costly coins, which have been highly valued for many centuries . Most of them, however, arenbsp;immediately to be recognised as such, because it is difficult to imitate pieces of thesenbsp;special qualities, and further also because cast imitations easily betray their origin. Butnbsp;it may be useful to mention here two excellent counterfeits, which may not be unique.
In the Naples museum there are various counterfeits: according to the communication of the Museum Nos. 5112 and 5113 of the five specimens of the Medagliere mentioned by Fiorelli are false, and, as appears from a cast. No. 5110, too, is a strucknbsp;counterfeit^). Of the other pieces that are at Naples, only Med. 5111 and Santangelonbsp;8521 have been mentioned as genuine in our catalogue, as Med. 5109 and Sant. 8520®)nbsp;cannot be authentic either. Both reverses would have to be grouped under y, and wouldnbsp;be excellent specimens thereof. The obverse of Med. 5109, however, does show thenbsp;dents on the head of the first horse and in the angle of the neck of the fourth, thenbsp;injuries on the hind-quarters of the fourth horse and behind the helmet, but the cuirassnbsp;is placed three-quarters to the left, the reins run entirely differently. Nike seems to lacknbsp;her wings, and the horses’ hoofs could apparently only reach the bottom, because thenbsp;exergual-line which for the matter of that is curved, was raised in that place; thenbsp;chariot does not call for any observations. The obverse of Sant. 8520 shows the same,nbsp;only the injuries that characterize A are lacking, and while traces of reins, which hadnbsp;the course of the reins of Med. 5109, are still visible, a few rough reins of a differentnbsp;course have been cut additionally. Here the Nike has a set of poor wings, and shenbsp;holds the wreath in such a way that we see it as a circle, as on the dekadrachms bynbsp;Euainetos; the horses’ heads, too, are rather poor and have been touched up roughly.nbsp;The chariot now appears to have thin wheels, such as do not occur on the threenbsp;dies ABC.
It would seem that an excellent forger has made the models of these dies, and that here we have before us two dies, each touched up separately, and that by hands ofnbsp;very different ability.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hill Becker the Counterleiter I pi, II 25.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;From the same poor dies there was a specimen in the Carfrae coll.; Sotheby, May 1894 pi.nbsp;IV 1, which piece was withdrawn from the auction.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Weights 43,25 and 41,48 gr, respectively; the latter weight is too low for a specimen that hasnbsp;been preserved excellently.
-ocr page 43-CHAPTER III.
All the dies catalogued in Chapter I show considerable or slight injuries. Five kinds are to be distinguished: 1) cracks, 2) fractures, 3) dents, 4) corrosion, 5) other injuries.
1. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Capillary cracks arise due to internal strains causing the metal of the die tonbsp;crack. These strains may be due to various causes, or to a combination of causes: therenbsp;aiay be casting-strains in the die, and strains may have arisen as a result of hammeringnbsp;(vide infra). These (latent) strains are already present in the die before it is put intonbsp;use, and do not manifest themselves before a considerable time has elapsed, as a resultnbsp;of the circumstance that the metal gets tiredf through prolonged use and frequent heatingnbsp;and cooling. However, the striking of coins itself, too, causes strains, in the first placenbsp;of
course by means of upward pressure (with the reverse-die), but also by means of lateral pressure in the hollow of the, engraving, which pressure will be greater as thenbsp;relief is higher and steeper. Therefore these capillary cracks are especially in evidencenbsp;on the heads of our coins, and as roughly speaking the engraving on the dekadrachm-^les is the same and is subjected to a similar treatment, sometimes also in parallel places:nbsp;u horizontal crack beside the eye is shown by )3 and i; y has a vertical capillary cracknbsp;across the eye, while a shows its beginning; 6 and r/ have cracks askance across thenbsp;umpyx and the forehead; capillary cracks across the band of the hair-net, too, suchnbsp;us are shown by e and i, belong to this group, even though they are only in evidence innbsp;connection with injuries of a different nature. For fractures may cause new strains innbsp;l^he die, which in their turn may result in new cracks. As is shown by ^ydrj and t thesenbsp;capillary cracks gradually broaden into considerable cracks.
2. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;What is called “fracture” in the catalogue is of far greater frequency; by thisnbsp;l^crm I understand the injury that arises when a piece of metal that sticks out upwardsnbsp;Within the die breaks off due to natural weakness; this need not take place when the
is used, but may also be the result of knocking, falling etc. As the same weak ridges, etc. occur on almost all the reverse-dies, the number of similar fractures is great: fracturenbsp;between the lips: xSiv, between truncation and the dolphin below it:nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;in the
auricle: ytil{rif)6c. A fracture, and that one of formidable measure, is that of i, where i.a.
a result of cracks, circa a quarter of the die has been broken away.
-ocr page 44-32
3. nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The dents are always oblong, they mostly resemble stripes; further their placenbsp;is perfectly irregular, although a dent occurs only once in the engraving itself (e).nbsp;They also occur frequently on other dies, but as far as I see exclusively in the planenbsp;of the background, not in the engraving^). Such a dent in the die points to a weak spotnbsp;with an air-bubble in the metal. These bubbles may obtain an irregular shape, becausenbsp;in rising in the liquid metal they have, near the surface, where the metal is less liquid duenbsp;to cooling down, to conquer greater resistance, and are as it were flattened up againstnbsp;the tougher layers^). Air-bubbles of the characteristic form of stripes as pointed outnbsp;have, however, obtained their shape by the hammering of the metal; this is provednbsp;by the fact that they are almost exclusively visible in the background-plane of the coin,nbsp;i.e. in the outer surface of the die, or in other words in the hammered exterior ofnbsp;the metal.
When such a bubble is situated close below the surface of the die, there is a weak spot, for as a result of repeated use the thin skin of metal concealing the bubble willnbsp;bend and thus cause a dent in the surface of the die. When the hollow of the bubblenbsp;is slight nothing else will happen, but if it is great the metal skin will finally crack onnbsp;the weakest spot. This phenomenon is to be seen in e where, as chance would have it,nbsp;theqe was an air-bubble of great measures under the neck^; this crack develops intonbsp;capillary cracks on either side, while these finally cause a considerable crack andnbsp;a fracture.
4, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Corrosion occurs nearly exclusively on the three obverse-dies; the only reversenbsp;showing slight corrosion is a. This kind of injury does not arise because the dies arenbsp;affected by moisture in the course of a long period of inactivity, for if this were the casenbsp;we should see the corrosion grow stronger by jumps; we can, on the contrary, statenbsp;that the corrosion gradually spreads as the dies are used. This is caused by the circumstance that the dies are heating while they are used. For the heavy edges that are sometimes visible round the reverse as well as the fact that cracks in the edges of the coins arenbsp;exceptional, clearly prove that the silver was struck in a hot condition®). If the metalnbsp;of the obverse-die were quite homogeneous the corrosion would take place in a purelynbsp;uniform way (in layers); the irregular, granular corrosion evidently points to imperfectnbsp;alloy and to impurity of the metal. Especially with B the corrosion is very irregular.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;One of the numerous good examples that can be mentioned is the dekadrachm of Agri-gentum; see below, p, 66. A striking case is that of Tudeer obv, 33; see especially the specimensnbsp;Lloyd 1404, Lockett 978; Virzi 363, 369, 370.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Of course this is only applicable if the side into' which the die is cut later on, was the uppernbsp;side during the casting.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;C. F. Elam Joarn. Inst, of Metals 45, 1931, 1 Proceedings, 60 sq.
-ocr page 45-This corrosion is not in evidence before some time has elapsed. This is not only proved by the history ot the three obverse-dies, but also by the circumstance that thenbsp;reverses — with the exception of a — do not show the phenomenon; because the diesnbsp;of these were not mounted in a table, and also because of the deeper engraving, theynbsp;were far weaker, so that they did not live long enough to be affected by this injury;nbsp;again, the reverse-die will probably have been heated more than the obverse, whichnbsp;was surrounded by air. From this it follows that the exception (a) has been in use fornbsp;a longer time than the other reverse-dies, as also appears from the number of preservednbsp;specimens, and that nearly without showing any other injuries than very slightnbsp;symptoms of corrosion. The material of this die was apparently considerably betternbsp;than that of the others^). Likewise the numbers of preserved specimens point to thenbsp;fact that A was of better material than B and C. Yet all these dies have no doubt beennbsp;in use for a fairly long time; since iron will shov/ corrosion already early under suchnbsp;circumstances, it follows that a more precious metal, i.e. bronze, has been used innbsp;making the dies.
5. Under the heading “other injuries” there appears a remarkable die-injury: in lt;he course of its career (from 3 m onward) there appears with y on the coin a dent innbsp;the forehead-line, coupled with a slight elevation of the background-plane of the coinnbsp;immediately in front of it. That is to say that due to a' push or something like it againstnbsp;the sound edge which impresses the forehead-line on the coin, a dent has arisen in it,nbsp;¦'•vhile the metal that was thus pushed away escaped over the engraving and in doingnbsp;this caused an impression in the line of thq forehead when the coin was struck. The factnbsp;that in this case a piece of metal did not crack off, but bent, points to the circumstancenbsp;that the metal was not so very brittle.
Summarizing the knowledge of the dies gathered from these injuries, we obtain the following image: the dies are made of bronze, apparently of a hard kind, but notnbsp;Very brittle®). The latter quality not only appears from the injury mentioned abovenbsp;®ub 5, but also from the fact that the capillary crack across the eye of the same die ynbsp;9rows only very slowly (cf. the progress of the corrosion of A during the same time).nbsp;The same crack also proves, like the other capillary cracks and the edges of the fractures, that the bronze was hard. Hardness and a certain degree of elasticity may verynbsp;quot;Well go together; hard bronze of to-day has an elasticity of 5—10 %.
The way in which the bronze became hard can only partly be read from the coins.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The lower relief, which on that head caused cracks in a smaller degree, cannot alter this fact.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;As S. W. Grose NC 1916, 127 thought.
-ocr page 46-34
For the hardness is greatly dependent on the alloy used. The only die of the classical period that has been preserved^) is made of bronze, consisting of 69,85copper andnbsp;22,51% tin^). This in itself means a bronze of passable hardness, but perhaps phosphorus has been put in the alloy. For phosphorus is an excellent means of hardeningnbsp;bronze, while it is mostly burnt away by great heat and need not leave a trace behind.nbsp;Seeing that traces of phosphorus have been found in ancient bronzes®) we may assumenbsp;that in this instance, too, phosphorus has been used.
When in the melting-pot the desired alloy had been obtained (no doubt together with a few other undesired elements), the piece of metal into which the die had to benbsp;cut was cast; this piece no doubt had approximately the form of a cylinder. Of thisnbsp;the lower part at least was made harder by hammering (the shape of the air-bubblesnbsp;is an indication of this ¦*)), not until then was the engraving of the type begun. For thisnbsp;was not cast in its rough form from a patrix, because in that case hammering wouldnbsp;not have been possible any more, and also because the air-bubbles in the form ofnbsp;stripes are only found in the part influenced by hammering (up to a few mm belownbsp;the surface).nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;.
After these observations about the metal of which the dies were made, a few words may be said regarding the manner in which the coins were struck. As is known thenbsp;bullion was cast in a spherical shape at Syracuse, and this blank was struck into a coinnbsp;after it had been heated®). The edges left by the seam between the two halves of thenbsp;mould, and also the remnants of the metal from the feeders and the junction canals,nbsp;which remnants have not always been sufficiently cut off, clearly show the state ofnbsp;things. Now it is generally assumed that the spherical blank was first flattened withnbsp;a hammer, and after that put between the dies. This, however, would have an inverted
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Svoronos Corolla Num. to Head, 290, Hill NC 1922, 14; no phosphorus was found in it.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Maybe such an alloy was usual in classical times, cf. Casson Transactions Intern. Num. Congr.nbsp;London 1936, 40.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Bliimner Technologie IV 337 mentions figures from 0,054 to 0,25% and refers to Reyer ]ourn.nbsp;[. prakt. Chemie NP 25, 1882, 258 and Arch. ƒ. Antrop. 14, 367. The bronzes are non-classical.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The usual result of this hammering is that the metal escapes at the edges of the surface ofnbsp;the die; this is in fact clearly visible on the only die of the period, which I mentioned before: Dattarinbsp;JIAN 8, 1905, 110 sq., pi. 2,1; Dattari gives an incorrect explanation. It is erroneous to think that thenbsp;die was made by counterfeit coiners because it was found in Egypt (Boehringer Miinzen von Syrakusnbsp;74), for Athenian coins which were struck elsewhere need not be called counterfeits, any morenbsp;than the Corinthian vases which were made at Athens (H. Payne Necrocorinthia 201, E, Haspels Bijdr.nbsp;tot de Studie van Att. Zwart-lig., Thesis Utrecht 1935, 13, n. 2; Attic Black-ligured Lekythoi, 1936, p, 3,nbsp;n. 2). Apart from this there would not be the least reason why a counterfeit coiner should makenbsp;his dies of bronze and the Mint its dies of iron, which is less suitable.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hill NC 1922, 6, M, Bernhart Numismatik 1, 1932, 11,
-ocr page 47-35
effect; for in that case a type of such a high relief as that of the dekadrachms could not be fully struck up. However, by concentrating, before the striking, as much bullionnbsp;as possible in that place between the dies where much metal was necessary in order tonbsp;give the desired thickness to the coin, the success of the coin was ensured; the possibility of this is greatest when the bullion has a spherical shape ^). But the sphericalnbsp;shape cannot have been pure, for such a flan in a soft condition cannot be handled withnbsp;tongs without the tongs leaving traces. I think I recognise these traces in the flatteningsnbsp;which some coins show locally on either side, not only at Syracuse, but in very manynbsp;towns ^). These parts flattened by the tongs, got no or a slight impression of the die,nbsp;in the same way as the pieces of ,No. 10 only have a weakly impressed part on thenbsp;obverse as a result of the great fracture of t. With the primitive electrum coins ofnbsp;Ionia the tongs were not held vertically (i.e. hingeing in a vertical direction) butnbsp;horizontally.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;;
If after the heating, the silver spherical flan had had to wait a moment for its treatment, the exterior would have cooled down a little and thus become less soft.nbsp;During the striking folds often arose, such as may often be seen on Syracusannbsp;nnd other Sicilian coins®), notably on several of the Arethosa-tetradrachms ^). Thesenbsp;folds have wrongly been taken for traces of overstriking ®). Another result of strikingnbsp;when the metal is too cold is that in the edges of the coins cracks arise which, go inwardnbsp;radially®); the two symptoms of striking when the metal is too cold also occurnbsp;Combined '^).
It is evident that coins of the size and of such a high relief as the dekadrachms had needed several hammer-blows to assume the types. If with other coins there are tracesnbsp;of two blows, we have here at least four cases (2a, 3an, 6d) where three blows, andnbsp;one case (lb) where four blows could be discerned. It is worth noting that thenbsp;obverse-die t with its great fracture underneath is usually put on the silver in such a
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf. Elam Jomn. Inst. Metals 1931, 60 No, 1 (Leontini).
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Among the Sicilian coins I find the following instances in the Lloyd coll.: 817 (Agrigentum),nbsp;(Kamarina), 951, 966 (Gela), 1087 (Messana), 1134 (Motya), 1172, 1199 (Segesta), 1211, 1250
(Selinus), 1651 (Siculo-Punic). The best example is perhaps afforded by a tetradrachm of Heraklea ^inoa: J. Schulman Vente 8 June 1931, 54 (from the Mathey coll.). Here we recognize the divergingnbsp;gripping surfaces, which are not uncommon with ancient tongs (Bltimner Technoloj^ie 11, 193).
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;From the Lloyd coll, only I quote for Syracuse, from the fifth century: 1319, 1322, 1341, 1371,
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Vide p, 64,
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lederer Tetradrachmenpragung van Segesta 24, No 11 b (the letters KO belong to thenbsp;^®ëestan die); Robinson Caf. L. Lampson ad No. 95,
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The dekadrachms 1 bj, 5e 9 fk, 11b, 12 a,
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;As is the case with the Arethosa-tetradrachm Tudeer No» 81h, Ward 296.
-ocr page 48-36
way that the effect of the fracture is visible as little as possible; it appears that the die was badly centred on purpose.
The position which the dies hold with regard to each other is not fixed, as was to be expected. Yet, enabled by the chronological arrangement of the several specimens,nbsp;we may make the following observation: we sometimes find the same die-position withnbsp;a few successive coins. This is the case with 1 kl (perhaps also with ij?), with 5 cd,nbsp;6 be, perhaps with 12 a—d, with 12 ef, 14 a—c. In all these cases the time-intervalnbsp;between the pieces is very slight (as appears from the injuries of the dies), and frequently it can hardly be established. A clear instance, however, is afforded by No. 10,nbsp;where a fortuitous coincidence has enabled us to establish the direction of the diesnbsp;with each specimen, and where the condition of the fracture is a clear indication ofnbsp;the time-interval between them. The first three specimens 10 a—c may have beennbsp;struck very shortly after each other, for the injury in front of the neck of the first horse,nbsp;which is no doubt due to an air-bubble, may become larger from specimen to specimennbsp;until the whole air-bubble has disappeared; besides, the great fracture on the reversenbsp;will probably cause further cracking and crumbling off of the die. Therefore it is quitenbsp;possible that these three pieces have been struck within a lapse of a few hours, duringnbsp;which time a hundred coins or a little more may have been produced. As it is probablenbsp;that the workman who strikes the coins holds the obverse-die in the same position innbsp;his hand or in the tongs throughout the worktime, we need not be surprised to findnbsp;that these three pieces 10 a—c show the same die-position. A little farther, at 10 fg,nbsp;exactly the same observation may be made, for here, too, the progress of the cracks isnbsp;extremely slight; the same is the case with 10 hi. The cases mentioned previously maynbsp;have the same cause.
This gives us an impression of the life of the dies, and also of the number of copies struck. It cannot possibly have been very great. For corrosion will have arisennbsp;fairly soon, and the progress of fractures like that of t will also have taken place rathernbsp;rapidly; the die gets a heavy hammer-blow three or four times every time when a coinnbsp;is struck, and this happens while probably some sixty specimens are struck per hour.nbsp;We would fix the output of an upper (reverse-) die at c. 3000 specimens, of whichnbsp;about 10 pieces on an average have been collected here. The original output of thenbsp;dekadrachms of this group would then have amounted to from c. 30.000 to 40.000nbsp;pieces, and the number of preserved coins would represent from about 0,3 to 0,5 %nbsp;of these, which is no doubt a high percentage’^).
Further some remarks may be made about the size of the coins. The averages of
1) Cf. Hill NC 1925, 121 sq., Milne Trans. Inf. Num. Congr. 1936, 87.
-ocr page 49-the diameters of the coins are for No. 1 (16 pieces) 35,7; 2 (5 pieces) 35,8: 3 (25 pieces) 35,0; 4 (3 pieces) 34,3; 5 (9 pieces) 33,4; 6 (5 pieces) 34,2; 7 (12 pieces) 34,5;nbsp;8 (7 pieces) 34,3; 9 (16 pieces) 37,5; 10 (9 pieces) 36,4; 11 (4 pieces) 36,2; 12 (6 pieces)nbsp;36,7; 13 (2 pieces) 35,5; 14 (3 pieces) 35,8; the general average (for 122 pieces)* isnbsp;35,45. Of these figures a graphical representation might be given, but as the diameternbsp;of the types inclusive of the border of the reverse is variable (the obverse alwaysnbsp;measures 34,5 mm.), it is only natural that the sizes of the coins, too, are different.nbsp;Therefore it is better to take into consideration the difference between the size of thenbsp;coin and of the type of the coin; we here give a graphical representation of this. Thenbsp;figures are consecutively: 2,2; 1,8; 1,0; 1,3; 0,9; 0,2; 0,5; 0,3; 3,5; 2,4; 2,7?; 3,7; 1,5?;nbsp;2,8; the general average is 1,84^).
The graph is surprising: first we see the line of differences lie above the general average for a, to reach the average (1,8) already at jS, and then reach a lower andnbsp;lower level. The difference remains low and continues to be so down to the last reverse,nbsp;¦which is connected with B (0), where it suddenly rises (3,5) to remain high from therenbsp;onward. In this connection it must be remembered that the figures for k and ix are notnbsp;reliable, due to uncertainty about the size of the type.
What is the upshot of all this? The size of the coin, or more accurately: the difference between the size of the coin and of the type depends, as we are only speaking of dekadrachms, on the softness of the metal, and on the force with which the striking wasnbsp;rlone. A consideration of the coins, however, convinces us that the consistency of thenbsp;silver cannot have varied noticeably; as it is, the cracks that arose due to striking when
1) Here the “frequency-tablequot; is not applicable, because it assumes a rule with a number of Exceptions grouped around it; here we cannot speak of a norm because the force with which thenbsp;striking was done, or the softness of the metal can hardly have been subject to rules. It may also benbsp;Essunied with certainty that there existed no rules for the size of coins or the breadth of the edgenbsp;projecting outside the type. For the matter of that, according to the “frequency-table the graphnbsp;éives the same image, but with greater differences.
-ocr page 50-the metal was too cold happen to occur with the large pieces^). Consequently the graph given is that of the force with which the striking was done. This force naturallynbsp;varies from individual to individual, but in the main remains constant with every individual. Thus we clearly see two “handsquot; show up in our graph: one that has struck thenbsp;numbers l(or 2)—8, and one that has struck 9—14.
1) SciL 1 bj, 9, fk, 11 b, 12 a; only 5 e is a smaller piece.
-ocr page 51-CHAPTER IV.
The question what the order of the 3 obv.- and the 13 rev.-dies of the deka-drachms is, resolves itself into the question what place we must give to C and the dies t—V coupled with it. For the other numbers 1^9 are connected by die-interlinking, andnbsp;the regular progress of the die-injuries proves that they have in fact been used in thenbsp;order shown by the catalogue. The only lacuna in the chain is after the end of B withnbsp;¦which B, too, disappears from the stage, whereupon C appears immediately with the newnbsp;die t. 'We are confronted with the question whether C i come immediately after B 0nbsp;or whether we have to assume a second anvil and have to imagine C in use simultaneouslynbsp;¦with A or B or with both. Regling assumed the former by expressing his expectationnbsp;that C coupled with 6 was sure to turn up. Of course this is mere guess-work and by nonbsp;means suited for a sound chronological foundation; besides 6 was already too muchnbsp;damaged to be used for any considerable time.
Nevertheless Regling was right, for at the end of the preceding chapter this question ¦was really answered, when it was shoyvn by means of a graph that one “handquot; hadnbsp;struck the coins 1—8, and another Nos. 9—H; this second “hand” therefore connects 9nbsp;(with B) with the following numbers, which have C as their obverse. This view is corroborated by the condition of the dies. The discontinuance of the issue of the dekadrachmsnbsp;of this group is of course based on a decree, probably of the municipal authorities;nbsp;anyhow this decree will certainly not have been the result of the condition of the dies.nbsp;Therefore it is obvious to expect that the last dies have not been entirely used up. Thisnbsp;is indeed the case with C and v, while with every certainty we can derive from thenbsp;specimens of No. 9 that B was only withdrawn due to its extremely bad condition; 0,nbsp;ioo, had already incurred a fatal injury. — The chronological order of the coins such asnbsp;they have been arranged in the catalogue can therefore be considered as absolutely
certain.
As regards the metrological things worth knowing we may also be brief. The weight
1) Amtl. Bcr, 1915, 7,
-ocr page 52-of the dekadrachms does not vary during the period of issue, and the image given by the “frequency-table”^) does not offer any difficulties. Leaving the low weights“) on onenbsp;side, which for the matter of that have arisen due to injury and wear, we obtain thenbsp;following figures, calculating from 43,00 gr. onwards.
43,00 |
gr- |
2 |
pieces |
43,25 gr. |
12 |
pieces |
43,50 gr. |
: 3 pieces |
5 |
— |
6 |
— |
30 ^ |
11 |
— |
5 - |
: 1 — |
10 |
— |
4 |
— |
5 - |
8 |
— |
60 ^ |
: 0 — |
5 |
— |
6 |
40 — |
5 |
— |
5 - |
: 1 — | |
20 |
7 |
5 — |
3 |
r— |
70 — |
: 0 - |
The highest point lies in between 43,25 and 43,30 gr., which together included 20 fo of all the coins whose weight was known; it appears that the normal weight is 43,27 gr.nbsp;This differs only 0,39 gr. or 0,89% from the theoretical weight of the Attic-Euboeicnbsp;dekadrachm: 43,66 gr. ®). This will probably be the result of the very slight wear of mostnbsp;pieces: in normal cases the difference will no doubt be the average of 1% assumednbsp;by Hill^).
Of the hoards, that of Contessa ®), near the old Entella, may be mentioned first. For the greater part the coins were immediately published by Salinas®). Besides two 5thnbsp;cent. Athenian tetradrachms, which were in an excellent condition, and tetradrachms ofnbsp;many towns of Sicily, there belonged to this hoard 22 Syracusan tetradrachms and 4nbsp;dekadrachms: three of the Euainetos-type, which show hardly any wear (two with signature and A), and one of the Kimon-type, which is rather worn (No. 9 1). The hoard hasnbsp;rightly been dated by Evans at the end of the fifth century’). The wear of the dekadrachms seems to show that some time must have elapsed between the issue of No. 9nbsp;of the Kimon-type and the above-mentioned specimens of the Euainetos-class; this talliesnbsp;with the dates proposed in the present work: 409 and 407. The fact that the two Atheniannbsp;tetradrachms have been preserved well proves that they had not been in circulation fornbsp;a long time. The hoard can be dated at 406, the more so in view of thé excellent condition of the Punic coins.
In 1890 an important hoard was found near Santa Maria di Licodia, the old Aetna.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hill NC 1924, 76 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;That is to say 43 out of the 112 cases in which the weights could be ascertained.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Giesecke Sic. Num. 154.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hill l.c. 80 sq.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Noe Bibliography of Greek Coin-Hoards^ (1937) no. 261, where a bibliography is given.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;NdSc 1888, 295 sq.; the coins are at Palermo.
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans HC 1891, 371 sq.; Salinas mentioned about 387.
-ocr page 53-41
It seems that this find was divided into two parts: the greater part (67 dekadrachms and 13 tetradrachms) was published by Evans ^), while a group of 14 dekadrachms was putnbsp;on the market later on^). These groups together (distinguished as I and II) include thenbsp;following coins:
II
I
2 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(Evans no. 1)
3 nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;(Evans nos 4, 5 ^))nbsp;1 (Evans no. 2 ^))
No.
Kimonian dekadrachms:
1 (no. 2) 1 (no. 1)
? (probably 10— Dekadrachms Euainctos AI
others
Tetradrachms: Syracuse, Messana, Selinus, Athens, Motyanbsp;“A certain number of Pegasi”
These coins amount to 872 drs.; therefore it is not impossible that the “Pegasi” Were 14 in number and made the sum total 900 drs. As this considerable amount mustnbsp;have been hidden circa 380 “ ), it does not provide any indications of chronology; onlynbsp;the relations of the numbers are interesting.
No doubt it is the same hoard which is mentioned by Noe under the heading “Catania 1889”; the figures are not correct, but the “amateur anglais bien connu” isnbsp;to be recognised as also the “type nouveau”'^): Evans had seen the coins in Catania.
In 1896 6 Syracusan dekadrachms were found near Canicattini, together with 74 tetradrachms of other Sicilian towns and of Carthage (Noe 198): the latter coinsnbsp;Were probably issued from 410 onward. For the rest it is unknown whether among thenbsp;dekadrachms there were also pieces of the Kimon-classw
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;NC 1891, 217 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Num. Circ, IV 1896, 1558 sq.; both groups are dispersed;
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Judging from the description, specimens of No. 3 are meant, but Evans treats them in twonbsp;numbers, and asserts that his No, 5 is “of coarser workmanshipquot;. It is, however, possible that he hasnbsp;heen mistaken in the reading of the signatures»
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The reverse is and as this side is said to have been struck with a broken die, the obversenbsp;can only be B. But here, too, there may be a mistake in the reading.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“K on band, which is exceptionally broad. No inscription on dolphin is not : possible.nbsp;Unless it is a new die.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans l.c. 230,
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A. de Barthelemy Ann. de Num. 1890, 184, Procès-verb. 9.
-ocr page 54-42
Two hoards of Avola call for our attention (those of 1888, Noe 108, date from the 4th century): the hoard of 1891 (Noe 109) contained some 2000 silver coins of thenbsp;sixth and fifth centuries; the view that they came from the retreating Athenian armynbsp;is tempting, but uncertain^); but we may certainly date the hoard not far from 413.nbsp;Of greater importance, however, was the capital hoard of gold coins (of 1914, Noe 110),nbsp;consisting of 100 pieces of 100 litrae, 100 pentekontalitrae, 100 darics and apparentlynbsp;100 more gold coins. I presume that the concealment of this capital, as also the hoards ofnbsp;Noto and perhaps also those of Falconara and Avola 1891, are connected with thenbsp;Assinarian games, if they actually were held on the Assinaros. The hoard will have tonbsp;be dated c. 410.
The above-mentioned hoard of Falconara, which is situated near Noto, does not offer anything certain that might be of any importance: besides Sicilian coins Atheniannbsp;pieces were found (Noe 409).
Noto, however, has yielded more. A hoard, which is lacking in Noe, was found in 1908, and has apparently been incorporated in the Virzi collection, at least partly: thisnbsp;collection must have been of legendary wealth. From it some pieces have passed overnbsp;to the Jameson and de Nanteuil collections. I only mention the Kimonian dekadrachmsnbsp;Nos. 1 1, 5 d, 7 1 (Jameson 1834, 1920j; de Nanteuil 357)' and the Arethosa-tetradrachmnbsp;Jameson 1835. I remember that other Syracusan coins, too, were mentioned as comingnbsp;from this hoard, but as I have no access to the catalogues at! the moment, any furthernbsp;investigation is impossible.
Another hoard, very modest but perhaps important, is also lacking in Noe. In examining the Siculic sepulchres in Plemmyrion near Syracuse Orsi perceived that thesenbsp;tombs had been opened towards the end of the fifth century and had been used as mass-grave for the slain: he associated this with the battle in the harbour of 413, when thenbsp;Athenians left their dead unburied, so that the Syracusans had to get rid of the corpsesnbsp;as well as they could in the hurry^ In a letter Orsi mentions a Syracusan; bronze coinnbsp;found among the corpses®), but in his report he does not refer to it any more®), sonbsp;that this date, which might have been important, has got lost.
In a Sicilian hoard of 1916 (Noe 977) there occurs one Syracusan dekadrachm. Since the hoard has been deposited in the Syracusan museum, and the three pieces of thenbsp;Kimon-type described above have consecutive inventory-numbers, it is probable thatnbsp;a coin of the Euainetos-type is concerned.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tamponi NdSc 1891, 345 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In F,S. Cavallari Appendice alia Topogr. arch, di Siracusa (1891) 55 “una monetina siracu-sana in bronzoquot;. Freeman Hist of Sic, III 365 quotes Orsi inaccurately.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Orsi NdSc 1891, 414 sq.
-ocr page 55-43
I have been unable to obtain any further particulars regarding the hoard of Naro in 1925 (Noe 728), where 26 dekadrachms and 60 tetradrachms of Syracuse werenbsp;found together with two Agrigentine dekadrachms^). It is not impossible that thisnbsp;treasure was hidden after the fall of Agrigentum in 406; Naro lies about twenty kilometres east of the town. At Campobello di Licata, which lies about 30 kilometres eastnbsp;of Agrigentum, a hoard was found which contained Syracusan tetradrachms of Phry-gillos and Eukleidas, the latter with the head of Pallas (Noe 195); this may likewisenbsp;belong to that year, when the Agrigentines fled from their city in easterly direction.!
1) I have no access to the Atti e Mem. 1st. Ital. Num. VII 1932, 38, where Orsi discusses this hoard.
-ocr page 56-CHAPTER V.
Turning to absolute chronology, we may on the one hand refer to the studies of Evans and take 412 as the starting-point for the dekadrachms, but on the other handnbsp;we are confronted with difficulties when we put the question until what time the issuenbsp;of the dekadrachms of the Kimon-type was continued. However, it seems better tonbsp;treat this question later on, and only to point out here! that Evans was no doubt rightnbsp;when he put forward that the pentekontalitra of Kimon must have been struck for thenbsp;first time on the occasion of the first Assinarian games of 412: that the SöAa refer tonbsp;the Assinarian games is not doubted by any one, and the Siculo-Punic coins, whichnbsp;combine the copies of a and of the quadriga by Euth. of 413^), prove that the beginning of the series of the dekadrachms should be put near 413 ^). This date will be corroborated in various other ways.
In order to give a proper estimation of the dekadrachms, and also in view of the subsequent chapters, it is, however, desirable to give a clear image of the history ofnbsp;Syracusan coinage in the years after the victory over the Athenians. In doing this wenbsp;need the tetradrachms as the backbone of absolute chronology.
In my opinion Tudeer has unsatisfactorily arranged the series of this period. For his period II (according to him 413—399) is not formed by one continuous chain fixednbsp;by die-combinations, but by a number of short series, which cannot be arranged in anbsp;mechanical way, but ought to be arranged on the ground of reasoning. They are thenbsp;following:
A nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;obv.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;15 Euth.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;rev.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;26, 28 Eumenes, 29 Phrygillos.
B nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;obv.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;16—19 (head)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Phrygillosnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;rev.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;30—34 (chariot) Euarchidas.
C nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;obv.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;20 (chariot)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;rev.nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;35 (head) Eukleidas.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans NC 1891 pi. IX 8, 9; Lloyd 1584,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans NC 1891, 255 sq.; Regling Amtl. Ber. 1915, 3. Seltman Greek Coins 128, seems to consider Kimon as one of the many people who produce dies for the dekadrachms after Euainetos.nbsp;However, he thus neglects the wide difference between the two classes of dekadrachms, which nonbsp;one can reasonably leave out of account. Probably Seltman has fallen a victim to the master-pupilnbsp;theory, which is already in evidence o.c. 126.
-ocr page 57-45
D |
obv. 21 |
rev. 36—40 (Pallas) Eukleidas. | |
E |
obv. 22 |
rev, 41—43 (“Large head”). | |
F |
obv. 23 |
rev. 44 (Kora). | |
G |
obv. 24 |
rev. 45 IM. | |
H |
obv. 25—27 |
rev. 42, 46—^52 (“Large head” 1., Parme) | |
I |
obv. 28—29 |
(head) |
rev, 53—54 (chariot) Kimon’s Arethosa. |
I |
obv. 30—31 |
(chariot) |
rev. 55—57 (head). |
K |
obv. 32 |
rev. 58'—^59 Eukleidas. |
That A was struck immediately after the war has been sufficiently proved, in my opinion, by Tudeer p. 280 sq.: the winged charioteer indicates a victory, the Siciliannbsp;Skylla seizing a fish no doubt refers to a sea-battle; the only imaginable reason of thisnbsp;is the battle in the harbour. To this may be added the material argument that this seriesnbsp;is connected with the preceding one by rev. 26^). This series A is connected with B bynbsp;the activity of Phrygillos (rev. 29, obv. 16—19), as also by the aphlaston, which hasnbsp;been placed in Nike’s hand, and which must bear on the battle in the harbour just likenbsp;the obv. by Euth., where it also occurs**). With this B series the ear of corn appears fornbsp;the first time in the exergue; therefore it is self-evident that we treat the above-mentioned series B—K, all of which show this symbol, in one group.
In series B we see on rev. 30 the horses very lively. If for a moment we. consider the heads only we shall see that with the first^horse (from the left) the head forms annbsp;acute angle with the neck, that the second and the fourth horse looks round, v/hile thenbsp;third raises its head. This is the same on rev. 31 and rev. 32; on rev. 33 the engravernbsp;«lakes an unsuccessful attempt to make the heads that are looking round look atnbsp;us, in strong fore-shortening, but on rev. 34 the fourth horse, too, puts its headnbsp;forward. A tendency towards greater regularity and rest is to be observed, whichnbsp;tendency is far more in evidence in the horses’ legs: at first (rev. 30) there is a confusednbsp;cluster of legs, but gradually there arrives order, and finally the hindlegs of rev. 34 havenbsp;already that uniform attitude which later engravers can apparently drop only with greatnbsp;difficulty and little success. However, when we recognise in the heads a further step tonbsp;monotony (series E sq.) because the third horse, too; keeps its head low and no longer
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The driver is naked; is it Assinaros?
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer's remark, p. 33, that this series may have been struck simultaneously with the preceding one, is refuted by himself, since on p, 171 he states a chronological difference on the ground ofnbsp;a die-injury,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer p. 278, is uncertain and thinks of a palm-branch, but the attribute is now also recognized, and rightly so, as aphlaston by Mrs. Baldwin Brett Victory Issues NNM 75, 2 and by Rizzonbsp;BdA 1937, 349; vide plate in BdA.
-ocr page 58-raises it, we may consider this as a (provisional) final point in the development of the horses. But there remain intermediary phases: first there is D (the third head is liftednbsp;up), next comes C^), where it is true the third head is lifted up, but no longer so highnbsp;as first. From B to C these three series (BDC) form a close group due to the representation on the chariot-side: a female auriga with a torch in her hand; rev. 34 where Nikenbsp;carries a wreath only forms the transition from rev. 33 to obv. 21, and rev. 35 (Series C)nbsp;introduces the head-type of the following series.
Again, as series E with the “large head” to the right, links up with H (with the “large head” to the left), it seems advisable to remove F and G from between them, andnbsp;to place F (with the Kora-head) before E: for one thing this is necessary because therenbsp;is no room for it elsewhere, but secondly because the attitude of the horses seems tonbsp;point to this place in the series. The close connection of E and H is confirmed by rev.nbsp;42, which is used in both series. Tudeer p. 171 was unable to notice in obv. 42 anynbsp;injuries that betrayed the chronological relation between E and H, but it stands to reasonnbsp;to group the “large heads” together and to keep the order EH. J and K group themselvesnbsp;with H automatically, but in reverse order. For whereas obv. 30 and 31 of J return tonbsp;former models (two horses looking round), obv. 32 has kept the scheme of H. It is truenbsp;that this might be countered by the fact that obv. 33 shows the same scheme, but in thatnbsp;case a much stronger argument, of a material nature, may be put forward, viz. the fact
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Rizzo BdA 1937, 336 wishes to invert the order given by Tudeer: according to him rev. 37nbsp;is older than rev. 36. In order to prove this, Rizzo puts the material evidence quoted by Tudeer p. 157nbsp;on one side, and alleges: first that rev. 37 is stylistically older to his feeling, secondly that thenbsp;ethnikon Xvfaxóa-wi; (rev. 37) must he older than Xvpaxairmy (rev. 36); “è questa un'indiretta confes-sione che i risultati del metodo dello accoppiamento dei conii non sono né definitivi, né infallibiliquot;.nbsp;— I presume that greater value will be attache^ to actual data than to Rizzo's chimeras, with whichnbsp;he thinks he can destroy the basis of every numismatic study. In writing his monograph on Eukleidas,nbsp;in which he forgot to mention two dies, rev. 58 and 60, he seems to have overlooked the fact thatnbsp;Eukleidas preferably writes Xvfocx6lt;noi (sc. craT^p) (Tudeer p, 221); it is easy to understand that thisnbsp;is sometimes replaced by the usual Xvpxxoa-fuv; there are very numerous instances of such inconsistency. — Besides the proof of the priority of rev. 36 given by Tudeer (which I cannot check),nbsp;another proof is furnished by the injury on the exergual-line just in front of the right-hand wheel,nbsp;which injury occurs on a specimen of rev, 37 (Vienna 6865, Tud, No, 59 b), but not yet on Tudeernbsp;No. 58 g (with rev. 36); No. 58 i (Paris, Luynes 1220), which was struck afterwards, already showsnbsp;this injury. — Rizzo's assertion [BdA 1937, 337) that at the rev, the surface of the coin is somewhatnbsp;concave, is erroneous; on the contrary the surface behind the head is very clearly convex (this is alsonbsp;visible on the plates in Rizzo and Tudeer), while in front of the head it is flat. This convex form ofnbsp;the rev. is very exceptional and most unpractical; apparently the die cracked soon; both specimensnbsp;show a large crack. The figure BdA plate fig. 4. p, 352 n. 12 is a “restoration”, in which the cheeknbsp;was disfigured, while original locks of hair have also been worked off; such a thing is commonlynbsp;called a counterfeit. — Rizzo BdA 1937, 339 rightly observes that rev. 37 has been signed ETKAEIA.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer p, 155 sq. chose his order with some hesitation.
-ocr page 59-47
that rev. 57 (of J) also occurs coupled with obv. 34 of the next group and thus places J at the end of this group. Therefore the order becomes EHKJ.
Apart from Kimon’s Arethosa (series I) the tetradrachm by IM (series G) has been left out of consideration so far.
The tetradrachm by IM has always been a crux because of its isolated position. It was mostly given a late date: Head placed it ten or twenty years after the other coinsnbsp;of the flourishing period and thought that the fight between lion and bull representednbsp;in the exergue might be connected with Acanthus^); Weil does not give a date, butnbsp;places the coin entirely at the end^); Evans, however, compared the head with that ofnbsp;Kimon’s first dekadrachm and his conclusion was: pre-Dionysian (c. 409) ®), whereasnbsp;Holm placed it between 400 and 368^). Du Chastel gave a very late date®), butnbsp;Forrer ®) gave very wide limits (406^345). Tudecr does not know what to do with thenbsp;coin, but hesitatingly places it after the Kora-coin (series F)' because he thinks he cannbsp;observe stylistic agreements in the heads’); on the other hand he refers, like manynbsp;predecessors, to the hemidrachm which is signed IM and KIM, and to the agreement ofnbsp;the quadriga by IM with that by Euainetos in Katana(; the group of lion and bull henbsp;leaves unexplained®). Seltman gives a later date to the coin and dates it shortly beforenbsp;387, while he points out that the bronze of that time bears a copy of the head by IM; henbsp;interprets the group in the exergue as an allusion to the Italic war of Dionysios®), innbsp;which the bull, as had always been the case, was meant as the device of Italy; on thenbsp;bronze mentioned, too, there is a bull’®). With regard to this the remark may be madenbsp;that the head of the bronze coin”) does not show any fluttering hairs, as is the casenbsp;with that of IM, and that it wears ears of corn in its hair, in other words that it is only anbsp;modification of the head of Euainetos’ dekadrachm, which is only reminiscent of IM asnbsp;regards the treatment of part of the coiffure; further the bronze is dated in the time ofnbsp;Timoleon by Giesecke, while Robinson ascribed it to Agathokles’®). — The explanation
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Head JVC 1874, 22,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;R. Weil Kiinstlerinschriften au[ sicilischen MUnzen Berl. Winckelmanns-progr. 44, 1884, 20,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans JVC 1891, 351.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Holm Gesch. Siciliens V, 616.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A, du Chastel de la Howardrie Syracuse, ses monnaies etc. no. 98, at the end of hisnbsp;series 405—317.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;L. Forrer RBN 1904, 402.
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer p. 168 sq.
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer p. 241.
9) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;We find the same interpretation in W, Giesecke Sicilia JNumismatica (1923), 25.nbsp;to) Seltman Gr. Coins 188 sq.
11) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Giesecke Sic. Num. pi, 19, 7; Seltman Gr. Coins pi .44,3.
12) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 1483/4,
-ocr page 60-48
of the group in the exergue given by Giesecke is certainly attractive, but cannot be decisive for the dating without further support. If we relinquish the idea that the bullnbsp;represents Italy (the combination of lion and bull is after all the most current one^)),nbsp;it will become possible to think of other victories. The defeat of Carthage is out of thenbsp;question because the lion is exactly the Carthagenian device and appears as such on thenbsp;Demareteia; the victory over the Athenians remains therefore as a possibility. It followsnbsp;that this group of lion and bull can only corroborate a date that has been obtained innbsp;another way.
When we consider the quadriga we shall notice that the attitude of the heads answers to the scheme of rev. 34 of series B; the legs, however, are far more lively andnbsp;are reminiscent of rev. 30. It is noteworthy that the horses of IM have lost the groundnbsp;under their hoofs and are raised; to a less extent this also occurs with rev. 30 and nearlynbsp;all the following quadriga’s, just as on the dekadrachms of Euainetos. Though the horsesnbsp;make us think of series B, the head is closely related, as was already remarked by Evans,nbsp;with that of the first dekadrachm of Kimon: the heavy and full chin, the treatment of thenbsp;lips, the hair where, however, the hairs freely flutter backwards instead of being keptnbsp;together by a net, and the treatment of the coiffure in inconspicuous locks showing a livelynbsp;undulation, all this reminds us of the head of the first dekadrachm of Kimon; it is,nbsp;however, the rather strongly pronounced attitude®) of the head and the angle madenbsp;by head and neck that cause this head to resemble that of a rather much. Thereforenbsp;both obverse and reverse give the coin a place shortly after 413, in the neighbourhood ofnbsp;B; accordingly the group of lion and bull can only refer to the defeat of the Athenians®). But this coin cannot lay claim to a place in the series AB etc., for the seriesnbsp;were continuous and the tetradrachm of IM would break the continuity. Therefore wenbsp;have to assume a second anvil for G.
This tetradrachm has been discussed at some length, not only because of its own, very great merits, but also because it will have to play an important part in the chronology of the Syracusan coins. It will already have to play a part in dating series I, andnbsp;conversely its place will be supported by the date of I.
In dating I our starting-point is the die-sequence obtained in Appendix I; therefore we
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Also on Sicilian terra cotta reliefs, e.g. Kekule Terrakotten v.Sicilien p. 47 figs, 100, 101,nbsp;pi. 54, 2.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the reproductions the ear-ring mentioned by Tudeer is hardly if at all to be distinguished; but the pendant on the necklace indicates the position.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Even so it remains possible to associate the bull with Italy, for Athens had a number ofnbsp;Italic allies, who were especially hated by the Syracusans: Metapontum, Thurium and the Etrurians,nbsp;while Kaulonia, too, seems to have chosen the sido of Athens (cf. Thuc. VII 25,2); Thurium, which asnbsp;late as 413 had sent a thousand men (Thuc, VII 35,1) had a bull as a device.
-ocr page 61-only take the first pair of dies, obv. 28 and rev. 53, into consideration in fixing the date. It is true, the chariot does not have an accurate parallel in the series BDC, but while thenbsp;attitude of the heads would lead us to obv. 22 (E), one look suffices to convince us thatnbsp;an exclusively formal (and partial) agreement does not mean anything here. For the greatnbsp;liveliness of the horses, the absolute absence of monotony rather causes us to look at thenbsp;beginning of B. This leads us to the immediate neighbourhood of G, and now thenbsp;agreement of the quadriga’s of G and I appears to be striking: not only is there annbsp;agreement between the horses in many respects, but the typical attitude of the charioteer,nbsp;too, is the same; again, nowhere does the driver occur who, bending forward, exertsnbsp;himself to soothe the horses and urge them on to greater speed. That the two engravers,nbsp;both of them excellent artists, with a personality of their own, gave evidence of theirnbsp;own individuality, the one by displaying a certain monumentality though observing thenbsp;natural relations, the other, Kimon, by evincing a subtle delicacy, is exactly what wenbsp;might expect. The position at rev. 30 is corroborated by the fact that both rev. 54 andnbsp;rev. 31—33, which must be contemporary, are the only instances where the head of thenbsp;driver is rendered three-quarters facing. Finally there is a third exceptional circumstancenbsp;in which the specimens agree, for both in B and in I the heads are placed on the obverse.nbsp;This dating obtains very material support because the very numerous imitations ofnbsp;Kimon’s Arethosa give a terminus ante quemx as Evans pointed out the Arethosa wasnbsp;copied on coins of Kamarina, which was abandoned in 405, and of Himera, which wasnbsp;wiped out as early as 409 ^). Consequently the Arethosa dates from before 409, as in factnbsp;we suspected on the ground of its style, and it passes on this date to the tetradrachm ofnbsp;IM, which as we have seen was closely connected with the Arethosa. This construction isnbsp;finally crowned by the hemidrachm, whose obverse bears the signature KIM, and whosenbsp;reverse bears the signature IM.
The chariot of this fine coin is related to the chariot of the two tetradrachms mentioned: the head of the first horse nearly makes a right angle with the neck and runs parallel to the fourth head, the second head is kept downward with an acute angle, whilenbsp;the third is raised high, as is the case with B and. G; the legs of the horses are verynbsp;lively and, just as with G, they do not touch the ground. Nike shows great resemblancenbsp;to that of G and is almost entirely like it. An entirely new attitude is shown by thenbsp;charioteer, who, leaning backwards, is here pulling the reins with might and main, apparently in order to make the horses stop after the victory. In a similar way as on rev. 53nbsp;here, too, the wind causes the garment of the driver to wave, which has been treated in
1) Evans NCmi, 274 followed by Holm Gesch. Sic. Ill 611, Forrer RBN 1905, 141, and Hill Coins of Ancient Sicily 105 sq.; Tudeer p. 234 (top) hardly pays any attention to this,
4
-ocr page 62-50
exactly the same way as Kimon treated it on rev. 53; the chariot is a replica of that on rev. 53. The head on the obverse is of quite a different nature from the heads which wenbsp;find on the larger pieces; it has something very fine and delicate contrary to the broadnbsp;head of IM’s tetradrachm; in particular the pointed nose is striking. The hair has beennbsp;treated in about the same way as on G, but here the engraver could only render it in fewnbsp;large locks due to limited space; here, too, the wind is blpwing through the hair. Thenbsp;neck-ring has been clearly indicated on both heads by IM. The engraving is, as far asnbsp;I can judge ^), very fine on the obverse and on the reverse, probably even finer on thenbsp;chariot-side than on the head-side. In fact the obverse signed KIM breathes entirely thenbsp;same spirit as the first reverse of Kimon’s Arethosa, although influences of IM are noticeable; the head signed IM is also reminiscent of the large head by IM, but displays anbsp;fine freshness that is not be found in G; probably IM has here imitated the subtle naturenbsp;of Kimon's work.
If the preceding considerations give us a right to place this hemidrachm immediately after the tetradrachms of the two artists, this dating becomes even more probablenbsp;when we notice a pilos in the exergue, an “abbreviation” of the type of the defeatednbsp;Segesta®). This modest piece by two of the best engravers, too, is reminiscent of thenbsp;victory of 413.
From what has been said above with regard to the tetradrachms of IM and of Kimon and concerning their hemidrachm it follows that IM worked on another anvilnbsp;than that which was used for the current series; for the same reason we may assume thenbsp;same thing for the Arethosa-tetradrachm. Seeing that a close relation could be establishednbsp;between the two artists, it is only natural to assume that the two of them had a separatenbsp;“atelierquot;. The activity of both of them falls in the early years after 413.
Now the gold coins should be given their place. Giesecke®) rightly distinguishes two series of Syracusan gold coins, the first of which consists of the famous 100-litranbsp;piece with the head of Arethusa and Herakles, struggling with the Nemeian lion, thenbsp;50-litra piece (male head 1. // jumping horse), a 20-litra piece and a 10-litra one, with
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I have at my disposal a cast of Jameson 824, a photograph of Fiorelli Med. 5415, andnbsp;reproductions of BMC 233,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This seems to me to be the only possible explanation; the well-known type of Segestanbsp;showed a hunter with his dogs; the hunter wears a pilos on a chin-strap round his neck. The positionnbsp;of the cap is the same in Syracuse and in Segesta; the place it occupies on the hemidrachm is thatnbsp;of the lion, on the Demareteia; on the last Segestan tetradrachm the pilos is lacking (Lederer Tetra-drachmenpragang von Segesta No. 11), A similar pilos on another Syracusan coin of this periodnbsp;(Lloyd 1397) seems to have the same meaning. The date does not allow of the supposition of a punnbsp;on Pylos, which was conquered in 409 with the help of the Syracusans (Freeman Hist, ofnbsp;Sic. Ill 435),
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sic. Num. 48 sq.
-ocr page 63-51
a head of Herakles and a mill-sail incuse, and with a head of Athena with about the same reverse respectively. As has been recognised for a long time the head of Arethusa isnbsp;closely related to the heads which also served Kimon as models for his dekadrachms;nbsp;the gold coin, however, is clearly younger than these tetradrachms and suggests approximately the time of Kimon’s first pentekontalitra, i.e. immediately after 413. Seltman^),nbsp;who gives a later date to this gold coin, too, interprets the struggling group of the reversenbsp;as an allusion to the victory over Carthage. This representation would no doubt be suitable, but it might also bear upon the victory of 413. Mrs. Baldwin has indeed interpretednbsp;it in this way^), referring to the role played by Herakles at the defeat of the Athenians:nbsp;before the decisive battle the Athenians had to abandon their camp at the sanctuary ofnbsp;Herakles ^), on this very day the Syracusans celebrated a festival in honour of Herakles ^), and soothsayers pointed out Herakles’ example in the defensive battle; oi ftkvTugnbsp;ToXq ’Ei’jpxwiKy'ioiq xTrfi'yyiiXxv ky- rCiv kpCiv XcxfiTporriTa xai y'tyriv, fir, yMTapyoptivotg pixyYjg, aAA’nbsp;'^piuvojj.ivotq, yjx.1 yxp rov 'H/jaxAianbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ypxTiiv kfiwbfiivov %od TrpoeTiystpoófievov ^).
The group does indeed depict these words. In this way the head of Herakles on the 20-litra piece may also be explained. The juvenile male head on the 50-litra piecenbsp;is called Assinaros; the manner in which it has been represented is suitable for anbsp;river-god, but there is no indication by which he is to be recognised as such withnbsp;Certainty. The horse jumping with loose rein is interpreted as a symbol of liberation;nbsp;Ihe horse, as annbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“abbreviation” of thenbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;quadriga, is thusnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;said to be thenbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Syracusan
device®); but this nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;explanation, howevernbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;attractive or evennbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;probable it maynbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;be, is not
borne out by any nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;sound argument. Thenbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;appearance of thenbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;head of Athenanbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;is unusual
^or Syracuse; the nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;gold coin, which is anbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;little younger, will probably copynbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;this head,
however, and further it occurs on the tetradrachm by Eukleidas (in series D). The only explanation that seems plausible, that now that the other gods had been honourednbsp;Athena, too, should have her turn’), does not explain anything. It seems to me thatnbsp;the head on the gold coin bears great resemblance to the head of Athena on the coins
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Seltman Gr. Coins 128.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A, Baldwin Brett Victory Issues 4 sq.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Plut. Nicias 24.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Thuc. VII 73, 2,
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Plut. Nicias 24—26, no doubt from Philistos, I.vpitKouirioi, xai ramp;v TTfayiiarm opxriii yivoyevofnbsp;(Pint. Nic. 19).
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Exactly about this time the head supplants the quadriga as a device, while at the samenbsp;time the types on obverse and on reverse change places (the head as a device: Perdrizet BCH XIIInbsp;^14; Macdonald Coin Types 70), In that time, however, the device was. still the horse, for thenbsp;Atnenian prisoners who were employed as slaves were marked with a horse (Plut. Nic. 29. a-n^ovrsinbsp;‘VTTav E?5 TO fiETMTTou); cf, Boehringer Miinzen von Syrakas 96 sq.
7) A. Baldwin Victory Issues.
-ocr page 64-of Thurium, which had left the side of Athens in 413 and had joined the side of Syracuse since that time^); elsewhere, too, we find relations between these towns. In this case the Pallas-head by Eukleidas would have to be explained differently. Of the typesnbsp;of the first series of gold coins there are then left t;wo reverses, which are reminiscentnbsp;of the types of the oldest Syracusan silver coins ^): a mill-sail incuse with a head innbsp;the centre or with a wheel, the type of the old obol. The bronze of this period alsonbsp;bears the mill-sail incuse and the chariot-wheeP); to this belongs the bronze withnbsp;the signature of Phrygillos, who worked at the tetradrachms immediately after 413. —nbsp;All this places this first series of gold coins in the years immediately after the Atheniannbsp;defeat, as has been generally accepted for the matter of that. The contemporary goldnbsp;coins of Gela^) depict the SOSinOAIS, who wreathes the man-headed bull, thenbsp;device of Gela, on a tetradrachm, apparently of the same date®); Gela was the ally ofnbsp;Syracuse in the war against Athens.
There is another point to which I would draw the attention: just as in the series B and I of the tetradrachms, the head is on the obverse of these gold coins, too. Withnbsp;gold coins this may be expected more readily, for these small pieces follow the traditionnbsp;of the silver fractions for a considerable part®), which fractions had the head on thenbsp;obverse as early as the archaic period. As the nearly simultaneous appearance of thenbsp;heads on the lower die is something abnormal with the series B and I of the tetradrachms,nbsp;which practice was soon given up, it may be safely assumed, in my opinion, that thisnbsp;practice was copied from the gold coins; the beginning of the first series of gold coinsnbsp;is then put at the time of series A of the tetradrachms, i.e. in 413. Next it may benbsp;supposed that, once he had got the idea of placing the head on the obverse, Kimonnbsp;would also have done this with his dekadrachms; since this is not the case the Arethosanbsp;comes after his dekadrachm, for the latter is a contemporary of the first gold coinsnbsp;(413/2). For the same reason it may then be assumed that G comes before I, that isnbsp;to say that for the chariot.vof his Arethosa Kimon was partly dependent on IM, whonbsp;worked in the same atelier as himself. That IM’s tetradrachm is among the first of the
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Freeman Hist, of Sic. Ill 421, Noe Di-Staters of Thurium 8 sq,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;It seems to me that this proves the existence of archives; it seems improbable that suchnbsp;old coins should have been still in circulation regularly. As the dies will probably have beennbsp;destroyed after having been used in order to prevent counterfeiting, it would seem that the coinsnbsp;were preserved,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Giesecke Sic. Num. pis, 10, 16 and 13, 14, A rev, of I (rev, 54), too, has an archaistic Nikenbsp;(cf, Boehringer Miinzen v. Syrakus V 27), which is copied in Messana (Lloyd 1095/6),
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Giesecke Sic. Num. 49, The simultaneity appears from the relation between the value ofnbsp;gold and of silver.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Giesecke Sic. Num. pi, 9, 6; Hill Coins of Sicily pi, 5, 11,
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;For example, the wheel on the 10-litra piece, derived from the former obol; the pente-litra of the next series has taken over the types of the silver litra.
-ocr page 65-53
series is proved by the retrograde inscription, which is probably the result of want of practice to engrave coin-dies. The same trace of unwontednes is in evidence withnbsp;some gold 100-Iitra pieces, where first TT was cut (to be read from the interior), whichnbsp;was afterwards changed into SXPAKOSIflN (sic; to be read from the exterior^)).
The second series of gold coins of Syracuse®), which is more modest both as to size and as to the extent of issue, is of a later date: the largest piece, to the value ofnbsp;20 litra (i.e. a tetradrachm), shows a copy of the head which IM cut for series G ofnbsp;the tetradrachms; the trident of the reverse may refer to the successful activity of thenbsp;Syracusan squadron in the Aegean Sea in the years 412 and 411 ®); the observationnbsp;should be made that the Skylla on the die of Euth.i also bears a trident. Next we see thenbsp;head of Athena again on a 10-litra piece with the aegis on the reverse; in this connection the observation may be made that the Athena of Eukleidas, too, bears a Gorgoneionnbsp;in her necklace^), and that as an “abbreviation” of the aegis. The smallest denomination, a drachm worth five litrae, displays a head of Arethusa with a sepia on thenbsp;reverse, ordinary types, which also occur on the small silver fractions of this period.nbsp;Here, however, stylistic agreement places the head near to that in the mill-sail incusenbsp;of the 20-litra piece of the preceding series, which in its turn justifies the date ofnbsp;shortly after 413. Therefore the difference in time between the issue of the two seriesnbsp;Cannot have been so great, even though the 100-litra pieces use up about two dozennbsp;obv.-dies and the pentekontalitra about five®): the former was begun in 413 and seemsnbsp;to have been issued very quickly®), the second series will probably have followednbsp;in 411 at the latest (because of the trident); the gold coins of Agrigentum corroboratenbsp;this date '^),
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;G, de Ciccio Aarei siracasani Boll, del Circolo Num. Napoletano 1922, Nos. 1—5j here thenbsp;'ascription is always to be read from the exterior, with the exception of Ciccio No. 32, contrary tonbsp;the silver coins. Further the careless way in which the inscriptions were made here also appearsnbsp;from the inscription STPAKOKOSION (Imhoof Monnaies gc. 29 No. 55).
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Giesecke Sic. Num. 49.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Freeman Hist. o[ Sic. Ill 417 sq.; Holm Gesch. Sic. II 72 sq. This squadron, it is true, didnbsp;®ot return before 409, but had not many successes after 411.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Rizzo BdA 1937, 339.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;De Ciccio Boll. Nap. 1922,
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The treatment of dies in De Ciccio does not come up to the requirements usually madenbsp;the investigation of dies; it would be of importance to examine this issue of gold very closely
^ad to ascertain the manner of issue. It would probably be found then that a number of anvils quot;''sre used side by side. This not only appears from the date, which awards this series only a verynbsp;®hort period, but especially from the combinations of dies: in the case of the coins Ciccio' pi. nos.
21, 25—27 six obverses have been combined with the same reverse (at least according to that Author). As the reverse-die breaks more quickly and has to be replaced sooner than that of thenbsp;'obverse, we are justified in surmising that five or more anvils were used by side.
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;See Appendix II.
-ocr page 66-Thus far the difficulties were not great, but it has appeared that the two series of gold coins have been struck according to different standards of value between goldnbsp;and silver: for the former it was 15 : 1, for the latter 13 : 1'^). This would mean thatnbsp;meanwhile gold had become cheaper with respect to silver, i.e. that either gold hadnbsp;become less rare or that silver had become scarcer, or a combination of these twonbsp;cases. The former possibility, that there was more gold specie, is certainly not the case:nbsp;by far the richest issue of gold coins was the Syracusan one, which had the rate ofnbsp;exchange 15 : 1; after that the second series came, which must only have required anbsp;fraction of the gold that was necessary for the first series, both as a result of the sizenbsp;of the coins and as a result of the extent of issue. Parallel with the first series therenbsp;is an issue of three nominals in Gela (of 30, 20, and 15 litrae), which are rare andnbsp;will accordingly have been struck in a small number, and a 20-litra piece of Kamarina^),nbsp;which is extremely rare. Parallel to the second Syracusan series there is only thenbsp;rather rare 20-litra piece of Agrigentum ^). The issue of gold coins was thereforenbsp;extraordinarily abundant immediately after 413, to be reduced shortly afterwards at anbsp;lower rate of exchange and next to be stopped altogether. This observation would rathernbsp;lead us to fix the price of gold at the time when the first series was issued lower thannbsp;at the time of the second series, but for the circumstance that the coining of silver, too,nbsp;was extraordinarily abundant immediately after 413 (i.e. simultaneous with the firstnbsp;series of gold coins): by the side of the anvil for making the current series, a secondnbsp;atelier was temporarily employed in Syracuse, as we have seen, and besides there wasnbsp;the issue of two series of dekadrachms. Elsewhere in Sicily coinage was also abundant innbsp;this period, and Agrigentum, too, issued dekadrachms. ^ How are we to reconcilenbsp;these data?
The war demanded extensive issue of money, especially for paying the mercenary troops; due to the fact that Syracuse was deprived of a regular supply of silver as anbsp;result of the blockade it had to depend on its stocks: we see that the dies in use innbsp;415 struck the silver there was hurriedly; but itj was not much, for during the war nonbsp;new dies were made^). For the rest the town had to depend on the older or foreign
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This has heen convincingly shown by Giesecke Sic. Num. 50 sq, I have to deny that thenbsp;pellets beside the head of some staters are marks of value (Giesecke 48), for there are also statersnbsp;with one pellet (Ciccio pi. no. 10, 11).
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;On it there is a head of Athena with an olive-branch and the letters KA; as the headnbsp;bears great resemblance to that of the 10-litra piece of Syracuse, and as Kamarina was the allynbsp;of Syracuse, Katana on the contrary its enemy, an attribution to the former town would seemnbsp;logical. Further Athena also occurs on tetradrachms of Kamarina in this period.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Giesecke Sic. Num. 48 sq.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer p. 282. The types do not allude to the war, but only to the victory. A parallel and
-ocr page 67-55
silver coins, or to contract debts:)^/jy),aaT0i)i/ya/j nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;airoi^^ (sc. Xii^weo-i'au^) éitT|ai;)(^di)(r£(i/,
.... nai yji'i^jj.a.TL ykp cf.Lrohq ^ivoTpotpoOvTaq gt;tai kv vtpiToXmq xfia a.va.Xilt;TY.ovTa.q y/xi uxurtyov ^oXh eri hixuTou iqSy] /Sba-y-ovTxq ra fi'zv aTropeiv, ra. S’ïri apcriyray^asiu- Sicj-yJXja. re ya.p rkXxvrx i^Srinbsp;avyjXwAvxc yxi sri toXXx Trpoa-otpüXuv, re jcai OTioitv iyXiTCxxrc rfiq vhv Tcxpxlt;jy.zw^q rep pihnbsp;StSivxt Tpo(pyiv, (pSepEioSxi xLtGiv ra Trpa.yfixrx''-). I would also connect the tetradrachm ofnbsp;Leontini with this, which bears a countermark with £TPA ^).
When Plemmyrion was conquered the Athenian military chest fell into the hands of the Syracusans, but it was probably not well-stocked, seeing that the Athenians hadnbsp;already asked for a replenishment of the chest®). Next followed the defeat of Eury-medon together with the ships carrying money; it is not stated whether the Syracusansnbsp;captured anything “). The great booty was not obtained before the retreat of the besiegers, when the Athenians had to leave all behind, and no doubt the military chest,nbsp;too®). Further we find the statement that after the six hundred men had been madenbsp;prisoners in the garden of Polyzelos four shields with kpyCpcov could be collected: thisnbsp;was certainly not the military chest, as Evans asserts, but the personal property of thenbsp;Athenians. Evans has calculated that the sum total amounted to about 333.333nbsp;drachms®), but I suppose that among this kpyiipiov there will also have been goldnbsp;and silver ornaments. The chest captured near Syracuse will probably have yieldednbsp;most silver for striking coins.
Whether any silver was found in Sicily itself is unknown^), and Cary’s hypothesis that the towns bought the metal neces'sary for coinage from Carthage is certainly attractive®). If this is right the Syracusan purchases of silver during the war and immediately after it will hardly if at all have been possible, for the products withnbsp;at the same time a contrast is afforded by Elis in 400, where coins were struck during the war andnbsp;also allude to it (Jdl 1939, 223).
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Thuc. VII 48, 2 and 5, cf. Plut, Nicias 21.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;S, W, Grose NC 1916, 228 No. 23; the coin dates from the first half of the fifth centurynbsp;and weighs 15,83 gr., i.e. less than the Syracusan tetradrachms. I do not think Grose's explanationnbsp;plausible: such a countermark serves to make a foreign coin valid within the town which placesnbsp;the mark.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Thuc, VII 24, 2:nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ra ^viayavra ia^u- iarre yaf rafiitla xfmuévm rüv 'Kiyfvalav
’¦O'? rt!}(^slt;ri TToMa ftlv iiiTrópaiv nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;xai rnot èv^v, rroXXa Si icai réSv rpaipdpxi^v-
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Thuc. VII 25, 2 only says: rd a-oKhd Siecphipav.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Thuc. VII 74, 1:'éSo^ev at/ro7i .., vepiiasnai, ïxt»; %urxivdraivro «5 ix reSv SwarSv o rrparialrai Hrtnbsp;XPXrtixöiTara, xai rd piiv üMa Travra xaraXi%ety, dvaAa^óvrsQ Si abrd ^ra yrspt ro ffüpia Ie Statrav vxxpx^^ tyrtrxSetanbsp;^^opfiarSai.
6) Thuc, VII 82, 3; Evans Syracusan Medallions (the book) 132, NC 1891, 337,
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Neither M, Besnier Diet, des Ant. s, v, Metalla (1926) 1848, nor Orth RE Suppl, IV (1924)nbsp;ander Bergbau, nor Regling RE III A (1927) under Silbez^ make mention of mines there.
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;M. Cary Mél. Glotz I (1932), 138.
-ocr page 68-which it paid (in the first place corn) will of course have been scarce in the town. But even if there were silver-mines near Syracuse, their exploitation would have beennbsp;disorganized during the war: the galleries would partly have caved in, the slaves wouldnbsp;have run away just like those of Laurium after 413^), and iNicias, as an o'wner ofnbsp;silver-mines in Laurium and on that account an expert to a certain degree, wouldnbsp;certainly have paid attention to this source of income for the Syracusans. It wouldnbsp;certainly have taken some years before the mines could be regularly exploited again.nbsp;In fact we see the abundant issue of silver diminish after the second atelier (Kimonnbsp;and IM’s) had been closed down and after the end of the series of dekadrachms ofnbsp;the Kimon-type. This was, of course, partly the result of the fact that the very greatnbsp;demand of 413 had been met and the arrears had been worked off. But what about thenbsp;gold coins?
Immediately after 413 we see a very abundant issue of gold coins, which lasted only a short time. As the Syracusans were not accustomed to gold money, this issuenbsp;will considerably have increased the total amount of gold coins that were in circulation.nbsp;This must have been accompanied by a fall in the price of gold. This fall, a result ofnbsp;too sudden and too abundant coinage*) is in evidence in the rate of exchange 13 : 1,nbsp;according to which the second series was issued. The rapid fall of the price of goldnbsp;seems to me to be a result of the monetary policy which Syracuse was compelled tonbsp;adopt because it was in great straits for means of payment®). — Two minor pointsnbsp;still call for elucidation. The specie for this isslie of gold coins will probably not; havenbsp;been imported, but come from the place whence the Athenians in 407/6 also fetchednbsp;their gold specie: the temples; besides the ornaments of the captive Athenians willnbsp;probably have yielded some gold. That this stock of gold was not drawn on duringnbsp;the siege need not be concluded from the absence of Syracusan gold coins of the timenbsp;of the siege. For a great portion of the treasures of the temple may have consisted ofnbsp;coined gold, and circumstances were not such that re-coining would be advisable. Inbsp;have arrived at this conclusion because coins of the first series of Syracusan goldnbsp;have been found in both hoards that are known together with Persian darics (practically the only gold money of the period) ^).
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;C. W. Vollgraff De Mijnen dec oude Grieken Hist. Avonden (Groningen) III 1916, 9,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This will no doubt have been necessary to meet the demand for means of payment: fornbsp;the same could be done with one gold stater as with two dekadrachms or five tetradrachms,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A similar thing is noticed in Athens by F. Heichelheim Wirt schaft sgesch. d. Alterfums Inbsp;(1938), 307, where at the beginning of the Peloponnesian war the rate of exchange fell to 10 :1.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Avola 1888 and 1914; the latter hoard contained 100 hektolitrae, 100 pentekontalitrae andnbsp;100 darics. Literature is given by Noe Bibliography of Greek Coin-Hoard^ (1937) nos. 108, 110.
-ocr page 69-Summarizing the above we may give the following image of the Syracusan coinage after 413:
In the spring of 413 Syracuse was in great straits for coined money, because coinage had become impossible due to the lack of specie; in that state of emergencynbsp;the Syracusan authorities had perhaps recourse to Persian darics. When Plemmyrionnbsp;had been conquered they obtained some coined Athenian silver, which was probably usednbsp;again in this form, like the darics. When the Athenians had retreated after thenbsp;battle in the harbour, the town got much specie at its disposal. In Syracuse an ordernbsp;was immediately given to Eumenes, who had been connected with the Mint fornbsp;ten years (rev. 28), and to a novice, Euth. (obv. 15), to make dies for tetradrachmsnbsp;with an allusion to the decisive conquest by sea; a little later Phrygillosi joined thesenbsp;two engravers (rev. 29). The first dies will probably have come into use in October ornbsp;November 413. At the same time, however, an order had been given, in order to meetnbsp;the great demand for coins, to issue a series of gold coins, and that on a large scale; thenbsp;necessary specie was borrowed from the temples. This series, too, will probably havenbsp;begun to appear at the end of 413.
Meanwhile the Athenian army had been annihilated about the middle of September, and impressed by this conquest the Syracusans resolved to institute the Assinarian gamesnbsp;immediately after the return of their victorious countrymen^). It cannot have been muchnbsp;later that they intended to issue a second Demareteion, which at the same time could benbsp;Connected with the games instituted just then, and which could help to make head againstnbsp;the scarcity of money. Since sufficient numbers must have been ready in September 413,nbsp;the order will probably not have been given after the beginning of the year (rather at thenbsp;end of 413), and that to Kimon and Euainetos^). The latter had already made his débutnbsp;3t the Syracusan Mint three years previously, the former did so on this occasion, whilenbsp;his partner IM supplied the dies for the tetradrachm (G). After Kimon had cut the diesnbsp;for the dekadrachm (A and a), he cut two for his Arethosa-tetradrachm' (obv. 28 andnbsp;rev. 53; therefore about the spring or the summer of 412), and subsequently he cut anbsp;Pair for the hemidrachm together with IMi
These two artists co-operated, and the coins struck with their dies, too, were struck apart from the ordinary series. Therefore it is plausible to suppose that thenbsp;two things went together, in other words that the striking of this money took place
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Plut. Nicias 28.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;We may surmise that it assumed the form of an agon; are these the two prize-winners?nbsp;fi so, then it seems impossible to get to know who won the first prize and who the second. Thatnbsp;^he head of Euainetos' dekadrachm was the most popular (formerly and later on) is possibly thenbsp;result of the duration of the issue.
-ocr page 70-58
in this private business, to which it was no doubt given out by contract. The view, however, that the striking of coins was always performed by private people is refutednbsp;by the continuity of the Syracusan coinage during some decennia ^).
This separate atelier worked by the side of the official Mint, which will probably have begun with series B in the early years of 413. B may perhaps extend over onenbsp;year and a half or two years, if we take into consideration a continual activity, andnbsp;then there appears the Pallas-head by Eukleidas (obv. 21 and rev. 36; towards the endnbsp;of '411 ®))j We may fix the beginning of series C at about 410/09, Fin 409/8; Ewillnbsp;probably begin about 408/7^) and series H, which follows it immediately (E and Hnbsp;together have four obverses), will probably not end before about 404/3 ¦*). The nextnbsp;series K and J®) with their three obverses take us to 399, where Tudeer, too, andnbsp;that on good grounds, fixed the end of this group®). It is remarkable that from seriesnbsp;C onward Eukleidas repeatedly commences a series by cutting a modeP) for thenbsp;engravers of inferior qualities who were employed by the Mint.
It is not difficult now, using the indications found in Appendix Ij, to give a place to the dekadrachms, too: the series of the Kimon-type run perfectly parallel with thenbsp;issue of the Arethosa-tetradrachms and derive therefrom their date of 412—407. Althoughnbsp;we cannot divide the series into six distinct groups, and cannot ascribe to each ofnbsp;these groups a definite year of issue, we can yet try to do so tentatively. There are twbnbsp;circumstances to support us: first that the dekadrachm No. 1, just like the first die-combination with the Arethosa-coins, fills one year alone, viz. the year 412; secondly thatnbsp;a new annual issue, viz. that of 409, begins with No. 9®). Consequently No. 1 falls in
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf. Boehringer Münzen von Syrakus 77.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;It is possible that these three series are partly contemporary.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;So we assume that the duration of the issue of C, F, and E, each with one obverse-die,nbsp;was one year each.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the course of the issue of H the activity of Dionysios must have begun. This, too, hasnbsp;left its traces; whereas rev. 48—51 seem to be a homogeneous series at first sight, it appears onnbsp;closer inspection that the head of rev. 48 is only a diminutive issue of the “large head”. Thesenbsp;smaller measurements were necessary to give room to the exceptional symbol, the head of a Satyrnbsp;or of a Silenus; is not this small head likely to be a canting badge of Dionysios? It seems to benbsp;very suitable (Tudeer p. 174 does not give an explanation of it). The heads of rev. 49—51 wear anbsp;hair-net and have a dolphin in the truncation, just like the first head of Kimon's dekadrachms; innbsp;these difficult years Dionysios had every reason to remind people of 413, when his father-in-law andnbsp;former commander Hermokrates played such an important part in the relief of the town.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The first die of K (obv. 30) shows a leaf of ivy as a symbol; is this again a canting badgenbsp;of Dionysios, who established his power exactly in 404/3 (Holm Gesch. Sic. II 100 sq.)?
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer p. 284; Giesecke Sic. Num. 24, 26 dates them from 387—367.
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;C (rev, 35) heralds E and H, rev. 58 serves as a model for the heads of K and J, whilenbsp;the next group likewise opens with a work by Eukleidas, his last (rev. 60). In H only there is anbsp;variant, with the introduction of which Parme (rev, 49) has perhaps to be associated,
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This is evident from the parallel series of the tetradrachms.
-ocr page 71-59
412; 2 and 3, which show striking stylistic similarity, will have to be placed in the year 411; perhaps 4 belongs here too. For the year 410 there are the numbers 5—8; the diesnbsp;e and t) incurred a heavy injury rather soon, so that they will not have been used verynbsp;long. Therefore the issue for the year 409 commences at No. 9; whether No. 10 hasnbsp;also to be placed in that year I would not venture to say. For 408 No. 10 may perhapsnbsp;be considered, but certainly No. 11. Whether the first of the following three (No. 8) isnbsp;to be placed in the year 408, or whether the three; of them would have to be dated innbsp;407, I am unable to settle.
For the sake of the scheme I have here assumed that every time an issue begins with a new die for the obv., but it is evident that this is not necessary. But it isnbsp;obvious that a die which has come to be in a bad condition towards the end of annbsp;issue, will not have been replaced by a new die so easily as would have been thenbsp;case in the middle of the work; for example, the dies t) and t, which I placed at thenbsp;end of an issue, are still used when they are already full of cracks; but the same thingnbsp;holds good for the obv. B with No. 9. With e, too, the crack becomes larige; oughtnbsp;Nos. 2—5 to be taken together? The doubt which has to continue here has been indicatednbsp;in the catalogue. As the coins come nearer to the three points that are certain in mynbsp;opinion: 412 beginning of the series, 409 beginning of No. 9, 407 end of the series, thenbsp;dates can be given with a greater amount of certainty. If we may consider the number ofnbsp;specimens preserved and catalogued here as representative of the extent of the variousnbsp;issues, then a strong curtailment may be observed towards the end of the series, whichnbsp;need not surprise us in view of the events of 409 and 408.
The other series of dekadrachms, of the Euainetos-type, had no doubt also been struck from 412 onwards; the Kore-head perfectly matches the heads by Eumenes andnbsp;by Phrygillos of 413/12^). For the further dating critics often cling to the A, whichnbsp;after some time appears with the heads, simultaneously with the disappearance of thenbsp;signature, because they interpret this letter as an indication of the tenth anniversarynbsp;of the festival. Gallatin^), too, gives this interpretation of the letter. In this case thesenbsp;pieces would have to be dated at 403, after which the end of the series could be approximately dated ®). Another current explanation of the A is to take it for the abbreviation ofnbsp;SsKa.Spay;^/xov ^), a very usual way to denote the value of a coin. If the objection is madenbsp;that it would be peculiar for the mark of value not to appear till in the course of the series
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf. A. Gallatin Syracusan Dekadrachms of the Eaainetos Type (1930).
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Gallatin Dekadrachms 12.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Gallatin o.c. 12, places the end of the series at about 393.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Robinson ad Lloyd 1413, Forrer RBN 1904, 149, Evans NC 1891, 309.
-ocr page 72-to disappear again soon, then I would refer to the analogous case of the later Syracusan electrum, where the pentedrachms only sporadically show a 11 as a mark of value ^).
Although the appearance of the A does not provide any certainty, I think I have found a certain indication of chronology in the following circumstances. As Gallatinnbsp;writes (p. 12), with the appearance of the A two changes take place: the signaturenbsp;disappears and — what is the principal thing here the Nike of the Euainetos-typenbsp;gives way to the Nike that occurs on the Kimonian dekadrachms. This may be thusnbsp;accounted for in my opinion that the engraver who had worked at the dekadrachms ofnbsp;the Kimon-type until 407, starts cutting dies for those of the other series from that timenbsp;onward: this change takes place in 407/6. Then the reins, too, are those of the Kimoniannbsp;dies, and the hair shows the lively curls of the pseudo-Kimonian dekadrachms^). Ifnbsp;this date should be correct, the A would have to be interpreted as a mark of value,nbsp;when we bear in mind that Syracuse had engaged foreign mercenaries because of thenbsp;menacing Carthaginian danger, who were not accustomed, naturally, to the dekadrachms,nbsp;which were unknown ini the rest of Greece.
Appendix I.
The Arethosa-Tctradrachms of Kimon.
These coins deserve special attention, because there are in connection with the arrangement of the two pairs of dies some difficulties, which were pointed out bynbsp;Tudeer, p. 185 sq. without an attempt to solve them. First, however, I have to say thatnbsp;the material in casts or good reproductions that is at my disposal is limited? it includes:nbsp;Tudeer No. 78 abdeh®), 79 abedf ^), 80 ace®), 81 abcdfgh ®). Besides I have at my dis-
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Giesecke Sic. Num. 57, Robinson Lloyd 1434 interprets it unsatisfactorily as an indicationnbsp;of a pentekontalitra.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;From the first unsigned die (El) onward.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;For a: Jameson I 821; d: Foville RN 1913, 12 no, 172; e: Salinas — Calvi APE®OSA, Reglingnbsp;Manze ah Kunstwerk 590, Lanckoronski Schönes Geld 70 (obv, enlarged), Rizzo BdA 1937, 344nbsp;(obv. enl.), M, Hirmer Die schönsten GriechenmUnzen 38 and 39 (enlarged) (Plate II).
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;For a: Lloyd 1393; b; Berlin, “dies Exemplar friiher im; Pariser Kabinettquot; (Regling), Babelonnbsp;Monn. gr. 98, Seltman Gr. Coins pi, 23, 3; c: Sallet-Regling Die anfiken Miinzen^ 22; d: Gieseckenbsp;Sic. Nam. pi. 13, 12; f; Luynes 1227.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;For a: Regling Miinze ah Kunstwerk 589 (obv.); c: Jameson I 822; e: Luynes 1226.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;For f: Macdonald Evolution of Coinage front. 1, Seltman G. Coins pi. 23, 2, Hill L'Artnbsp;pi. 27, 1 and 50, 4 (enlarged). Hill Princ. Coins pi. 17, 68, A; Baldwin Brett Victory Issues pi, 1, 6,nbsp;Boehringer Manzen von Syrakus pi, 32 Z 6 (obv.); g: Die Antike 1931 pi, 30,4 (Plate II).
-ocr page 73-posal some specimens not mentioned by Tudeer (or mentioned under another heading): a piece of No. 79, on the market (Nav. XVII 237, v. Kaufmann 147), a specimen in thenbsp;Jameson Coll. I 1835, Regling Münze als Kunstwerk 589 (rev.), and one in the Hermitage in Leningrad (inv. 4292/19b). There is further a piece of Tudeer No. 81 in thenbsp;collection of the Neth. Academy of Sciences in Amsterdam (Boissevain Beschreibungnbsp;der griech. autonomen Miinzen etc. 48, 34) and one in the Lloyd collection 1394 ^).
Tudeer rightly arrived at the conclusion that the die-sequence was not normal here, and that the dies were sometimes exchanged. If we arrange the coins in chronological order, as we have done with the dekadrachms, it will appear in what way thisnbsp;exchange has taken place.
If we begin with Tudeer No. 78 (obv. 28 with rev. 53) and pay attention to the condition of obv. 28, we get the following sequence: 78 d (slight injury in the hair tonbsp;the right over the right eye; dent across the tail of the dolphin to the right, below), enbsp;(injury in the first lock of hair to the right of the neck; injury between neck and head ofnbsp;dolphin to the right, below); 79 i (a clearer dent across the tail of the dolphin; beginning of a fracture in the right corner of the mouth?), f (fracture in; right corner of thenbsp;mouth), a (the same fracture, but somewhat larger). Hermitage (also a fracture in thenbsp;middle of the mouth), Nav. XVII 237 and d (fracture extends to left corner of thenbsp;mouth), b (the same, but a little more extended; a large injury near the dolphin leftnbsp;below); 78 abh (injuries of upper eyelids). As regards the second obv.-die 29 the sequencenbsp;becomes as follows: No. 80 comes first (a and e do not yet show a dent at the lowernbsp;end of the chin, c shows the beginning of it) and next comes No. 81, of which all thenbsp;heads show the dent^). If we call the three groups into which the pieces with obv. 28nbsp;can be divided: A (No. 78 de), B (No. 79 ifa. Hermitage, Nav. XVII 237, db) and Cnbsp;(No. 78 abh), and the two groups that were to be distinguished at the obv. 29: D (No.nbsp;80) and E (No. 81), then we know that A comes before B, B before C, and D before E.nbsp;The rev. 53 confirms that A comes before C, as dents are visible in C on the back of thenbsp;fourth horse, above the first raised hindleg, and also at the left-hand chariot-wheel, whichnbsp;dents do no yet occur with A. These dents, though of perceptibly slighter size, also occurnbsp;On the reverses of D®), ergo: A before C, D before C. The other rev. 54 incurs, in the
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Other pieces of which I only have some notes just now, are: coll, de Nanteuil, Cat. 359nbsp;(Tudeer No. 79) and Bement 513 (Tudeer No, 79), The Naples specimen (Fiorelli Santangelo 8538)nbsp;IS a counterfeit of No, 79; the obverse-die, modelled after a specimen with die-injury, was first castnbsp;badly and next touched up; the reverse does not seem to have been copied mechanically,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf, Tudeer p, 186,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer p, 186 says that No, 80b does not yet show these injuries; this tallies perfectly withnbsp;our sequence; the only reproduction that is at my disposal (Gaz. Num. VI 1902, 96) is not verynbsp;illuminating.
-ocr page 74-course of its career, together with obv. 29 (i.e. in group E) a vertical injury^) behind the charioteer (not yet in 81 ahc); this dent occurs on all the specimens of group B, ergo:nbsp;E before B. This fixes the sequence ADEBC, and the unexpected case arises that thenbsp;same combination of dies (obv. 28 and rev. 53) begins and ends the series.
What conception are we to make of the way in which this series has been struck? .— The fact is beyond doubt that, contrary to what Tudeer assumed on stylistic grounds,nbsp;obv. 28 and rev. 53 formed the first pair of dies. After a number of coins had beennbsp;struck y/ith it, we see the obv., which is in an excellent condition, replaced by another obv.nbsp;29. For this is how we should put it, for the upper die 53 was not removed to anothernbsp;anvil: in that case we should have two anvils side by side and obtain two parallel seriesnbsp;of coins. We could, on the contrary, establish with certainty that there is question of onenbsp;series here. Why was obv. 28 temporarily given up? A reasonable ground is not to benbsp;found for this, therefore the cause will have to be ascribed to chance or to arbitrariness:nbsp;a short or a long time after obv. 29 had been ready for use there was an opportunitynbsp;which made it possible for the two dies to be exchanged. A little later about the samenbsp;thing happens again: then rev. 53, which is not nearly worn, is replaced by rev. 54, notnbsp;to return before the end of the series. An exchange of upper dies is not uncommon,nbsp;however, and it was apt to occur; then the question arises: how is it that rev. 54 remainsnbsp;in use so long without a break (viz. throughout its whole career), while the obv. isnbsp;sometimes exchanged? The second exchange of obv. is also unexpected, for obv. 29 is stillnbsp;in an excellent condition with the last-known piece of group E. It is true that it may benbsp;alleged that this is an argumentum e silentio and that obv. 29 in its later career withnbsp;rev. 54 will as yet have incurred heavy injuries, but this would go against probabilitynbsp;too much; for the pieces of E mentioned above show, as far as the obv. is concerned, anbsp;very slight progress of the only slight injury below the chin; is it to be believed thatnbsp;chance has caused 7 specimens to come down to us which had been struck very shortlynbsp;after each other, and not a single one from the further course of the long career whichnbsp;was then no doubt in store for obv. 29? I think that we can eliminate such chance,nbsp;especially because the same thing takes place a little later with the three other dies. Whennbsp;obv. 29 has been replaced by 28 a really serious fracture appears after some time, whichnbsp;causes a hole in front of the head of the left dolphin; the engravers remedy this bynbsp;remodelling a dolphin’s head on this fracture, so that the animal has obtained a lengthening-piece, and nearly looks like the result of double-striking. But obv. 28, too, is
1) This is not a common injury, any more than that of die y of the dekadrachms, but one caused by knocking against another hard object. On the coin this injury consists of two parallelnbsp;dikes with a groove in between.
-ocr page 75-63
still in a very good condition when we see it in C for the last time. Likewise the two rev. 53 and 54 still enjoy excellent health on their leave-taking.
Can all this be chance? It is not to be believed. On the contrary, the course of this series seems to me to indicate that the manufacture of this kind of coins was stoppednbsp;now and then: every time these dies were used for a short period to be put aside for somenbsp;time afterwards; when a new issue of these coins was decided upon, one of the twonbsp;obverse-dies and one of the two reverse-dies were quite arbitrarily chosen ^): finally thenbsp;series came to an end not because the dies were worn, but because it had been decidednbsp;to stop the issue.
Therefore our conclusion is that this was an occasional coin. When we consider what periodic occasion comes in for the issue of these tetradrachms, and at the samenbsp;time remember that this Arethosa was made by the engraver of the dekadrachm and wasnbsp;dated in the summer or the spring of 412^), then it is obvious that the Arethosa, too.nbsp;Was issued every year on the occasion of the Assinarian games. Further it is to benbsp;observed that, exactly on the coins which were struck on the occasion of these games, thenbsp;chariot is actually depicted full speed (as the attitude of the driver betrays), whereasnbsp;elsewhere it had already lost its original agonic character, and had rather developed intonbsp;a fossilized device.
If this conclusion is accepted, it follows that every specimen can be accurately dated: the first combination dates from the summer of 412, in the summer of 411 obv.nbsp;29 appears, in 410 the rev. 54 (these dies will no doubt have been made earlier, bynbsp;Way of reserve), and so on, until the last coins of the series were issued in 408 or 407.nbsp;The reason why the issue was discontinued is clear when we bear in mind the exceedingly threatening events of those years: sumptuous occasional coins would havenbsp;lgt;een out of place, and the games, too, will probably have been discontinued temporarily.nbsp;Or perhaps definitively.
It may be observed that rev. 54 with the driver looking round is exactly contemporary with the rev. 31—33, with which we have already compared rev. 54. Seeing that on good grounds we had arrived at the conclusion that Kimon and IMnbsp;had a separate atelier, and that rev. 54 is closely connected with the dies that werenbsp;Cut in the Mint, we are justified in surmising that, now that Kimon’s activity as annbsp;engraver ceased, no further coins were struck in his atelier, and the dies were removed
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The same phenomenon has been noticed in Olympia with its periodic activity: Jdl 1939,nbsp;^20, note 2.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I had already arrived at this dating before the thought occurred to me that this was annbsp;Occasional coin; this new point of view) does not affect the chronology established above, because wenbsp;only took into consideration the commencement of the first pair of dies.
-ocr page 76-64
to the ordinary Mint, were provided with a pair in reserve, and were from that time onward exclusively used for striking occasional coins. After the end of series B ofnbsp;the tetradrachms no interlinking with ordinary dies was possible, because contrarynbsp;to the usual practice the head of the Arethosa was cut into the lower die.
As the final year of this series I have mentioned 408 or 407; counting the groups will lead us to 408, but still I think that the other year is to be preferred. For itnbsp;seems that by mere chance^) the same pair of dies was used in two consecutivenbsp;years. Suspicion falls of course on the largest group: E i.e. Tudeer No. 81 (obv. 29nbsp;and rev. 54). When we arrange the coins chronologically we can indeed distinguishnbsp;two parts: the pieces without any injury behind the charioteer are of normal size,nbsp;and irregularly round as usual; in view of the numerous cracks in the edge and thenbsp;folds they cannot have been struck while they were very hot. The second part of thenbsp;group, with the injury behind the charioteer, consists of pieces of considerable size,nbsp;larger than the normal tetradrachms. This characteristic is also shown by the nextnbsp;group B. Evidently a new, more powerful “hand” has set to work here, just as innbsp;the case of the dekadrachms. At the same time it may be perceived how the coinsnbsp;have been pressed into an oblong shape with apparent purpose®). On the analogynbsp;of the coins of Cyzicus and Elis I have explained this from the presence of thenbsp;inscription APE0OIiA above, beyond the border of the obv.®); as the whole of thenbsp;type was thus elongated in one direction, our “second hand” who had not only morenbsp;strength but also more love of his work, has made the coins, too, oblong in striking.nbsp;Then arose the fracture in B in the left-hand dolphin; the injury was worked off asnbsp;well as possible, but it remained ugly. Therefore the obverses of the following coinsnbsp;(C) are not centred; by putting the silver a little higher on the die an impression ofnbsp;the fracture was precluded^); but on that account the striking had to be less hard,nbsp;for otherwise the fracture would become visible on the broad coin after all. We seenbsp;the result: the coins have been struck less broad than those of the preceding groups, andnbsp;the head has always been impressed remarkably low®).
Just as we calculated the average of the difference between the diameter of the whole coin and the diameter of the type of the coin with regard to the dekadrachms.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;After all this is not an extreme case of chance: the chance is 1:4,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Purpose appears from the numerous traces of double-striking, both on the obv, and onnbsp;the rev,, but always in the direction of the length of the coin; from other signs it also appears thatnbsp;the upper die was struck askance in this direction (Luynes 1227, Hermitage),
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;BuH. Ant. Besch. 1938, 52,
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The same is the case with the dekadrachm No, 10,
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Jameson 821, Sir Weber 1613, Vienna, The size of the coin was kept small, it appears, bynbsp;striking the metal when it was not too hot: the cracks in the edges and folds reappear.
-ocr page 77-we can do it here too. We herewith give a graph showing these differences for each group (in the case of E for each part). The diameters of obv. 28 and 29 are the same
(24 mm.) as also of rev. 53 and 54; the differences are: for A 3,7 (3 pieces); for D 3,0 (4 pieces); for El 2,6 (8 pieces); for E2 5,7 (3 pieces); for B 5,6 (8 pieces);nbsp;for C 3,0 (3 pieces); the average of these 29 pieces is 3,96.^ The difference in “hand”nbsp;seems to me to be sufficiently clear. — If we'lay this graph on the graph which wenbsp;made of the dekadrachms (the lower line in the figure), and assume that the series ofnbsp;dekadrachms and the series of tetradrachras are equally distributed over an equal periodnbsp;of time (which is a priori probable in the case of periodic issue of parallel series), wenbsp;shall see that the “second hand” enters at the same time with both series. Seeing thatnbsp;it was to be expected that the two parallel series had been struck by the same hands ^),nbsp;we are now justified in accepting as correct what was assumed for this graph, and tonbsp;date the series of dekadrachms, too, in 412-—407.
In connection with the weights a brief observation may be made: in applying the frequency-table we arrive at a weight of 17,25 grammes (6 of the 30 pieces), that isnbsp;to say 0.21 gr. or 1,23 % below the theoretical weight, which is 17,464 gr. The dekadrachms were only 0,89 % below the'ir theoretical weight, while Hill assumed as annbsp;average about 1^ ^). The greater wear due to the high relief is clearly in evidence
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I here wish to remind the reader of the fact that we have seen the same phenomenon innbsp;group C of the Arethosa-tetradrachms and in No, 10 of the dekadrachms: the coin was not centrednbsp;¦n order to hide the die-injury from view as much as possible.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hill NC 1924, 81,
5
-ocr page 78-here, especially when we see that the pieces of 17,25 gr. (i.a, the Pennisi specimen) are nearly always in an excellent condition.
Appendix II.
The Dckadrachms of Agrigentum.
These capital pieces have always excited admiration and interest, especially because of their famous couple of eagles depicting the chorus of Aeschylus’ Agamemnon 114 sq.nbsp;faithfully. All this interest, however, has not yet led to a satisfactory interpretationnbsp;of the types, nor has an accurate date been found; the one circumstance is connectednbsp;with the other. A second question was added to this when Bernhart denied thenbsp;authenticity of two^) of the six specimens (the seventh is certainly false), after anbsp;former theory, which declared all of them to be false, had been refuted. Let us firstnbsp;discuss this last question.
It would be impossible in a small compass to examine all the arguments given by Bernhart; besides I have neither originals nor casts at my disposal, only the stronglynbsp;enlarged reproductions given by Bernhart of each piece ^). I only wish to remarknbsp;that the author does not seem to recognize as such die-injuries consisting of dents innbsp;the form of stripes. For example, he takes such an injury on the obv. of D®) for tracesnbsp;of over-striking, and when he again meets the same signs on another specimen (F)nbsp;together with new injuries, he considers this to be a proof of his assertion that F wasnbsp;struck with a die that had been made mechanically from D. In actual fact they arenbsp;of course products of the same die, which had meanwhile incurred more injuries.nbsp;Further the criterion of genuineness that Bernhart (p. 34) uses to prove the authenticity of the rev. of E and B may be applied to the two supposed counterfeits: it isnbsp;true the obv. of F does not show anything that does not occur with A, but this is thenbsp;case with the obv. of G as against that of B and E (injury of the border above the
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;They were put on the market in 1925; it appeared that they belonged to a hoard near Naronbsp;in Sicily, for which see above, p. 43.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;M. Bernhart Numismatik I 1932, 9 sq. 33 sq.; an excellent reproduction of the Munichnbsp;specimen is given by M. Hirmer Die schönsten Griechenmünzen 42/3.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In order to prevent misunderstanding I adopt Bernhart's indications: A Munich (O^ U'^);nbsp;B Paris I (0^4- U2); C Paris II (false); D Pennisi I (O'* Ui); E Pennisi II (0^ U^); F Commerce I,nbsp;now Lloyd 817 (0** U**); G Commerce II, now Gulbenkian: Hill L’Art pl. 51, 2; 58,1 (0® IP),nbsp;where U denotes the obverse- and 0 the reverse-dies.
-ocr page 79-67
driver’s head). As regards the rev. of F, it is clearly to be seen that all the die-injuries occurring with D have somewhat progressed, whereas they have not yet progressed so farnbsp;with G as with D (injury behind the nearer leg of the right-hand eagle). When Bernhartnbsp;p. 35 sq. takes the capillary crack (of the die) behind the right-hand eagle on D fornbsp;an accidental one that only occurs on one specimen, and when he considers thenbsp;injuries of the die at the wing (DFG) in a similar way calling them “Unreinigkeiten”,nbsp;he gives the impression to have forgotten for the moment that there are also die-injuriesnbsp;that can naturally occur on more than one coin. In agreement with Robinson ^) I cannotnbsp;but consider the two specimens in question to be genuine. Besides it would not benbsp;like a thorough forger as supposed by Bernhart to put on the market his two verynbsp;striking specimens at the same time; such things are usually done more cunningly.
The die-injuries allow of a chronological arrangement of the dies; coupled with the one obv.-die (U^) 0^ and 0® are used consecutively (ADF), coupled with thenbsp;other obversenbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;0^ and 0® (EBG) are used, while it can be stated that G was struck
before D and F, which have 0 ® in common. In so far as the few specimens allow of a conclusion we may conclude that tv/o anvils were used side by side, of which U ^ wasnbsp;Worn first, for which reason 0® passed on to ^). Therefore it seems that the issue tooknbsp;place for a short period, but in great quantities.
When next we wish to establish the date of these coins the best method is to fix, by means of imitations and related representations ^), a certain space of time within whichnbsp;We have to look round. That the coins were struck before 406 follows from the fall of thenbsp;town in that year and its destruction in the next.
In Gela there is a die, on which the same eagle flies up above the quadriga as on the Agrigentine dekadrachms‘‘j; as the bird with the crab in the exergue is the badge ofnbsp;Agrigentum, but is as unusual as inexplicable in Gela, Gela has copied this representationnbsp;from the dekadrachms. However, the coins of this town have not yet been arrangednbsp;chronologically, so that an accurate date of this tetradrachm of Gela cannot be given.nbsp;But the die mentioned has an ear of corn in the exergue which Syracuse had from
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ad Lloyd 817: “the arguments by which it is sought to demonstrate this remarkable conclusion are based on misconceptions either of fact or of technical process and give no reason tonbsp;doubt the genuineness of either piece”. Noe Bibliography of Gr. Coin-Hoards ^ No. 728 also appearsnbsp;to consider the pieces genuine.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The pairs belonging together are -f- 0^ and Ü* -t 0^; 0® was made afterwards tonbsp;'¦oplace 0^.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This means that a relation is sought with Syracusan types, the only ones that have atnbsp;Present been duly examined and that can be dated,
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hill Coins of Sicily pi. 8, 1, Giesecke Sic. Nam. pi. 9, 8 and 9, Lloyd 987/8. Mirone Numis-I 1932, 127 pi. 3, 60 wrongly does not consider such a flying bird in Messana to be an eagle.
-ocr page 80-413'—399, and the quadriga is an accurate copy of the rev. of the second Arethosa-tetradrachm (Tudeer rev. 54), which was struck in 411: the horses agree perfectly, just like the driver’s attitude and the very special way in which he holds the reins; onlynbsp;his head has not been represented as turning round, as was the case in Syracuse.
In Messana there is as a symbol below the hare an eagle, which, sitting on a rock, devours a snake. In Elis the hare and the snake (once also a tortoise) regularly takenbsp;their turns as a prey of the eagles, and in Agrigentum, too, the eagle with the snakenbsp;occurs on earlier pieces'^) and on the gold coins that were issued at about the samenbsp;time as the dekadrachms; besides, the flying eagle likewise carries a snake on thenbsp;dekadrachms. Therefore it cannot be doubted that this symbol in Messana is basednbsp;on an Agrigentine model. On the obv. of this Messanian coin the driver looks up, asnbsp;an exception, at Nike, who has come to wreathe him. This peculiarity only returns, asnbsp;far as I know, on two Syracusan dies of 413/2, by Euth. and by Euarchidas ^).nbsp;However, the last-mentioned die is in its turn closely related with the Agrigentinenbsp;dekradrachm: apart from the attitude of the head, which Syracuse and Messana had innbsp;common, the charioteers of Syracuse and of Messana are nearly identical in attitude,nbsp;while the drapery shows great resemblance: the large flowing folds behind the headnbsp;and the rest of the drapery fluttering in the wind behind the back. The differences onlynbsp;lie in the attitude of the right arm, which in Syracuse had to be free for carrying anbsp;torch, and in the drapery of the legs which the charioteer in Syracuse wears, but whichnbsp;is absent in Agrigentum; in both cases the absence of the hand-rail of the chariot isnbsp;characteristic®). Here, too, chance is out of the question.
The question now remains: did Syracuse take the capital pieces of Agrigentum as a model, or did this town imitate the Syracusan die according to the custom prevailingnbsp;in Sicily? In this connection it is of importance to point out that some tetradrachmsnbsp;that belong to the Agrigentine dekadrachms'‘) (though they are a little later) shownbsp;a quadriga, which is driven by a Nike, a representation which was introduced innbsp;Syracuse by Euth. in 413 and was also imitated elsewhere in Sicily®); likewise thenbsp;Nike, wreathing the driver, of Agrigentine tetradrachms, which were probably issued
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 804.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer obv. 15 and rev. 30. Another similarity is that in Syracuse the Nike bears annbsp;aphlaston apart from the usual wreath, in Messana a kerykeion apart from the wreath.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Compare the attitude and the drapery of the chariot-driver on the amphora with thenbsp;Leucippides by Meidias: Pfuhl MuZ 593, Buschor Gr. Vasen (1940) 231.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hill Sicily pi. 7, 18.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In this connection another piece of Gela (Hill Sicily pi. 8, 1, cf. Lloyd 986) is important,nbsp;on which such a chariot driven by Nike occurs together with the ear of corn of Syracuse (fromnbsp;413/2 onward) and the flying eagle of Agrigentum.
-ocr page 81-simultaneously with the dekadrachms ^), was derived from Syracuse. Therefore we cannot doubt but the dekadrachms come after the die of Euarchidas; but not long afterwards, as is shown by the Messanian coin and the piece of Gela mentioned just now,nbsp;which also imitate Syracusan coins of 413/2, besides the dekadrachms. The othernbsp;analogies we mentioned, all lie in the years 413/2; accordingly the dekadrachms will fallnbsp;at this time or very shortly after it.
In fact the year 412 has been preferred, though under certain reserve, if one wished to date this coin ^). That was because a connection was sought with the Olympic victorynbsp;of the Agrigentine Exainetos. According to Diodorus he was received in state into hisnbsp;native town, escorted by three hundred chariots each drawn by two white horses®). Ifnbsp;it is assumed that the dekadrachms were issued on the occasion of this event, the appearance of the quadriga obtains a meaning, and at the same time the type of the eaglesnbsp;devouring a hare is explained by the fact that the coins which were struck at Olympia onnbsp;the occasion of the games showed about that time this form of the traditional type of Elis,nbsp;be it with one eagle*). These coins have no doubt erected the greatest and mostnbsp;permanent monument for Exainetos that was ever bestowed on any citizen®) as annbsp;Olympic victor: until the fall of the town in 406 the coins exclusively commemoratenbsp;this event.
Such honour for an athlete sounds incredible to our ears, and this is the reason why this explanation has never been accepted. Now that we dated the issue aboutnbsp;412/1 on other grounds, this disbelief may be discarded, I think: but we are indeednbsp;confronted with the question why this Exainetos was honoured so exuberantly.
Agrigentum had allied with Athens in 422, but kept aloof during the invasion of 415: as late as 413, when the cause of the Syracusans was fairly favourable, it hadnbsp;Hot the courage to follow suit®). But the Athenians lose the battle in the harbour, beatnbsp;a retreat and perish; in a fortnight Syracuse had gained the most brilliant victory thatnbsp;had been gained between Greeks. It is easy to imagine that Agrigentum, one of thenbsp;“Great Powers” of Sicily, had cut a very poor figure in this matter. No wonder it wasnbsp;eager to jump at an Olympic victory as an opportunity of vying with Syracuse: Syracusenbsp;celebrated a victory, so did Agrigentum; Syracuse had dekadrachms, so had Agrigentum:
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 818/9. In the case of this chariot the manner in which the reins are held hasnbsp;°aly a parallel in Tudeer rev, 53 of the year 412,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;However, Evans NC 1926, 12 combats this,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Diod. XIII 82; he mentions the victory XIII 34.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf. Bull. Ant. Besch. 1938, 51 fig, 27, But the coins of 412 only have an eagle's head; fornbsp;fhe date see Jdl 1939, 222.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;For kings and tyrants the same thing was done: Philip II of Macedon, Anaxilas of Messana.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Thuc. VII 33, 2; 50, 1,
-ocr page 82-the Syracusans could place a Nike on their coins, so could the Agrigentines! It was a matter of prestige, of rivalry between the two largest Greek towns of the island^). Thenbsp;further course of history shows the same striking difference between the two townsnbsp;as there had existed between their motives: the Sybarite Agrigentum is overthrownnbsp;after some years, whereas Syracuse wins the greatest power it has ever possessed.
This was rivalry in quantity, but it is easy to understand that Agrigentum would also try to equal Syracuse in quality. In this town half a dozen engravers worked c. 412,nbsp;among whom there were the best engravers we know. But here it had become a tradition to produce fine coins, so that Syracuse itself had already some good engravers;nbsp;besides one engraver, Phrygillos, seems to have come from Thurium. Syracuse had nonbsp;doubt creamed the market, and, as the relations between it and Agrigentum werenbsp;strained, it will certainly not have placed its own engravers at the disposal of Agrigentum, as it had done to Kamarina and Katana. How then was Agrigentum to getnbsp;artists to vie with the Syracusan ones? It would have been easy to understand if criticsnbsp;had sought where the type, too, had come from: Olympia. Among the few engraversnbsp;of Olympia known to us there is TIO, who signs in 420 and in 416, but next disappearsnbsp;not to turn up again — if my supposition is right — before 405 as the sculptor Poly-kleitos II ^). Now there is in Agrigentum, besides a tetradrachm with the signaturenbsp;MTP®), another on which Sambon and Evans read nOAT ^); the former quite arbitrarily made this into the name of Polykleitos. Now Robinson reads nOATKP ®). Thenbsp;first four letters are indeed clearly legible on the reproductions (I have no other information at my disposal), while it seems probable that something follows, but, in spitenbsp;of the fact that Robinson is an excellent judge of these matters, one might wondernbsp;whether the last letter in particular can be read with absolute certainty. As long as thisnbsp;way of reading has not been corroborated it does not seem to me to be improper tonbsp;bear in mind the possibility that the former Olympic engraver and later sculptornbsp;Polykleitos has indeed signed this. The eagle-heads by ITO in Olympia and by IIOATnbsp;(KP?) in Agrigentum both show as characteristics a sharp hook in the beak, and annbsp;eye, which has been indicated by a sharp dot®). A signature has not yet been foundnbsp;on the dekadrachms’^), but they seem to me to be clearly by the same hand as the
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf, Seltman Greek Coins 136.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Jdl 1939, 226 sq.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 820.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A. Sambon RN 1914, 1 sq., Evans NC 1926, 11,
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 819,
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;It should be remembered that in Olympia no was, so to say, a victim to heredity asnbsp;regards the tradition of the Hera-Mint and as regards the influence of his predecessor Da(idalos),
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Or is a signature hidden in the unevennesses on the upper beak of the crying eagle on
-ocr page 83-tetradrachm just mentioned; on these large pieces, too, the typical beak and the eyes are to be found
Perhaps we can find another trace of Polykleitos’ activity as a die-sinker in the West of the Greek world. Towards the end of the fifth century Terina succeeded innbsp;finding several excellent engravers: Phrygillos from Thurium and a little later Euaine-tos from Syracuse. Immediately after Phrygillos or simultaneously with him therenbsp;is another engraver signing his genuine dies by n *). In his excellent article on Terinanbsp;Evans has convincingly shown that, whereas Phrygillos tended towards the picturesque,nbsp;the types by IT had a distinctly sculptural character®). Further Evans has, afternbsp;Milani, especially emphasized and convincingly shown that the Nike with the spreadnbsp;wings, of which there are also some signed by n ®), has been derived from the famousnbsp;sitting Nike of Elis®). Here we see, shortly after the issue of the Agrigentine deka-drachms, the activity of an engraver in Terina, during a short period, who signs j |nbsp;(the form of letter which Polykleitos always uses, but which is often dropped by hisnbsp;imitators in Terina), who further imitates a type of Elis and clearly shows a sculpturalnbsp;tendency. Would it not be possible that this engraver was Polykleitos, who after a shortnbsp;activity in Agrigentum’), started cutting dies for Terina as Phrygillos had previouslynbsp;done and as Euainetos was to do later? As fai- as I see there is similarity between thenbsp;the Munich specimen? (To be seen in Hirmer Die schönsten Griechenmünzen 43J. — The A,nbsp;which Weil Künstlersignatuven 13 read on the Paris counterfeit (No, C in the above list), andnbsp;which he declared to be a signature, is due to faulty casting (Bernhart l.c. 12), Hirmer o.c. mentionsnbsp;Silanos as the engraver of the dekadrachm; this is wrong, for Silanos was magistrate some yearsnbsp;later, like Straton, and signed as such.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The foreign descent of the engraver is perhaps also denoted by the fan-like compositionnbsp;of the quadriga, at which he arrived because he left out the exergual-line of the dekadrachms; thisnbsp;does not occur on the staters of Elis either. This fan-composition may also be seen in Segesta andnbsp;in numerous medallions of cups (Pfuhl MaZ 398, 399, 405, 428, 461: Buschor Gr. Vasen, 1940, 151),nbsp;here, too, due to the omission of the exergue or making it too small. In these cases the difficultynbsp;arises that the exergual-line is much narrower than the greatest width of the picture. Somethingnbsp;similar in Syracuse: Tudeer rev. 31 and obv. 20 (chariot-wheel). I therefore think that the compositionnbsp;of the quadriga on the Agrigentine dekadrachms is a failure, contrary to T. Webster JHS 1939, 120,nbsp;who admires it very much. For Seltman's opinion, G. Coins 136, that the chariot moves through thenbsp;air, there is no ground, because if this were so we should find the same representation on thenbsp;tetradrachms.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;See infra p. 119 sq.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans NC 1912, 31.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans NC 1912, 33, Milani RM 5, 99.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This, however, is a moot point; see infra p, 120 sq.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Seltman Nom. VIII: since c, 460/50 the direct model has, however, been yr (of c, 432). Fornbsp;the rest such schemes were popular in South Italy (according to Jantzen: Locri) as' ornaments 'ofnbsp;®iirror-handles: U, Jantzen Bronzewerkstaiten Grossgriechenlands u. Siz. Jdl Erg. 13, 1937, 27 andnbsp;pis, 6 and 7; the attitude of pi. 7, 33 shows great resemblance to' the Nike of Terina.
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Perhaps he also made a statue of Exainetos here, or carried out other orders.
-ocr page 84-treatment of the wings in Agrigentum and in Terina, but other points of similarity are difficult to find. On putting side by side the heads by n in Terina and the head ofnbsp;Hera belonging to the rev. signed by no^), I fail to find anything to exclude or tonbsp;corroborate an identification of the two engravers. Therefore this question remainsnbsp;unsettled. The signature nOAT , which occurs in Metapontum, is certainly severalnbsp;decennia younger and cannot be by the same engraver^). The gem inscribednbsp;nOATKAEITOT is Augustean .
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Seltman Nom. XI No, EP.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Noe Metapontum II p. 44 Nos. 464—466, Probably Noe considers this inscription to be anbsp;signature, just as he declared AnoA to be a signature on p, 42 sq,; but this is not quite certain,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Furtwangler )dl 1888, 314, S, Reinach RA 3 XXV 1894, 297 sq.
-ocr page 85-CHAPTER VI.
The discussion of the chronological questions has also enabled us to appreciate more fully the activity of the signing engravers. Here, however, I have to anticipate what Inbsp;hope to prove in the following chapters, and to assume as a fact what is to be demonstrated there.
To the period whose numismatic chronology we have considered in the previous pages, belong nine engravers known to us by name; Eumenes, Euth., Phrygillos, Euarchi-das, Kimon, IM, Euainetos, Eukleidas and Parme. I do not intend to deal with all ofnbsp;them. Of Eumenes one die only belongs to our period (Tudeer rev. 28; rev. 26 belongsnbsp;to the preceding one); concerning Euarchidas enough may have to be said in duenbsp;course^); IM has already been briefly discussed*). Parme, of whom we know onlynbsp;one die (Tudeer rev. 49), knows how; to cut fine dolphins, it is true, but for the restnbsp;his work displays a moderate talent and a lack of originality. About Euth. little cannbsp;be said. I shall not deal with these engravers. Eukleidas was lately the subject of anbsp;special monograph “) and, although that article overlooks a considerable part ofnbsp;Eukleidas’ oeuvre, is based on a number of serious misconceptions, and utilizes objectionable methods, I will not scrutinize this figure anew. For the matter of that Eukleidasnbsp;does not deserve so much attention, for although he may be of quite noticeably betternbsp;qualities than the common die-engravers of the Syracusan Mint, he certainly does notnbsp;belong to the best of the then engravers. The most brilliant engravers are no doubtnbsp;Kimon, Euainetos and Phrygillos (although the latter did not excel in Syracuse), andnbsp;probably also IM. As to IM I refer to previous pages, while I will restrict myself herenbsp;to the trio Phrygillos, Euainetos and Kimon.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf. p. 123 sq,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Vide p. 47 sq.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;G. E. Rizzo BdA 31, 1937, 329—353, This article has been incorporated in his Saggi pre/i-minari su I’Arte della Moneta nella Sicilia Greca (1938), of which another chapter met with a;nbsp;Well-deserved slashing criticism from the hand of B. Ashmole JHS 1938, 240; Ashmole's only errornbsp;lies in the sentence: “The remaining two thirds .. are rather better,quot; It was answered by Rizzo;nbsp;Maniere „corretfe” e metodi corrotti di Bernardo Ashmole (1939), which was replied to by Ashmolenbsp;WS 1939, 286.
-ocr page 86-74
Phrygillos .
With regard to this engraver I have to be brief, because a discussion of the many theories would occupy too much space in a study that is not exclusively concerned withnbsp;Phrygillos. Therefore I will not attempt to build up his oeuvre from the available data,nbsp;but state at once the conception I have of his activity, though not without pointingnbsp;out a few phenomena intended to corroborate the correctness of my conception.
We meet the engraver in Thurium for the first time not long before 413, say circa 420. He is then cutting the head of Athena with the wreath round the helmet, in frontnbsp;of whose forehead the initial $ has been placed; between the legs of the bull on thenbsp;rev. there are the letters ^PT^). A similar specimen seems to me to be of a somewhat laternbsp;date, but in this instance the bull has the initial $ on its shoulder, and a bird between itsnbsp;legs®). Mirone is in agreement with many predecessors when he recognizes the bird asnbsp;a finch'*), which probably bore the onomatopoeic name of tppityiXoi;, a canting signaturenbsp;of Phrygillos ®). Such canting signatures are on a par with canting types and badges, thenbsp;existence of which is denied by no one ®). Although such signatures are, naturally, difficultnbsp;to recognize, yet instances of these may be cited, such as the skyphos or kotyle, which isnbsp;depicted on a distater of the same Thurium beside the shoulder of the Skylla, and thenbsp;pa^Sog as the signature of Rabirius on a Roman cornice ®); maybe the 15th century seal-engraver Arnauld de Boymel (who called himself Arnt) signed by an eagle (D.nbsp;arend ^)). If it is thought that here or on the following coins the bird is too big for anbsp;finch, it should be remembered that the natural proportions between type and symbol arenbsp;not generally observed.
1) The somewhat summary treatment of this important engraver is also the result of thenbsp;limited number of casts I have at my disposal, which cannot be completed now. Reproductionsnbsp;of nearly all the coins mentioned here are to be found in Regling's Terina^
2) BMC 3; enlarged Hill L'Art pi. 55, 3. It is mere hypothesis that makes me mention this piecenbsp;first; only an arrangement (which is badly needed) of the staters of Thurium will enable us to givenbsp;the dies their definite places. For the rest my way of representing things is a little simplistic, for ofnbsp;the Thurian coins of this period there are more dies that can be attributed to Phrygillos.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 469; BM Guide 15, 7; Hill Princ. Coins 13, 12; Hill L'Arf pi. 23, 4 (obv,),
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Mirone Numismaiik I 1932, 121,
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An idea of A. Sambon Cat. Maddalena (1903) ad No. 409.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Macdonald Coin Types 17 sq,
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Noe Di-Staters p, 21,
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lugli Boll. Com. 45. 1917, 34 n. 1; Leopold Leerschool van de 'Spade II, 113 sq.
9) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;J, Roman Manuel de Sigillographie frang. 364, He calls the bird a parrot, but it may justnbsp;as well be an eagle. Another possibility is a dragon on a Tarentine piece, handling bow and arrow,nbsp;which is explained as ap:lt;rrov ró^ov by E J. Seltman ZiN 19, 284, this being a canting badge ofnbsp;Aristoxenos, whose name occurs on the same die as a signature. If dittology is allowed, this wouldnbsp;not seem too impossible, though it is far from certain. — Another instance from the Italian Renaissance is mentioned by Pace Arti ed Artisti della Sic. Ant. Atti R, Accad. d. Lincei, Mem. 15, 1915,nbsp;583 note.
-ocr page 87-75
When — no doubt in 413, when Thurium was still on the side of Athens Thurium issued its first distater ^), the only one with a wreath, the dies were not made by Phry-gillos, though he was no doubt the most suitable engraver. When presently we meet Phry-gillos in Syracuse (Tudeer rev. 29), this time signing in full, it appears that he wasnbsp;probably among the thousand men sent with Demosthenes by Thurium in 413. Havingnbsp;been taken prisoner, the Italiots were not dismissed from the quarries before circa Maynbsp;413, and set to work ^). It is possible that similar favours were bestowed on the engraversnbsp;as on those prisoners who were able to recite verses of Euripides. This date tallies exactlynbsp;with what we have found for the die (rev. 28 end of 413, consequently 29 beginningnbsp;of 412).nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'
Apparently Phrygillos had been out of practice for some time, and besides he had to conform to Syracusan tradition by copying the head cut by Eumenes (Tudeer rev. 28) ®).nbsp;On the top of that the hair of the goddess had to be loaded, here just asquot; on rev. 28, withnbsp;a perfect garden (ear of corn, poppy, oak-leaves; the acorn of 28 he left out), so that onenbsp;is inclined to connive at the product being far from satisfactory. Yet it is unmistakeablynbsp;the engraver of Thurium; the same treatment of the hair, the same eye, in which the irisnbsp;has not been rendered (a peculiarity), and which on that account seems to goggle anbsp;little, the same slanting letters both in the signature and in the cthnikon *); among the fewnbsp;things that have been changed there are the lips, which have adopted the Syracusannbsp;type®). But Phrygillos also adopts the Syracusan eye, since in his subsequent headnbsp;(Tudeer obv. 16) he also renders the iris; Tudeer does not describe the eye of obv. 17,nbsp;but in obv. 18 and obv. 19®) Phrygillos returns to his eye without an iris again. Thesenbsp;heads have been signed $PT(except obv. 17?) i.e. in the same way as the first-mentionednbsp;stater of Thurium. The series to which these coins belong leads us to the end of 411,nbsp;consequently the activity of the engraver will probably have come to an end a little earlier,nbsp;say the end of 412 or the beginning of 411.
In fact we meet Phrygillos in Thurium again shortly after 413, where it seems he at first cuts dies for the stater ’’). It is true, there is no signature with the head, but even annbsp;untrained eye will see that this is by the same hand which formerly cut the heads of
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Noe Di-Sfaters no. A2; Hill Princ. Coins 13, 11,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Freeman Hist of Sic. Ill 410. The explanation that Phrygillos belonged to the anti-Athenian party and voluntarily went to Syracuse would be too far-fetched- It is not possible tonbsp;assume that the dies had been ordered from him in Thurium, for Phrygillos appears to have conformed entirely to Syracusan tradition, and also to have learned a few things in Syracuse.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Enlargement of Tudeer rev. 29: Hirmer Schönste Griechenm. 27.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In Thurium, too, the 4gt; was slanting backward.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf. p. 79.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Enlarged Hill L'Arf 24, 4,
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lockett 479.
-ocr page 88-76
Athena with the wreath and then signed $ : the bull on the corresponding reverses is accompanied by the bird. The head bears a Skylla instead of the wreath. Noe^) hasnbsp;rightly associated this change with the change in the attitude of the town, which as latenbsp;as 413 sent auxiliary troops to the Athenians, but had fought on the side of Syracusenbsp;from 411 onward^). Just as the Syracusan coins of that time (the gold coins probablynbsp;from 413/2 onward, the silver coins from 411 onward) portrayed the local goddess ofnbsp;Thuriuiii®), so Thurium adopted the Skylla, which Phrygillos had got to know innbsp;Syracuse on the die of Euth.; he reproduced it with the same short fluttering hairs andnbsp;the same fin, where the dogs’ heads emerge from the body. He has changed the attitudenbsp;of the arms, because here Skylla had no fish to seize, and it reflects credit on his goodnbsp;taste that he has also left out the trident. Apparently Phrygillos had taken his model,nbsp;i.e. a coin with the obv. of Euth., with him, for later engravers follow Euth. more closely:nbsp;the trident rc-appears, and Skylla grasps into the air. As far as the reproductionsnbsp;allow me to see, the eye on this stater seems to display the iris, but the lips seem to benbsp;of the Thurian type; the letters of the ethnikon have a slanting tendency.
Apart from the indication of the pupil and another type of lips Phrygillos had learned something else in Syracuse; the use of a stronger modelling. The staters withnbsp;the wreath of Thurium had been kept in rather flat relief, the heads of Syracuse displaynbsp;modelling: the next Thurian stater, however, displays a flat relief again: what Phrygillosnbsp;could do on dies for tetradrachms he could not do on those for didrachms . But nownbsp;he is going to make a distater in Thurium, too, and this distater displays a perfectnbsp;command of a rich modelling ®). This distater is a larger issue of the coin just mentioned,nbsp;but this time also having the slanting backwards above the forehead;: the lips arenbsp;again of the Syracusan type, and even with the Skylla the pupils of the eye have beennbsp;indicated.
From four more towns coins of Phrygillos have come down to us: Terina, Pandosia, Velia and Heraclea. I do not know how to place these pieces in a chronological order,nbsp;and therefore I shall just choose an order which is at least not impossible. In Terinanbsp;two heads and one rev. demand our attention®), apart from one rev. displaying a
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Noe Di-Stafecs p. 8 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Freeman Hist, of Sic. Ill 421; the revolution took place in 412; Plut, Vita X Ocat. 3.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Vide supra p, 52,
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;It may be pointed out that the bronze coin of Syracuse, too, with the signature lt;Jgt;PT, hasnbsp;a low relief. There is also a litra inscribed lt;Igt;PT ; Imhoof Moni\ gc. 29 No, 52, The hemidrachm onnbsp;which Evans NC 1894, 307 read a signature lt;Igt;, does not bear this signature, as was stated by Jamesonnbsp;and de Ciccio (Ciccio Num. Circ. 39, 1931, 334),
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Noe Di~Sfaters No, B2; BM Guide 25, 17; Hill Princ. Coins 13, 13; Regling MaK 723;nbsp;enlarged Hill L'Art 55, 1 (rev,),
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Regling Terina Nos, R, S, «*gt; 77 ; Hill Princ. Coins 14, 22 and 23; both heads enlarged:nbsp;Lange Goffer Griechenlands 54, 55,
-ocr page 89-bird^), all of them being signed by a slanting backwards, with the heads, this time behind in the angle of the neck^). We shall not enlarge on the heads ®), but the reversesnbsp;show something new, a scene of such fine playfulness as we hardly expected fromnbsp;Phrygillos. Yet the grave distater of Thurium may be considered as a forerunner, seeingnbsp;that it displays that very pretty Skylla, who seizes the stately crest v/ith her hand. Thenbsp;two rev. of Terina, the one with the $ and the one with the bird, have in common theirnbsp;vividness and the finely observed psychological moment. And they have something elsenbsp;in common: Phrygillos has never succeeded in making the hands of his miniature figuresnbsp;to scale, they are always too large and frequently they have been attached to arms thatnbsp;were too big.-This characteristic is displayed by the Skylla as well as by the playingnbsp;girls of Terina.
The Pan, too, which decorates the rev. of the well-known stater of Pandosia *), has too large hands and two very big arms. The god taking a rest on a rock after thenbsp;chase with his dog and with a herm opposite to him 5) fits in with the whole of picturesque scenes, where the girl on the amphora (yy) of Terina also belonged; the finenbsp;treatment of the relief is the same. In this instance, however, the $ stands upright innbsp;the field. The obv. shows something new again: the head of Hera Lakinia, seen innbsp;three-quarter view, which is of course an imitation of the Arethosa of Kimon issuednbsp;when Phrygillos was working in Syracuse (412). The racemose ear-drop®) resemblesnbsp;that of Phrygillos’ last Syracusan heads, when he had relinquished the traditional hookshaped type.
The coin of Velia, which displays a in front of the neck of the head of the nymph '^) is usually dated too early; on the contrary the stater is placed by the coiffurenbsp;of the head in the time when Euainetos worked for Terina, i.e. a few years after Phrygillos’ activity for that town. Heraclea, too, may lay claim to the engraver, for here anbsp;slanting $ occurs below the chin with a head of Herakles ®) while the lion of the rev.nbsp;shows a resemblance to that of 'Velia. There are reasons to assume that the engravernbsp;cut a distater here, too, but if I am right a number of difficulties arise here which had
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;From now onward the bird, which has come to be an integral part of the type, is alsonbsp;used without having the significance of a signature.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The opinion that yy was also signed (Hirsch Cat Pozzi ad 342) is erroneous; what wasnbsp;taken for a is part of the ground,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The first head (R) seems to me to be unlike Phrygillos' work; is it a supposititious die?
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;BM Guide 25. 22; Hill Princ. Coins 25, 23; Regling MaK 729.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The tetradrachms of Segesfa will probably not have been entirely alien to thi;s representation. A smaller denomination displays a couple of dogs, which is very strongly reminiscent ofnbsp;Segesta; cf. NC 1912 pi, 3, 7 with Lederer Tetradrachmenpragung von Segesfa No, J3 sq,
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf, Hadaezek Ohcschmuck d. Griechen 18,
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 513.
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;BM Guide 15, 5.
-ocr page 90-better not be discussed as long as these pieces have not yet been arranged^). This, however, also applies to the towns mentioned just now: the coins of Terina have notnbsp;yet been finally arranged, the staters of Thurium, Pandosia, Velia and Heraclea have notnbsp;yet been studied. Therefore I could only give surmises,
Phrygillos therefore is an engraver who, coming from Thurium, worked in Syracuse as a prisoner of war perhaps, and afterwards in several towns of South Italy as annbsp;itinerary artist. This involved the disadvantage that every time he was confronted withnbsp;new problems, which at first he was not always able to solve, but at the same time henbsp;thus becomes a many-sided lucid personality®). He is no doubt a brilliant engraver, onenbsp;of the best engravers of the Greeks; his work bears witness to a subtle rest or to anbsp;subtle vividness, according to the requirements of the character of the coin; technically henbsp;is excellent in spite of some shortcomings. Besides it seems to me that, in a higher degreenbsp;than any other engraver, he comes up to the level of the Attic art of Phidias ®), althoughnbsp;afterwards he has a tendency towards the picturesque. His representations are certainlynbsp;Italiote or Sicilian; if we pay attention to that which was probably left to the engraver'snbsp;discretion, we recognize in the girl playing with her bird a scene that is of frequentnbsp;occurrence in the neighbourhood of Meidias and especially also in South Italy ^), whilenbsp;the difficult representation of the amphora, too, which is seen askance on the rim andnbsp;serves as a seat, seems to occur especially in Italy®). The type of the resting hunternbsp;is likewise found elsewhere in Magna Graecia, and a little later on in the same picturesque surroundings also in Arcadia, whence the mercenary troops came, who at the timenbsp;could earn a decent sum of money in Italy and in Sicily. Evans associates the picturesquenbsp;character of many South-Italic types of this period with Zeuxis’ activity there; in factnbsp;one of the rare traces (because they are difficult to recognize) of the influence ofnbsp;painting may perhaps be recognized here®).
Euainetos.
If Phrygillos was a stranger working for Syracuse only for a short period, Euainetos
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In my opinion the obverse of Reeling MaK 507 (enl. Langf Goiter Griech. 7) has beennbsp;cut by Phrygillos; is there a * behind the ear?
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf. Elseviers Maandschrilt 44, 1934, 226 sq.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This was almost the first thing that was observed regarding Phrygillos (St. Lane-Poole andnbsp;Furtwangler).
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;G. Nicole Meidias pi, 3, 2; Hahland Vasen am Meidias pi. 14 b; D'Arcy Thompsonnbsp;Glossary of Greek Birds 126: Scheurleer Ball. Ant. Besch. 13, 1938, 17.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cista Ficoroni; Arch. Eph. 1886 pi. 1 (here Marsyas only seemingly sits on the amphora);nbsp;Trendall Priihitaliotische Vasen pi. 5.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans NC 1912, 31. Dr, H. G, Beyen drew my attention to other instances in South Italy.
-ocr page 91-can no doubt be considered as a Syracusan, although he, too, is among the most “international” die-engravers; besides on Syracusan coins we find his signature in Katana, Kamarina and Terina.
His work begins shortly before the Athenian attack (say 417), when he engraves an obv. for a tetradrachm, of which a rev. is signed by Eukleidas. By the side of diesnbsp;like those of Kimon and Euarchidas this chariot makes a good figure, but if we place itnbsp;in its own period, Euainetos’ importance becomes obvious. Previously the chariots cutnbsp;by Eumenes had been used for many years®). It would be wrong to say that the originality of Eumenes’ pioneer work should be praised because he was the first to depict allnbsp;the four horses in a rearing attitude, for actually these types are barbarous monstrositiesnbsp;and technically inferior; if on the whole the heads had not been far better, all thesenbsp;products would no doubt have been assigned to the Punic part of Sicily. However, therenbsp;can be no doubt but that, after those brilliant pieces of A and his group, Syracuse wasnbsp;satisfied with very inferior work as far as chariots are concerned. Therefore it is verynbsp;striking when the first die of Euainetos suddenly leads us to the group of the best works.nbsp;While the great liveliness of the horses' legs ®) and the rising line of the type willnbsp;presently give way to greater quietude, we here already meet all the characteristics ofnbsp;Euainetos’ chariot-sides; the horses have only seven forelegs and seven hindlegs, one ofnbsp;which is hardly visible: the heads of the last three horses (from the right) have been keptnbsp;fairly parallel, with a rather acute angle on the neck, whereas the first horse raises itsnbsp;head. The right chariot-wheel facing us is as it were massive; there are no open spacesnbsp;between the spokes. The Nike keeps her knees bent in an almost right angle, while thenbsp;garment flutters fanwise only from the lower legs; in her wing, too, there is a right angle.nbsp;The signature ETAINETO is on the exergual-line. — The. same tendency to utilizenbsp;angles is found again in the tails of the dolphins, which occur on Euainetos’ first reverse-die; besides these dolphins are rather short'^) and smooth, in particular their dorsal finsnbsp;are very graceful. The head itself is an imitation of the one which Eukleidas had justnbsp;engraved (Tudeer rev. 23), but it has greater gracefulness and sternness; the upper lip isnbsp;characteristic of Euainetos, who emphatically gives it the Syracusan form of a lyingnbsp;Comma. The features round the eye have been very finely modelled, the curving of thenbsp;forehead over the eye and the root of the nose is again characteristic of the engraver.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer obv. 12; Lloyd 1373/4; Reeling MaK 585.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The coins with the signature EV or without any signature are certainly also by him.i
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;That is to say that the legs overcut many times; Eumenes had prevented this.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The dolphin to the leit below is larger, because there must be room on it for the signaturenbsp;— Tudeer rev. 24; Lloyd 1375, Hill Princ. Coins 17, 64; enl. Hill L’Art 24, 1; Hirmer Die
schönsten Miinzen 32.
-ocr page 92-80
His second obv. is more dignified than the first: whereas on obv. 12 the horses reared, they are running forward here; a horizontal line has appeared in the type. Yet thisnbsp;chariot does not give us an impression of an episode of the race itself; it rather seems thatnbsp;we have a victorious team before us riding a round of honour. The scheme of the headsnbsp;and the legs of the horses is the same as on the preceding die; the horses themselves arenbsp;heavier and shorter; the motif of the broken rein, too, already occurred with the precedingnbsp;chariot. The chariot-wheel is disk-shaped again, the bearded charioteer has exactly thenbsp;same attitude as his younger colleague of the last chariot; the Nike is entirely the same asnbsp;the preceding one. Here it is more accentuated that none of the horses’ legs touch thenbsp;ground, which was already noticeable on the first die; this peculiar feature is adopted bynbsp;other engravers and remains the fashion until the early part of the fourth century. Thisnbsp;die, with its vigorous modelling and excellent proportions, is no doubt one of the very bestnbsp;made for Syracusan tetradrachms; in particular the way in which the tail of the fourthnbsp;horse is led over the chariot-wheel to develop into the fluttering garment of the driver, isnbsp;beautiful. This coin will be a model for Kimon in making his dekadrachms. It has beennbsp;signed ETAINETO on the tablet carried by Nike.
With this die 2) the chariot of the Katanaian drachm is closely connected, whose rev. displays a little head with ETAI under it .The small differences between the two chariotsnbsp;are sufficiently explained by the difference in size of the surfaces of the coin to be filled.nbsp;The little head of Amenanos is looser and somewhat less stern than the head of Arethusanbsp;in Syracuse; a few animal elements are not lacking. This coin can only be dated immediately before or at 415, a date suggested by the Syracusan coins. There is no objectionnbsp;against this, for at first Katana declined the Athenian advances in 415, to take sidesnbsp;against Syracuse when a pressure was put upon it^).
After the war Euainetos, like Kimon, comes to the fore with his dekadrachm. No doubt a competition was held, but we cannot know which of the two obtained the firstnbsp;prize. The fact that the dekadrachms of Euainetos enjoyed a far greater popularity in thenbsp;Greek world can only be a result of the circumstance that this coin was still struck longnbsp;after the end of the Kimon-series, and was used to pay Dionysios’ mercenary troops andnbsp;was thus put into circulation everywhere. The fact that Dionysios discontinued the seriesnbsp;of the Kimon-type, but continued the issue of these coins of Euainetos is no doubt a resultnbsp;of the specifically Syracusan character of the former series, and the more Sicilian
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer obv, 14; Lloyd 1375, 1380; Hill Princ. Coins 17, 64, Reglin MaK 587; enli Hilljnbsp;L’Arf 50, 1,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The hemidrachms, which belong to the tetradrachms mentioned, are not signed, and theynbsp;are generally of an inferior quality; a specimen signed ETAI will be discussed presently.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 907; enl. Lanckoronski Schönes Geld 80 (rev,)
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Thuc. VI 50, 3; 51, 2.
-ocr page 93-character of the latter; Dionysios will have had his object in view right from the beginning.
In short, it is only possible for us to guess how the Greeks reacted to the two coins; it is, however, certain that Euainetos, too, by making his dekadrachm, has left us anbsp;brilliant coin. As I intend to deal with it in detail further on, I only mention a few characteristic features here^): the attitude of the horses’ heads, the disk-shaped chariot-wheel,nbsp;the short, smooth, dolphins with their sharply bent tail, the lips, the arching of the forehead, all these are characteristic of Euainetos. But this head has a very fine and kindlynbsp;character, announced already by the head of Katana by Euainetos, but which wasnbsp;not yet in evidence on the first head he made.
Just like Kimon, Euainetos, too, has the dies for a hemidrachm to engrave immediately after his dekadrachm^). In the exergue of the obverse there is an ear of corn, as is the case with the tetradrachm of this period, while the scheme of thenbsp;representation belongs to the years immediately after 413 (the second horse turns hisnbsp;head round). The head is a repetition, of a somewhat kinder character it seems, ofnbsp;Euametos’ first head. It gives the impression to be an unpretentious coin, to whichnbsp;little care has been given. — That dies for gold 100-litra pieces have also been engravednbsp;by him, seems to me to be certain; it is more difficult to say which of these come fromnbsp;Euainetos ^).
One of the allies of Syracuse in the battle against Athens was Kamarina, which had its not very active assistance rewarded by Euainetos’ name on one of its coins‘‘). Thenbsp;river-god Hipparis, in three-quarter view, is an imitation of Kimon’s Arethosa. Herenbsp;Euainetos was confronted with the same difficulties as his colleague, and it is interestingnbsp;to see how he has solved them, after Kimon had made such a masterpiece. On the wholenbsp;this head is certainly not satisfactory, but the technical difficulties were greater, becausenbsp;the relief was not taken so high as in Syracuse, The eyes are distended, the foreheadnbsp;is somewhat arched, as was to be expected from Euainetos; his characteristic lips are nownbsp;seen in front as a pursy mouth. The hair, too, is that which we already met with thenbsp;Katanaian head in profile, but seen in front it looks tumbled; the perspective at the uppernbsp;side of the head is not a success. With Kimon the truncation of the neck is a weak point,nbsp;which has been remedied differently by different imitators; Euainetos has the necknbsp;(which bears the inscription ETAl) run downwards in lower and lower relief, he indi-
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I take the combination AI RII: Montagu (1896) 150, Cons. Weber 685, Forrer RBNnbsp;1904, 153; rev. enl. Hill. L'Arf 28, 1. Signed etainetot on rev,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;G, de Ciccio Num. Circ. 39, 1931, 333 sq.; Jameson 834; signature on exergual-line EYAI,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;See further below p, 117,nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 876, Regling MaK 540, Hill Princ. Coins 14, 29.
6
-ocr page 94-cates the two shoulders vaguely, but then has everything overcut by the heavy border. The result of this very original solution does not seem very satisfactory; the headnbsp;and the neck do not really form a whole, they do not seem to belong together. Thenbsp;fishes, which are not dolphins in this instance, have not been united with the head intonbsp;one whole by the engraver, which Kimon did achieve; they have been placed on eithernbsp;side of the head, but might just as well have been absent. Round the whole there, runsnbsp;the heavy border of conventional wave-motives; this is no doubt a suitable motive, butnbsp;again it has not beei^ made into one whole with the head. This, the uniting of all thenbsp;parts of the type into one indissoluble whole, which has been so excellently done bynbsp;Kimon, has not been achieved by Euainetos; head, fishes and border are three detachednbsp;representations, which seem to have been brought together by mere chance. The secondnbsp;great difference is that this river-god seems to be a wild man, not only on account ofnbsp;his horns, but also due to his mane and distended eyes^); Kimon’s Arethosa, on thenbsp;contrary, gives evidence of extreme refinement free from any fierceness. — The rev. ofnbsp;this coin shows us the nymph Kamarina sailing on the back of a swan; the type occursnbsp;more in Kamarina, with variations, and as it is unsigned and makes it impossible for usnbsp;to compare it; with other coins of the engraver, owing to the special representation, itnbsp;cannot be settled whether this side, too, is by Euainetos’ hand.
I place the tetradrachm of Katana signed by Euainetos after the coin of Kamarina, because Euainetos cannot have worked for this town before the peace between Syracusenbsp;and Katana, in the spring of 409^). It may be considered as a kind of seal upon thisnbsp;peace-treaty that Katana had a coin made by a Syracusan engraver, and that one withnbsp;the Syracusan chariot; the wreath in the hair of Apollo probably symbolizes the reliefnbsp;felt by the town after the peace with Syracuse, which was so much more powerful. Ifnbsp;we date this coin at 409 or a little later, the piece of Kamarina will be a little older. Thisnbsp;is, naturally, a surmise, which will remain a surmise as long as the series of coins of thenbsp;two towns have not yet been finally arranged®).
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This was probably intentional, for the head of Amenanos of Katana also displayed animalnbsp;elements (hairy forehead).
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Diod. XIII 56, Freeman Hist, of Sic. Ill 464,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This date is corroborated by the following considerations: In Katana Prokles, a not verynbsp;meritorious engraver, imitates the head of Euainetos' Katanaian drachm and the quadriga of Kimon'snbsp;Arethosa on his tetradrachm (Regling MaK 543, Weil Kiinstlerinschr. pi. 2, 12), That he did notnbsp;imitate Euainetos' Katanaian tetradrachm appears from the fan-composition which he could havenbsp;prevented if he had known the meta that Euainetos had used as a solution of the difficulty. Therefore according to our calculation Prokles comes between the drachm and the tetradrachm of Euainetos, i,e, between 415 and 409, or in other words in the period of hostility between Syracuse andnbsp;Katana, This is borne out by the fact that besides Prokles works in Naxos only, the only town,nbsp;apart from Katana, which remained hostile to Syracuse after 413 (Regling MaK 564, Weil Kiinst-
-ocr page 95-The obv. of this tetradrachmis an imitation of the chariot which IM placed on his Syracusan tetradrachm (Tudeer obv. 24). Though the horses have lost monumen-tality, a greater liveliness, if possible, has come in its stead; the chariot is of smaller size,nbsp;and the exergual-line was rightly made considerably heavier. But the Nike occupiesnbsp;more space; besides she was intended to be rendered three-quarters facing, but thisnbsp;attempt can certainly not be called successful: the legs and the lower body havenbsp;remained entirely in profile, but the upper body is turned towards us and the head, too,nbsp;is seen in front. This causes a difficult position for Nike, as she has; to wreathe thenbsp;driver, who is to the left of her, with her right hand, and holds out to us, who are: onnbsp;her right-hand side, the tablet with the signature ETAIN with her left hand. Nor hasnbsp;Euainetos succeeded in obtaining perspective in the wings; therefore he has made themnbsp;spread .
This attempt is characteristic of the time. For it seems that an attempt was made not to attach the representation to the plane of the coin, but detach it from it and causenbsp;it to move in the direction of the spectator. As full front views are not usually satisfactorynbsp;(except as apotropaea), the representation was made to project askance from the surfacenbsp;of the coin. Perhaps Eumenes’ quadriga’s are instances of this, but his arrangement ofnbsp;the horses may also have been the result of his wish to show all the four hor;ses; thenbsp;chariot remains in profile. Euainetos on the contrary renders the chariot three-quartersnbsp;in front (Tudeer obv. 12), which is imitated by all the later engravers. But the horsesnbsp;remain in profile, even though Euainetos’ purpose was to have the whole team comenbsp;outside. The engravers who came after him all tried to achieve this effect by means ofnbsp;artifices: the horses rear, the heads look round, or are rendered de face, having beennbsp;foreshortened considerably, the front of the quadriga becomes broader, the foremostnbsp;chariot-wheel projects in high relief, the driver looks round: all this is in vain, for thenbsp;bodies of the horses always remain purely in profile. Perhaps Kimon has had the greatestnbsp;success by turning the whole foremost part of the fourth horse towards us on hisnbsp;lerinschc. pi. 2, 10); this coin of Naxos, too, was made after Kimon's Arethosa, witness the head olnbsp;Silenus which is rendered three quarters in front. This is indeed Prokles’ not undeserving culminationnbsp;point; another coin of Naxos (Weil pi, 2, 11), probably an earlier one, also bears his signature nnbsp;(although it is not visible in the plate). The head of the latter piece is very much like that ol thenbsp;Katanaian tetradrachm; probably this tetradrachm of Naxos will be the oldest work of Prokles. Innbsp;this case his activity has been fixed between 412 and 409. Further I wish to point out that all thesenbsp;beads have an olive-leaf with fruit as a symbol, which is lacking on Euainetos' coins; does this bearnbsp;On the alliance of these towns against Syracuse?
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 901, Hill Princ. Coins 14, 32, Regling MaK 544; enl. Hill L Art 50, 3 and 4, 4.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;There is a similar representation, though not very successful, on a fragment by the Amykos-Painter: Trendall Frühifaliotische Vasen pi, 11 c; related representations often occur (e.g, CVAnbsp;Villa Giulia pi. 79, 3).
-ocr page 96-Arethosa-die (Tudeer rev, 53), but this, too, is only a partial success. On the second Arethosa-die (rev. 54) Nike’s feet have been placed in such a way that she should comenbsp;towards us in reason; but the engraver has not succeeded in making her do so. Headsnbsp;like the Arethosa are also expressions of this tendency, and how readily these representations were accepted is proved by the numberless imitations on a small and on a largenbsp;scale throughout the Greek world ^).
If the Nike was a very clear instance of this tendency, the quadriga, too, was obviously an attempt to achieve the effect meant, and that by placing the meta to thenbsp;right. Once one notices this pole and sees the position of the chariot, one will indeed benbsp;inclined to get the impression that the chariot turns round the pole towards one, i.e. thatnbsp;it comes outside as it were out of the surface of the coin. But if one pays attention to thenbsp;position of the nearest horse (the fourth from the left), it is clear that here, too,nbsp;Euainetos has not succeeded in attaining his end.
The head of the rev. ^) no doubt represents Apollo, although just like the river-god just now he shows a distinct neck-ring; probably Euainetos has retained this by mistakenbsp;from his Syracusan nymph-heads, where they are always indicated. The structure of thenbsp;face is strongly reminiscent of Euainetos’ first Syracusan head, but the hair or rather thenbsp;coiffure is well-trimmed to a degree, and smacks of the hair-dresser. Again, the head hasnbsp;obtained a somewhat stiffer character, because head and neck have now been broughtnbsp;into one line and no longer form an angle. Further all the characteristics of Euainetos’nbsp;heads are present here so that, even though the signature is lacking, this die can benbsp;ascribed to him with certainty.
The coin of Terina, which comes last in the series, is probably also the youngest, although no conclusive arguments can bear out this surmise'*). The head of the obv.,nbsp;which is not signed, is closely related to the heads of the gold 100-litra pieces of Syracuse,nbsp;some dies of which bear the signature ETAI, and may be ascribed to the engraver. Thisnbsp;agreement might have made us ascribe all the gold coins to Euainetos if the differencenbsp;in style between these Syracusan heads mutually were not too great, the nearest relationsnbsp;of the Terinaian head is one of the heads signed ETAI and an unsigned head'*).
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans NC 1912, 28 sq. and infra p, 96.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf. supra p. 83 n. 1,; enl. Lange Cotter Griech. 7.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans NC 1912, 42 sq., pi, 4, 19 and 5, 2—4 (cnl,); Lloyd 762; signed EYA on the ampyxnbsp;of the sitting Nike, As I have not got the coin before me in cast just now, I make only brief mention
of it. _ The other coins attributed by Evans l.c. to Euainetos are certainly not his: the piece of
Massilia is obviously inferior, the gold stater of Tarentum is too hard and its engraving is not fine enough.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ciccio Boll. Napol. pi. No, 24 and 11—14; at the back of this last head there is the inscription KA, the meaning of which I do not know; Ciccio p. 12 arrives at the conclusion of a signature,
-ocr page 97-I merely mention these for completeness’ sake, since I was not to deal with these gold coins. — The rev. with the sitting Nike (the upper body is turned three-quarters towardsnbsp;us) has been engraved in high relief, which is the highest in Terina, apart from that ofnbsp;the obv. It is true, this is quite in keeping with the tendency to detach the types fromnbsp;the plane of the coin, but it is contrary to Euainetos’ usual treatment of the relief: as a rulenbsp;he keeps the relief as low as possible, just like Kimon, with the dekadrachms for examplenbsp;lower than his imitators. This Nike is not perfectly satisfactory: it may be nearly perfectnbsp;technically (only the hands are somewhat large), it seems to me to be of an academicnbsp;coldness. Perhaps it is the memory of the fine and lively figures engraved by Phrygillosnbsp;for Terina that makes the dignity of this Nike seem so cold. The power and thenbsp;severity of treatment are entirely those of Euainetos’ second Syracusan head.
Euainetos deserves his place in the foremost ranks of Greek die-engravers fully. He has not only left us some sublime pieces, but also pieces of a very differentnbsp;character: with that fine and filmy head of the dekadrachm he combined a verynbsp;powerful chariot-side, thus strongly emphasizing the obverse of the coin. This headnbsp;is free and supple, whereas the Apollo of Katana gives an impression of stiffness:nbsp;this Apollo possesses a beautiful head of hair contrary to what the Hipparis ofnbsp;Kamarina wears; the simplicity of his first Syracusan head ultimately develops intonbsp;the richly chiselled head in Terina, the imposing second quadriga ultimately developsnbsp;into the restless chariot-side of the Katanaian tetradrachm. But still a number of slightnbsp;features and a few general characteristics remain the same from beginning to end sonbsp;as to make the personality of the engraver felt.
The relation between Euainetos and the Mint of Syracuse is clear: unlike Eumenes he was not permanently employed by the Mint, but obtained a fewnbsp;individual orders, which cover five years at most, with an interval of the two years ofnbsp;War. The fact that the work of Eumenes (who engraved a chariot-side in the old stylenbsp;(Tudeer obv. 13) even after Euainetos’ first die) and that of Euainetos do not shownbsp;the slightest mutual influence is also an indication that these two engravers were notnbsp;in such close contact with each other as would be involved in working together innbsp;one atelier.
Kimon.
Whether Kimon was a Syracusan or was merely invited to work in Syracuse hut see p. 93 n, 4. Of the gold 50-Iitra pieces, which are attributed to Euainetos, or Kimon, or to bothnbsp;without any ground, there is one (Ciccio pi. No. 41) which is obviously better than the others; atnbsp;fhe back of the head this piece bears a very striking E, of which I cannot give a satisfactorynbsp;explanation.
-ocr page 98-cannot be ascertainea as far as I can see^); there is at least no reason for the latter supposition. Evans’ theory that he was a native of Naples would anyhow have to benbsp;relegated to the land of fables, even if what he considers as a model of Kim on’snbsp;Arethosa would not be considerably younger^).
'When Kimon engraves for the first time it is immediately as an engraver of the dekadrachm, consequently his work was highly appreciated. Whereas Euainetosnbsp;engraved in the same period an entirely new head for this new denomination, Kimonnbsp;chose the magnificent tetradrachm as a model, which Euainetos had made shortlynbsp;before the war (Tudeer obv. 14 rev. 24), and which had been struck and had beennbsp;in circulation during the years of war. These types, with which reminiscences of thenbsp;war were connected, were chosen by Kimon in order to immortalize the victory. Thenbsp;horses of the obv. are strongly reminiscent of those of Euainetos’ tetradrachm; only thenbsp;attitude of the heads is somewhat more differentiated, because the fourth horse, too,nbsp;raises its head a little higher.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The literature mentions three non-Syracusan pieces which have heen taken for signednbsp;works by Kimon:
1, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A stater of Messana with the head of Pelorias as a symbol, on which Evans NC 1890, 299nbsp;read ....riN. which he considered to be the signature of Kimon. Grose NC 1916, 230, however,nbsp;informs us that the piece was overstruck and that the supposed letters are probably traces of thenbsp;dotted border of the first type.
2, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A stater of Metapontum, on which Garrucci Monete dell' Italia antica pi. 103, 16 and Forrernbsp;RBN 1905, 147 read Kimon's signature. Actually, however, it says TAEPINON, and it is a coarsenbsp;ancient counterfeit (Regling Terina 32; Noe Metapontum II 52).
3, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A Messanian stater, on which Gardner BMC 105, 56, though with some reserve, and Evansnbsp;NC 1890, 299 with certainty, thought they could read Kimon’s name on the exergual-line. Afterwards no one has been able to read the signature with any certainty, unless under the influence ofnbsp;the opinion of the scholars mentioned; I mention in arbitrary sequence: Salinas NdSc 1888, 218, denbsp;Foville RN 1908, 555, 147, Cat. Pozzi 496, Nav, IV 278 (none of them noticed anything): Gardnernbsp;Types pi. 6, 30, Hill Ptinc. Coins pi. 15. 47, Cat. Jameson 653, Robinson ad Lockett 832, Berlin labelnbsp;to Löhb, 1906, Head Hist. Num. ^ 154 (all of them with reserve, following Gardner); de Foville RNnbsp;1913, 13, ad 174, Robinson ad Lloyd 1106, Berlin label to Fox 1873 (in Regling's handwriting): all ofnbsp;them are certain about the signature; Hirsch 34, 164 cannot read it; Tudeer p. 239 note 1: “einenbsp;unlesbare Spur”; Regling RE XI (1921), 456; “Die Lesung — unsicher,” Robinson ad Locker-Lampsonnbsp;78; “exergual-line inscribed with five? minute letters (artist's signature). On none of the publishednbsp;specimens of this coin is the artist's signature on the reverse clearly legible. It is generally read asnbsp;Kipaiv. A close comparison of the present coin with the British Museum! example suggests that itnbsp;may possibly be Evxmquot;. On the Berlin specimens, where Evans calls the signature clearly legible,nbsp;nothing can be deciphered with any degree of probability; I have noticed eight ends of hastae at thenbsp;lower side of the exergual-line; since iciMnN would have to leave nine or ten such traces, it seemsnbsp;to me that this name is out of the question. It is true, the last letter may be a N, but it is unlikelynbsp;that the last but one should be an n. Further the workmanship of this coin is not to be compared tonbsp;that of Kimon,
The numerous unsigned coins wrongly ascribed to Kimon need not be mentioned here,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans NC 1891, 281 sq., cf, Tudeer 233 sq.
-ocr page 99-However, for the first time we see the chariot in the race itself now that new life has been infused into the agonic character of the type: not only do the horses give annbsp;impression of celerity due to their attitude and the proportions which are a little elongated in a horizontal direction, but the driver, too, is seen in the action of the race itself,nbsp;bending forward as he does and stretching himself in order to urge on the hindmostnbsp;horse to greater speed. This impression of speed is enhanced by the formal disequilibriumnbsp;of the composition: it is true the vertical axis intersects the point which has beennbsp;rendered as the main point by the treatment of the relief (the shoulder of the fourthnbsp;horse: it is at the same time the point of intersection of the f!wo axes), bu6 “when wenbsp;compare what comes to the left and what to the right, it appears that the chariot withnbsp;the driver has no counterbalance. The space in front of the horses, which is nearlynbsp;entirely open, and the chariot, which is entirely pressed against the border give thenbsp;spectator an impression of a movement from the compact to the free portion; a wallnbsp;rendered immediately before the head of the first horse would destroy this impression^).nbsp;Although formally there is no balance, the imagination of engraver and spectator doesnbsp;not see just a chariot, but sees at the same time the speed that causes the compositionnbsp;to be well-balanced; the representation has a strongly dynamic character “).
Speed is also the characteristic feature of the Nike, who seems to shoot down from the sky in order to wreathe the driver; a comparison with the puppets suspended in thenbsp;air, which Euainetos, too, still made on his J;etradrachms, shows the entirely new andnbsp;brilliant spirit which makes its appearance with Kimon. Especially with this Nike hisnbsp;gossamer engraving is to be admired: even the slightest details have been rendered gracefully and proportionately. The powerful quadriga is placed by Kimon on a heavynbsp;exergual-line, a true cornice, which is steep on top but the bottom of which rises graduallynbsp;from the surface of the coin. In the exergue the prizes are displayed on a scalariformnbsp;repository: the steps like the prizes themselves have been kept in rather low relief so asnbsp;to lay full stress upon the horses. On the lower step the word A©AA is written,nbsp;contrary to the dekadrachms of Euainetos himself. The whole type has been divided intonbsp;three registers, of which the bottommost is distinctly separate from the others and holdsnbsp;a subordinate function; the middle register forms one whole because the kentron and thenbsp;arm of the driver connects him with the horses. The Nike is not so distinctly separated
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Compare the chariot on the tetradrachm of IM, where the first- horse as it were knocks hisnbsp;head against the border, — This means of giving an impression of movement is also frequently usednbsp;elsewhere; the most beautiful example is perhaps the famous tetradrachm of Stymphalos with thenbsp;striking Herakles (Hill L'Art pi, 42, 6; Regling MaK 665).
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This phenomenon might be called dynamic symmetry, if this term were not used in another
sense.
-ocr page 100-from this middle register, because the kentron, whose line is continued by the lower leg of Nike, indicates as it were the path along which she is going to fly. This connects thenbsp;driver and the Nike who wreathes him, though she has nothing to do with the horses.
The head of the rev., too, has been derived from Euainetos’ tetradrachm. Apart from the fact that the hair-net replaces the opistophendone as does the signature the embroidery on the ampyx, two more remarkable changes have been made, however: the headnbsp;inclines a little more forward and the locks of haih are moved backwards as if by thenbsp;wind. In a smaller degree this was to be seen with Euainetos, but in this casö a freernbsp;rendering of the hair wound round the sphendone might be assumed. With Kimon thisnbsp;is more striking. This horizontal position of the most conspicuous part of the coiffurenbsp;gives the head a certain momentum, which is accentuated by the position of the headnbsp;and by the angle made by neck and head. To this is added the graceful solution of thenbsp;difficulties which the truncation of the neck always offers: here, too, the dolphinnbsp;darting away from below the neck gives an impression of speed. It is as if the water-nymph Arethusa, supported by a dolphin, in a similar way as the Nike of Paionios hasnbsp;a flying eagle under her feet^), is imagined as identical with the flying Nike. This isnbsp;even more striking with the head on the tetradrachm of IM, which in many respectsnbsp;is closely related to Kimon’s head. Of a later coin, whose head has the same position,nbsp;Evans thought that it actually represented a flying Nike: “The earring in fact enables usnbsp;to supply the wings”®); a fortiori this would have to hold good for these heads withnbsp;their fluttering hair^). Yet I think that Nike should be left out of consideration: for thenbsp;attitude of inclining forward in fact occurs, though in a smaller degree —' Evans andnbsp;Hill pointed this out — as early as heads of the transitional period^), and of thenbsp;flying hair there is a more modest model with Euainetos’ pre-war tetradrachm, while anbsp;number of earlier heads displays an abundance of hairs standing on end like snakes®);nbsp;besides a combination in image of a water-nymph — for this is indicated by thenbsp;dolphin which supports the head, as appears from the analogous cases cited — movingnbsp;forward in or on the water with a flying Nike would be foolish. The position of thenbsp;head and the fluttering hairs have therefore a purely aesthetical meaning and arenbsp;intended to take away the stiff character from the head, which it necessarily gets if
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Further we may also compare the primitive representation of Theseus, who is carried onnbsp;the hands by a Triton (on a cup by Euphronios: Louvre G 104,' Pfuhl MuZ 398) and the Tyche ofnbsp;Antioch by Eutychidas (Toynbee The Hadtianic School pi. 28, 3 sq.).
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans NC 1891, 350 sq.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf. A Sambon Coll. G. Picard (March 1923) ad 343.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;For example Boehringer Miinzen von Syrakas R 362, 375, 397, 411, 474.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer rev. 7—11 (unsigned).
-ocr page 101-separated from the trunk ^). Here, too, there is a tendency to make dynamic types, while at the same time the flowing hairs render the running water. Kimon’s head on thenbsp;dekadrachm is no doubt one of the most beautiful expressions of this tendency. Extremenbsp;representations are given by Eukleidas, when he commences the fourth century with hisnbsp;head “with the flaming hairsquot;, and by the engravers who made the heads with thenbsp;“snake-hair” (Tudeer rev. 7—11); these two border the period of the great artists whonbsp;gave expression to the tendencies of the time in an inconspicuous way.
Of this tendency to make the head lively and also of the tendency to cause the type to project from the plane of the coin the Arethosa-head of Kimon is the most brilliantnbsp;specimen. Both ends are attained by turning the face outwards; because Arethosa isnbsp;looking at us a direct contact has been effected between her and the spectator; thus thenbsp;image detaches itself from the plane of the coin. At the same time this contact supplies anbsp;type that is formally beautiful with an element of life, because something mutual has beennbsp;introduced: we look at each other and no longer the spectator looks at a head which in itsnbsp;turn looks in the distance and ignores him. And just as in the case of the dekadrachmsnbsp;the treatment of the hair gave to the head that speed which was its characteristic feature,nbsp;so this head, too, is surrounded by an aureole of short waving locks, which make usnbsp;recognize the water-nymph better than the conventional wave-motive of Euainetos innbsp;Kamarina^). In these locks, which do not indicate waves but which are waves, thenbsp;dolphins are playing®); Kimon has again the head supported by a dolphin whose headnbsp;emerges to the left behind the neck^), while the neck is overcut on the right-hand sidenbsp;by a dolphin.
The modelling of the face, of which Kimon probably had no models, is very light: the
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The same thing is clearly seen with a Sicilian terracotta, where the garment is not movednbsp;by the wind, but where the hairs have been represented as fluttering (Kekule Tevrakotten von Sici-lien pi. 26, 1); the siren which Miss Lamb, Greek Bronzes 159, reproduces as an example is not anbsp;correct analogy, for here the flaming hairs indicate flying. Clear examples are the two reverses ofnbsp;Phrygillos in Terina (Regling Terina Nos, ax andyy), on which the lower side of the garment (and onnbsp;yy also the drapery near the hips) is moved by the wind, whereas other parts of the drapery havenbsp;been rendered without any movement, — It is a different matter when, just as on the coins, on vasesnbsp;and with terracottas of South Italy and Sicily, too, the heads are preferably given a heavy mass ofnbsp;hair (Scheurleer Grieksche Ceramiek 124); in some cases, however, an unwarranted fluttering of hairsnbsp;is to be noticed here, too; Trendall Prühitaliotische Vasen pi, 23 (sleeping Ariadne), A. Rumpf 38/9,nbsp;1923/4, 451 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Other instances of fluttering hairs with river-gods etc.: Katana (Lloyd 915 sq.), Gela (Lloydnbsp;995 sq.), further the Skylla in Syracuse, Agrigentum, and Thurium.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In the same way dolphins are playing in the beard of a sea-god; Brunn-Bruckmann 136,nbsp;Lippold Vat. Mus. Ill, 1, 547 (Roman),
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A remarkably long time had to elapse before this head was discovered: besides by thenbsp;present writer it was found by Wiesinger Trans. Intern. Numt Congr. 1936 122 sq, and Rizzo BdAnbsp;1937, 345, while each of us thought he was the first.
-ocr page 102-90
bone of the socket of the eye delicately arches over the eyes, the eyelids are modelled soberly, the folds along the nose and the mouth very gently, but everything isnbsp;extremely delicate. The neck has been kept in very low relief and at the lower end is anbsp;simple necklace, and parallel to the latter there is a thinner line and a heavy line ofnbsp;dots, which has been placed on a band in higher relief. Evidently Kimon has seen thatnbsp;a heavy truncation was necessary to serve as a counterpoise for the head. His solutionnbsp;of the difficulty will probably not satisfy many people.
Actually the treatment of the truncation of the neck has always been a great difficulty. In olden times the neck ended in a heavy line of dots, but later on the solution was sought in the line of the truncation: in the course of the fifth century the truncationnbsp;is concave, with a point at the front or at the back, or convex: sometimes the endsnbsp;develop into horizontal points, or the truncation has the form of a bracket with a point innbsp;the middle, or the shape of a lying S; all the difficulties were frequently avoided bynbsp;concealing the truncation under the hair. However, people had gradually got accustomed,nbsp;as we are, to this unnatural way of representing things, so that the experiments with thenbsp;truncation no longer aimed at obscuring something shocking, but at making an ugly linenbsp;graceful. Kimon had just given, on his dekadrachms, the most graceful solution knownnbsp;to me, when he let himself in again for this difficulty by engraving the Arethosa. Thatnbsp;he has not conquered this difficulty is shown by his attempt to use the dolphin after all;nbsp;in the end he found nothing better than the primitive line of dots, a rather awkwardnbsp;element in the graceful type. We have already seen that Euainetos relinquished thisnbsp;truncation in Kamarina, and in doing so relinquished the counterpoise of the head, too,nbsp;and that he replaced it by an indication of neck and shoulders ending in very low relief.nbsp;In Syracuse Eukleidas replaces, with his head of Athena, the dots by a necklace of coarsenbsp;beads, in Pandosia Phrygillos does the same thing with the head of Hera Lakinia; thisnbsp;solution, which was also imitated elsewhere, suffers from both evils at the same time: itnbsp;does not procure a counterpoise of the head and is too coarse not to spoil the effect.nbsp;Larissa in Thessaly displays three solutions: at first the neck simply ends at thenbsp;edge of the coin; circa 370 we find a shoulder rendered, as in Kamarina^), and aboutnbsp;the middle of the century we find a truncation with a point in the middle®). The lastnbsp;solution is not original, any more than the preceding one, for it occurs on a Punic imitationnbsp;of the Arethosa^), as also with the head of Athena engraved by Kleudoros in
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This had been the case from c, 395 onward: F, Herrmann Z{N 35, 1923, 41.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Herrmann o.c. pi. 6, 16 and 17; on the coin of Kamarina cf. Rizzo Monumenti della Pitturanbsp;III Centuripae I p. 15, though he is not quite right.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ibid. pi. 8, 3 sq. and p. 47.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Of Motya; Evans NC 1891 pi. 11, 11 and 12; Lloyd 1139.
-ocr page 103-Velia ^). In the first two cases we only see a decorative end of the neck, but Kleudoros indicates the arching of the breasts by the modelling and thus he not only gives a meaningnbsp;to the course of this line, but also makes a heavier counterpoise of the head. This is indeednbsp;the ideal solution of the truncation, and is apparently an original one by Kleudoros. Innbsp;Katana Herakleidas gives his truncations a rather irregular, undulating line®), whilenbsp;Choirion has a straight truncation develop into a horizontal point on either side, as annbsp;indication of the shoulders®). The other very numerous instances mosüy adopt thenbsp;solutions mentioned here, or they cover the truncation with hair or with drapery.
On the rev. of the Arethosa-tetradrachm Kimon follows the Syracusan tradition by making the driver too big; on the dekadrachms the proportions were in agreement withnbsp;reality. This is also a purely agonic type; the driver is even so much absorbed in soothingnbsp;his horses that he does not see Nike flying towards him; there is not any connectionnbsp;between the middle register and Nike. Properly speaking the presence of the goddess ofnbsp;victory gives a strange impression, for it can hardly be imagined that victory will benbsp;gained with such a team of horses. In fact that speed which characterized the chariot-sidenbsp;of the dekadrachm is lacking here. The lines rise here, in so far as any lines can benbsp;discerned at all, for in the confused mass of heads and legs regularity has disappeared; anbsp;rising line is only visible in the bodies, which is accentuated by the centre of the type,nbsp;which in its turn is in agreement with the highest point of the relief. This central pointnbsp;•can be felt, but any horizontal or vertical axes have gone lost. — This reverse, which hasnbsp;been kept in an unusually low relief, is in fact of minor importance by the side of the head,nbsp;to which our whole attention is directed; that the head is here placed on the obv. has beennbsp;excellently expressed by Kimon by means of his treatment of the types ^).
Hill charges Kimon with his obvious virtuosity, and with regard to the dekadrachms in particular with the very heavy chin (“almost verging on doubleness”, he adds withnbsp;polite reserve); further he thinks that the smaller suitability of the head represented three-quarters facing detracts from the merits of the engraver®). It is evident that Hill indeednbsp;m.entions Kimon’s weak point when in agreement with others he says in so many wordsnbsp;that Kimon is a figure that stands at the beginning of the decline of Greek monetary art:nbsp;a perfect command of technique, even a certain amount of virtuosity, by the side of a lacknbsp;of severe power, which is apparent in looseness, especially of the features.
We will not dispute about the question whether one should try to drive the Arethosa
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Reeling MaK 724; it can be better seen in Pozzi 253, Nav. 16, 271, Lockett 556.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Regling MaK 546, Lloyd 902, BM Guide 25, 25,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 903, 910, Regling MaK 547.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Kimon's chariot on the hemidrachm was discussed on p, 49 sq.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hill Sicily 99 sq., 106; whereas Hill calls the Arethosa, the masterpiece of monetary artnbsp;here, he thinks this opinion pardonable but wrong in L'Art 13, because dignity is lacking.
-ocr page 104-from the throne of the most beautiful of coins, but when the practical suitability of a coin is sacrificed to its beauty, as is the case here and in Cyzicus and elsewhere^), does itnbsp;follow that the beauty of the coin decreases? And if the one quality is combined with thenbsp;other due to confusion of ideas and suitability is taken for beauty, then I am afraid that allnbsp;Greek coins are under sentence of death; and the same holds good for medals, for a medalnbsp;is certainly not the most suitable means of commemorating persons or events. I think thatnbsp;Sir 'George, if he wishes to be consistent, must deem modern coins the acme of beauty,nbsp;since they carry efficiency to extremes.
Is the requirement of dignity justified? Certainly, as far as modern coins are concerned, but to make this demand upon Greek coins goes too far: various series (Corinth, Terina, Tarentum) supply numerous types of which dignity is not a characteristic feature;nbsp;to say nothing of the Dionysian representations. In Syracuse we even find sensationalnbsp;representations, such as a chariot of which a wheel breaks down, or a quadriga of whichnbsp;one of the reins is broken and is dragged along the ground.
Every critic may make whatever demands he wishes in deciding on his appreciation, and when Hill asserts^) that the mediaeval coin is more satisfactory as a coin than the Greek one, I shall not quarrel with him; this implies at the same time that on thenbsp;whole Greek types are not suitable for a medium of exchange, and not worth imitatingnbsp;for modern coins. But this has nothing to do with the beauty of the types; if I hangnbsp;a picture of an Anatomical Lesson in a ball-room, it is out of place; but this does notnbsp;detract from its value.
However, the question of our judgment on the work of Kimon is of secondary importance: it is more important to state that it was highly valued by the then Greeks:nbsp;this is not only proved by the fact that the engraving of such important dies was immediately entrusted to Kimon, but also by the very frequent imitations of his Arethosa.nbsp;Actually his work is conspicuous by a delicacy of engraving that is unequalled, and bynbsp;a complete mastery of technique verging on virtuosity. To speak of mere virtuosity is tonbsp;wrong the engraver, for, while the chariot of the tetradrachm might be qualified as anbsp;mere tour de force, the chariot of the dekadrachm has not a trace of an attempt atnbsp;showing off technical ability, but it is the pearl of the series of quadriga’s of the fifthnbsp;century, in which all the difficulties have been solved, with a vigour and a speed such asnbsp;no other engraver has succeeded in rendering. With the heads Kimon has found annbsp;ideal and significant solution for the truncation of the head in profile, such as Kleudorosnbsp;was to find for the head de face. Again, with his second quadriga Kimon achieved better
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Bull. Ant. Beach. 1938, 47 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hill UArf 9.
-ocr page 105-than any other engraver what was apparently the ideal of his time: detaching the type from the plane of the coin; he has fully achieved this with his Arethosa.
He has achieved something else with the Arethosa. With all the heads in profile there arises a contrast between the smooth face and the hair, which is, naturally, more richlynbsp;modelled. This contrast threatens to break the balance of the composition, because thenbsp;line of demarcation between the two parts lies along a slanting axis^). It seems thatnbsp;Euainetos wished to weaken the contrast by leaving the hair as simple and modest asnbsp;possible, but when Kimon makes the texture of the hair very fine while modelling the facenbsp;only weakly, he enhances the contrast. With the Arethosa this difficulty, too, has beennbsp;solved at one blow, for now that eyes, nose and mouth break the surface the result is notnbsp;only a stronger modelling of the face, but at the same time the contrast between the twonbsp;halves of the image is converted into a contrast between the centre and the outside. Bynbsp;surrounding the face nearly entirely with hair, he causes a well-balanced composition tonbsp;arise, and also a stronger concentration of the type. These are the two highest demandsnbsp;to be made upon a type, demands which only few Greek coins come up to: a well-balancednbsp;composition should prevent the attention from being drawn too much by one side of thenbsp;type, and then a type may arise which distributes our attention over the whole surface;nbsp;but a type which, being closed all round, makes us concentrate our attention on thenbsp;centre ^), comes up to higher demands. The head of Arethosa fully comes up to these highnbsp;demands, while the chariot on the reverse, which does not direct our attention to onenbsp;point, but on the contrary distributes it fairly equally over the whole surface of the coin,nbsp;clearly acts as a reverse on account of this and on account of the low relief, and thusnbsp;emphasizes the head even more.
That Kimon has achieved the highest point of what was striven after in his time, seems to me to be certain; actually his work represents the acme of Greek coinage. Likenbsp;every acme it bears the germs of decline: the weak modelling of the face, the occasionalnbsp;loose contours (e.g. of the chin®)), these are features which are characteristic of thenbsp;following century'*).
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;T. Webster JHS 59, 1939, 121; the centre of the coin is always exactly over the ear.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;It is instructive to quote the words of a modern medallist: “Visually the shape of a coinnbsp;or medal is very important, for no form attracts the sight so strongly to itself as the circle. The eyenbsp;is held within that shape, for the outline has no angle to draw the attention away from the centre.quot;nbsp;T, Spicer-Simson Trans. Intern. Num, Congr. 1936 477.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;But it should be remarked that if the coin has its proper attitude the chin is no longer sonbsp;annoying. For the matter of that, a heavy chin occurs elsewhere, too: with Eumenes and his circlenbsp;(especially Tudeer rev. 4, 8, 26), with Phrygillos (Tudeer rev. 29, obv. 16 sq.), with IM (Tudeer rev, 45)nbsp;and on pseudo-Kimonian dekadrachms sq., especially gt;=fo'); other heads (e.g. Lloyd 894, 896:nbsp;Katana; 1061/2: Leontini) show the same tendency; heavy chins also occur with the Kreiisa-painternbsp;(Trendall Friihitaliotische Vasen p. 17). Is this an ideal of beauty of the period?
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I cannot admit that Kimon also engraved dies for gold coins. The letters KI, which only
-ocr page 106-94
Upon the whole, I think, we have now obtained a fairly clear image of the activity of the signing die-engravers and of their position towards the Mint. The Mint had engraversnbsp;of its own, who mostly had a good command of the technique, though they were not yetnbsp;adepts, and who were able to produce very good work when they had a model to go by;nbsp;they were upon the whole certainly not creative artists^). Among these engravers, whonbsp;would now be called artisans, there was also Eumenes, even though he had the courage tonbsp;immortalize his name; he was employed by the Mint from c. 425 to 413, unless there arenbsp;unsigned dies by his hand. Since the time preceding the Athenian invasion it had,nbsp;however, become a custom to order a good engraver from the town to engrave a prototype every time a new series was to begin; the engravers of the Mint provided the copies.nbsp;These engravers were thus recognized as superior to the artisans of the Mint i.e. asnbsp;artists, and among these there was in any case Eukleidas, who regularly supplied diesnbsp;between about 418 and 399, at first probably also Euainetos, perhaps Euarchidas and laternbsp;on probably Parme. When in 413 due to the scarcity of coined money many new dies hadnbsp;to be engraved and at the same time very highly valued artists were called upon for thenbsp;special issues, a few ephemeral figures made their appearance: to Euainetos a dekadrachmnbsp;was given, for the normal tetradrachm-series Euth. and Euarchidas were employed, andnbsp;also the Thurian Phrygillos. Whether the first two also came from outside of Syracusenbsp;cannot be ascertained^); in any case they disappear as soon as there were sufficient diesnbsp;(413/2). By the side of the Mint there was another atelier, that of Kimon and IM, whichnbsp;produced the festival series of 412 and also a tetradrachm and a hemidrachm. It seems thatnbsp;this was a private atelier, to which this series was put out by contract in view of the rushnbsp;of business in the ordinary Mint; this atelier, too, worked for a short time only, and willnbsp;probably have discontinued the work for the Mint in the autumn of 412 at the latest.nbsp;When this great activity came to an end, the flourishing period of Syracusan monetarynbsp;art, too, came to an end. It had only been a short period, and its end/ is not primarilynbsp;due to a decline of that art, but to the inferior quality of the engravers working afternbsp;Kimon, Euainetos, IM and others had finished their work.
occur as a signature on the pseudo-Kimonian die probably indicate a series: KA also occurs, as also just K and just A, and further some other signs.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;With the exception perhaps of the engraver of the Kora-tetradrachm (Tudeer obv. 23 nbsp;rev. 44), if at least we may conclude from the absence of a signature that he was among the engraversnbsp;of the Mint.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Euth, has sometimes been identified with Euth. in Elis (P. Gardner BMC Peloponnesus p.nbsp;XXXVI; Head Hisf. Num. ^ 354). This is impossible in view of the difference in style and in charactersnbsp;and in view of the distance in time (the coin of Elis is dated at c. 452—432: Seltman Nomisma 8,nbsp;55 sq,); after all there are many names with Euth. — Evans NC 1891, 267 thought he recognized thenbsp;model of this quadriga in Cyrenaica, and therefore he had Euth, be a native of this province; thenbsp;coin, however, which he considered to be the model is Ptolemaic: Robinson NC 1915, 155.
-ocr page 107-Most of the die-engravers working in these years are ephemeral figures in the domain of monetary art; their normal occupation was not die-engraving. To the question fromnbsp;what quarters these artists can have come various replies may be given. If we lay stressnbsp;on the engraving we shall think of the engravers of gems in the first place; if greaternbsp;value is attached to metal-working then toreutai are preferred; and finally they maynbsp;have been sculptors and similar artists for reasons of a more general nature. —¦ In favournbsp;of the view that gem-engravers were employed to assist the die-engravers there is thenbsp;fact that their method of work is nearly the same^). Besides it was usually pointed outnbsp;that there is a gem bearing the name of Phrygillos ^); it is true the letters of the namenbsp;slant backwards, but we cannot know whether the engraver or the owner is indicated;nbsp;the date is uncertain. A gem ascribed by Evans to Euainetos®) is not signed. The onlynbsp;gem left is the one with the signature of Olympios, who was identified with the engravernbsp;OATM of Arcadia *); the identification is exclusively based on the names, style and timenbsp;have been ignored. Although a close connection between gem- and die-engravers- is quitenbsp;possible, there is no proof positive of this. — The meritorious engraver 0HPI ofnbsp;Pheneos in Arcadia has been identified with Therikles, who is mentioned by Athenaeusnbsp;as a famous potter®); this is only based on a partial agreement of the names. On thenbsp;other hand it seems probable that the Olympic engravers A A and no may be identifiednbsp;with the sculptors (of bronze images mostly) Daidalos and Polykleitos the Younger®).nbsp;But these, too, remain isolated cases.
Finally the question may be put what was the relation between the work of the die-engraver and that of the toreutai. About this question there is more to be said. It has been mentioned in passing that Daidalos and Polykleitos, who probably were also coinengravers, were especially makers of bronze images ^), so that they were conversant withnbsp;metal-working, and that the same metal of which dies were made. Further we pointed outnbsp;that in the atelier of Kimon and IM not only dies were engraved, but the coins werenbsp;also struck there; here, too, metal-working (in this instance silver) is combined withnbsp;die-engraving. According to Kluge the engraving of dies is entirely within the scope ofnbsp;bronze-working ®).
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;S. Casson Trans. Intern. Num. Congr. 1936 40 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Furtwangler Antike Gemmen pi. 14, 6, Lippold Gemmen pi. 26, 16.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans NC 1891, 321, pi, 13, 5; Furtwangler Ant. G. pi. 9, 49.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Furtwangler Ant. G. XIV 8; cf. Regling MaK 663, BM Guide 23, 37; Hill LArt 42, 5.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;E. Babelon Traité des Monnaies 2 III 603; Athen. Deign. XI, 470 f:nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;ó Koplviioi Kepotgevi.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Jdl 1939, 225 sq.
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Even though a stone capital from Epidauros may represent an original piece of work bynbsp;P olykleitos.
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;K. Kluge-Lehmann Hartleben Die antiken Grossbronzen I 126. 156 sq., cf. Casson Techniquenbsp;of Early Greek Sculpt. 163 n. 2,
-ocr page 108-A person’s achievements are valued most in the circles of colleagues. The achievements of the Syracusan coin-engravers are valued by other coin-engravers (for the lattter imitated them), but also by goldsmiths and toreutai. The heads on the lids of mirrorsnbsp;found in Vunitsa are strongly reminiscent of the Sicilian types, from which — as Missnbsp;Lamb rightly thinks — they have been derived^). It was easy to use the Arethosa onnbsp;gold ornaments as an apotropaeic Gorgoneion ^), and it was continued to be used in thisnbsp;way until the first centuries of our era ®). Though in this instance one might still think ofnbsp;chance, every doubt is removed when exactly the second three-quarter head of Syracuse,nbsp;the Athena of Eukleidas, repeatedly returns, sometimes turned in full-front; the goldnbsp;medallions of the Kertch are the most famous instances'*), but this head also frequentlynbsp;occurs on the gilt terracotta medallions and elsewhere®). Further it is known that therenbsp;exists a number of earthen cups of Capuan make, imitations of silver cups, in which anbsp;dekadrachm of the Euainetos-type has been placed by way of medallion ®); if Theodorenbsp;Reinach’s ingenious imagination has shown him the truth, literary tradition contains anbsp;distorted piece of information to say that the dekadrachms of Agrigentum were also usednbsp;in this way '^). Would it not likewise be possible that the mention of Kimon as a toreutesnbsp;also refers to such cups, cups that is with a dekadrachm of the Kimon-type, or that thisnbsp;mention even means that signed cups by the die-engraver Kimon were also known, asnbsp;may be suggested by Athenaeus' words®)? ^ Be that as it may: the work of thenbsp;Syracusan die-engravers, has, as far as we see, drawn the attention most if not exclusively in the circles of die-engravers, and gold- and silversmiths generally. Is this the
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;W, Lamb Greek Bronzes 176 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;On a gold medallion BM Jewellery pL 40, 2068 (fourth or third century), on imitation goldnbsp;(terracotta) medallions: ibid, pi, 42, 2144, Alg. Gids Allard Pierson Mas. 914,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;R, Zahn Slg. Baurat Schiller (Lepke 2008, 1929), 110,
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Antiquités du Bosphore Cimm. pi, 19, and elsewhere,
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;BM Jewellery pi, 42, 2134, 2136, 2147/8; Scheurleer Catalogus eener Verz. Oudheden 272,nbsp;Alg. Gids A. Pierson Mus. 915/6, On gold eardrops; BM Jewellery 1634, 2235; in a gold ring; Furt-wangler Ant. Gemmen pi, 9, 40; on a paste disk; Evans NC 1891, 319 n, 75,
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;R, Pagenstecher Die Calenische Reliejkeramik (Jdl Erg, 8, 1909) 16 sq,; the cups date fromnbsp;the first half of the third century b,c, and have been made after the model of metal prototypesnbsp;(/,c. 159 sq,). Other coin-types are also imitated (p,^ 145 sq,), especially the Pallas of Eukleidas (o,c.nbsp;p, 24, pi, 21); it may be surmised that No, 257 f (pi, 18) represents the head of Apollo by Choirionnbsp;of Katana,
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Th, Reinach RA 3 XXIV 1894, 170, L’Histoire par les Monnaies 89 sq, Dragendorf Bonn.nbsp;Jb. 96, 1895, 74 n, 2 and Pagenstecher Galen. Reliejkeramik 19 disagree,
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Athen, XI 781 E: 'On Stx (T'xovivii rt^ov ot xp^xloi eyKÓ^^xrrTOv ftrropfxv 'éxrn ei/ SKTTxyxa-iV. ev
rxvrt} Sè Tji nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;suSoxi'iziitrxv K'lyav xx)nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;’’Eyxóf.xTTTov is a conjecture for xxó^.xlt;rT0'.i¦ we might
also read èyxóMx'rov or mxx6?.Kvirov. As early as 1897 F, Lenormant La Monnaie dans I'Ant. Ill, 268 wondered whether the two Kimons were not identical.
-ocr page 109-1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This does not alter the possibility that die-engravers virere at the same time gem-engravers;nbsp;for just as is the case with us nowadays, goldsmiths may perhaps have done the work of engraversnbsp;of gems, too.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;J. Roman Manuel de Sigillographie {rang, 359 sq. Roman seems to distinguish betweennbsp;engravers of gems and seal-engravers; but their work coalesces when cut gems are mounted innbsp;metal seals.
-ocr page 110-' CHAPTER VII KIMON AND PSEUDO-KIMON.
In his study on the dekadrachms of Syracuse, written half a century ago. Sir Arthur Evans distinguished various groups of the series of the Kimon-type ^), viz. innbsp;chronological order: I (our No. 1), 11 (our Nos. 6 —14), III A (our No. 2), and III Bnbsp;(our No. 3). In particular he emphasized the difference between I and the other groups;nbsp;“The lower relief of the head of Arethusa on this coin (I), the incomparably finernbsp;engraving, and the truly exquisite elaboration of detail, stamp this at once as distinctlynbsp;the earliest of Kimon’s dekadrachms. It is evident, indeed, that some few years must havenbsp;elapsed between this and his latest issue with the head of the same Nymph in bold relief
— nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;the proudest, and so far as its expression goes, the “modcrnest” of all Greeknbsp;coin-types” ®).
Die-comparison, however, placed Evans’ third group before his second, whereas the place of group I and the sequence of III A and B appeared to be correct. The differentiation between the groups III and II, which had been made on stylistic grounds only,nbsp;became dubious. Therefore Regling distinguished between No. 1 and the rest: “Seinenbsp;Bezeichnung (viz. of No. 1) als Vertreter einer besonderen Klasse ist aus stilistischennbsp;Griinden voll gerechtfertigt”, but the groups III and II “bilden für mein Auge vielmehr
- nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;- - - eine von Typus I deutlich geschiedene, aber in sich geschlossene Gruppe; was sienbsp;von I scheidet - -- - haben sie unter sich alle gemeinsam” . Regling’s division hasnbsp;generally been adopted. In the catalogue I have also distinguished these two groups andnbsp;have indicated them by means of Roman figures, but have to point out that my division,nbsp;like that of Evans and of Regling, exclusively refers to the reverses; the obverses of thenbsp;coins will be discussed later. Attention will be drawn to the fact that the second groupnbsp;(Nos. 2—14) is not entirely homogeneous, but contains dies that are stylistically different. Nevertheless a glance at the Plate suffices to see that the similarities are far greaternbsp;than the dissimilarities, but that a is clearly different from the other heads. In order tonbsp;understand the nature of this difference we can compare a with y, two dies between which
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans NC 1891, 255 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;L.C. 257.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Regling Amtl. Ber. 1915, 7 sq.
-ocr page 111-99
there is only a very slight interval (for of (3 only exceedingly few specimens are known; y will therefore have to be dated as early as 412/1), and an even slighter difference ofnbsp;style. Besides a comparison between these two dies has been facilitated because excellentnbsp;enlargements of them have been published in pi. 26 of Hill’s L’Art dans les Monnaiesnbsp;grecques.
The difference in time is as slight as the difference of style and workmanship is great. The position of the neck with respect to the head is striking: with a there is annbsp;angle, so that the face is upturned with respect to the neck, whereas with y head andnbsp;neck have been made on one vertical line, thus giving an impression of stiffness. Here thenbsp;neck is nearly a cylinder, which becomes a little broader at the lower end; apart from thenbsp;neck-ring, which has been clearly indicated (two rather hard grooves) this neck does notnbsp;display the slightest modelling. The neck of «, however, becomes a little broadernbsp;towards the top and is slightly curved in front: it has a slight arch and a very slightnbsp;indication of the neck-ring: at the lower end the modelling is heavier. Besides the necknbsp;is shorter with a; with y the long straight line indicating the back of the neck isnbsp;especially annoying.
The transition from neck to face has been indicated by a sharp groove with y, whereas with a it has been modelled far more gently. While a has a full and roundnbsp;chin, y has an impossibly retreating chin. With a the lips have moderate measurements:nbsp;the lower lip has the form of a lying comma, as is usual in Syracuse: the line of thenbsp;mouth has the form of a lying S and goes upwards near the corner: the line of thenbsp;mouth of y is merely a curved line with the corner of the mouth drawn downwards: thenbsp;lips are larger and harder. With y the point of the nose is drawn downwards, thenbsp;nostrils are large and heavily modelled, contrary to the nose of a. The line of the forehead of y has a clear arch, a has a very slight arch. With y there is along the nasalnbsp;bone a ridge that gradually disappears downwards, which is absent on a; here thenbsp;nose is flat. With y the eye is consequently farther removed from the line of thenbsp;forehead than with a, as a result of which the nose has become too broad and thenbsp;expression somewhat sheepish. Whereas with y this nose-ridge develops into thenbsp;sharp eyebrow (also rendered as a relief-line), with x the line bordering the orbitnbsp;does not arise before the root of the nose soon to become weaker. With a the relief overnbsp;the eye rises towards the right until it reaches a culminating-point to the rightnbsp;above the eye and next diminishes in a downward direction: it is an indication of thenbsp;bone of the forehead and the temple. This arch also occurs on y, but there it has beennbsp;modelled differently, in a less characteristic way.
The eye of y is much larger than that of x, for whereas here it has a triangular shape, which is suitable for a head in profile, it has been elongated with y in an unnatural way.
-ocr page 112-Further the iris is seen almost entirely in front, contrary to a, so that we get the impression that the engraver of y had not mastered the art of rendering an eyenbsp;in profile and to a certain extent returned to the archaic eye. Whereas with a the irisnbsp;(a dot within a circle, both in relief) lies against the nose in concurrence with the profile,nbsp;with y it lies against the upper eyelid, while besides the circle is slanting, so that itnbsp;seems that Arethusa looks downward^). The engraver of y has been misled by thenbsp;fact that the lower eyelid is shorter than the upper eyelid, so that the line of the pupilnbsp;should be oblique. If the iris is also in profile, as should be, it may be slanting, butnbsp;this is impossible if the eye nearly looks at us, as is the case with y. Therefore thenbsp;eye of y is a failure. — The face of a has an arch the culminating-point of which liesnbsp;somewhere below the eye in one line with the nostrils; with y this culminating-point hasnbsp;been placed further backwards and also lower, so that it has come to be near thenbsp;muscles of the jaw. Whereas with a a light arch indicates the cheek-bone, with ynbsp;there is a dip in that place.
The ear of y is larger than that of a a and has been formed quite differently; the auricle is a great hollow here with a double helix, whereas with a the smaller and lessnbsp;deep auricle is divided into two parts, more or less in conformity with the naturalnbsp;form, the double helix has been less marked, while the form of the whole ear is smoothernbsp;and more oblong, less “baroque”. The graceful ear-drop of a no longer occursnbsp;elsewhere; with the other heads the simple ear-ring is racemose^).
I should like to compare the hair of the two heads lock for lock, but this would give reader and writer little pleasure; I can only request the reader to make thenbsp;comparison between the two enlargements. It will be perceived then that almost everynbsp;lock of a. has a parallel with y, but every time the difference of rendering is equallynbsp;great: no matter whether the few loose locks at the crown are chosen, or the hairs atnbsp;the temple, or the curl before the ear, every time we find with a a very fine andnbsp;graceful lock and a larger, coarse, more “baroque” curl with y. In this way y has anbsp;wild and choppy sea of curls, and as if that were not enough, there are also locks over
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This also occurs elsewhere; Leontini (Lloyd 1058/9, Nav, XV 293/4), Carthage (Lloyd 1665),nbsp;and in Metapontum, where it has such a pretty effect with the fine head by Aristoxenos (Noe Mefa-ponium II 424—7; also 411 sq.). The same can be said of many Korai of the Akropolis, but in thisnbsp;instance it may be due to the fact that they were placed on a base. As an example derived fromnbsp;vase-painting we mention the Karnaia vase in Taranto (Trendall Priihitaliotische Vaseri pi. 25, CVAnbsp;Taranto I, IV d. pi. 1 sq.).
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;K. Hadaezek Ohvschmack d. Griechen und Etr. (Abh. Arch. Epigr. Sem. Wien 14) 32 assertsnbsp;that these representations are “abbreviations”, and that a disk must be imagined over whatnbsp;has been depicted here; this assertion is incorrect: the single smooth racemose form does occur (B.nbsp;Segall Mus. Benaki, Goldschmiede-Arbeiten pi. 7, 21), and on the much smaller gold stater ofnbsp;Tarentum the disk is indeed indicated (enl. in Hill UArt pi. 33, 4 and in A/C 1912, pi, 5, 5),
-ocr page 113-the forehead coming from under and over the ampyx and fluttering upwards like licking flames^), while the inconspicuous hair on top of the head is also made intonbsp;something wild, because the gentle undulation of the hair of a in that place has beennbsp;pressed together within a far smaller compass. Thus the crown has been displaced andnbsp;pushed backwards. A careful study of the hair of the two heads perhaps shows us thenbsp;very great difference most clearly, a difference of fineness of engraving and a difference of true artistry. A mere comparison of the hairs of the neck appearing fromnbsp;under the hair-net makes this clear, but it is made clearest of all by the hair on topnbsp;of the head: how the engraver of y has marred that very fine hair undulating quietly,nbsp;which covers the head of a like a crown of rays!
It is instructive to dwell for a while on the head-band. With y the net at the back of the head is coarser than with a, but the band which borders the net at thenbsp;lower end speaks volumes: with a this band has a definite shape, it is seen goingnbsp;along the back of the head, it is creased and folded; the band of y might have beennbsp;made of iron. Similarly the ampyx of a is tightened round the forehead, whose curve itnbsp;follows: here, too, the band has a definite shape and becomes broader towards thenbsp;middle. On y the ampyx keeps the same breadth, though it is curved it does not follownbsp;the line of the forehead, it is not tightened round the forehead but seems to stand onnbsp;it; here, too, the ampyx might have been a piece of iron.
But besides: not only under the ampyx is the line of the head visible with a but also under the hair behind it; the build of the head is clear, and just as the skull isnbsp;felt under the hair, so also the arches in the face cause the bone of the forehead andnbsp;the cheek-bone to be felt. With y every indication of the bones of the face werenbsp;lacking, as we have seen, but the hair is worse, for when, starting from the forehead,nbsp;we try to follow the line of the skull, we arrive at an empty space as soon as wenbsp;have passed the ampyx: behind the curls over the ampyx the head is no longernbsp;indicated. This head is no longer a head, but a wooden mask, filled on top with anbsp;mass of curls.
If we look for differences outside the head, the first thing that strikes us is that the brilliant solution of the truncation of a has been relinquished by y, and replaced bynbsp;that which Euainetos applied to his dekadrachms. But the form of the dolphins hasnbsp;also changed: with a they are long, elegant and smooth, and only slightly curved;nbsp;with y they are shorter, more curved and rather awkward. The dimensions of the headnbsp;are larger with y than with a; whereas with the former rising curls make attempts tonbsp;reach the border of dots, the latter carefully leaves a free space between head and
1) Cf, Tudeer rev, 7—11, 60—71.
-ocr page 114-border. The upper line of the head, from forehead to the back of the head, follows the line of the border: the space in between is first taken up by the knot of the ampyx,nbsp;and from the axis onward by the inscription, the letters of which are far finer and morenbsp;modest than those of y^). The dolphins lying with the upper outline of the head in anbsp;circle fill the rest of the space, while a keeps more space free in front of the head withnbsp;the same intention with which a lacuna was left in front of the quadriga®).
The enumeration of the differences between a and y has been long, but far from complete, as may be confirmed by any one looking at the reproductions. Nor isnbsp;completeness necessary to show the disparity between the two heads. Not only is thenbsp;engraving of a incomparably much finer, but the mind that created this work was alsonbsp;finer. The wealth of locks of a is inconspicuous, whereas the engraver of y utilized morenbsp;and more locks and made a confused mass of them. The head of a is a well-constructednbsp;whole, to which the mask with the whig displayed by y only bears a resemblance as farnbsp;as externals go. Actually it is only externals that the two heads have in common, essentially they are poles apart. The mind that engraved the head of a could not produce anbsp;thing like y. And is it likely that the same Kimon should have engraved the two headsnbsp;within a short time, first a and at most a year later y? These heads breathe a differentnbsp;spirit, and have been engraved by different hands: if a is by Kimon then y is certainlynbsp;not by him ®).
What applies to y, is also applicable to nearly all the dies. There are certainly differences between these twelve heads mutually: jS displays a somewhat finer andnbsp;sharper engraving, the head of S gives a more delicate impression, e has a tendencynbsp;to right angles, ^ on the contrary rather resembles y, -q displays a broad head, whereasnbsp;6 and t have been engraved in the style of y again: the following dies k—v have anbsp;broad head, which tends to fill the whole surface of the coin, just like the late Roman
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The assertion of Giesecke Sic. Nam. 23, that the best engravers did not know how to usenbsp;the inscriptions as elements of the type, is incorrect; especially Kimon, but also others, knew verynbsp;well how to utilize the inscriptions,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Vide supra, p, 87. A head is only really satisfactory if some space is left open in front ofnbsp;the face; this often gives badly struck pieces, where the back of the head has come off flan, a specialnbsp;attractiveness; the face is more accentuated then.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hill Coins of Anc. Sicily 101 expresses the difference between a and the other heads correctly: “the comparatively amiable model of his earlier type has given place to a haughty beautynbsp;with a distinctly sneering expression,” Lenormant's description also refers to y and related diesnbsp;(Monnaie dans I’Ant. Ill 1897, 269); “Son style est loin d'etre sans défauts: il recherche un peu tropnbsp;les tours de force et le cóté gracieux des types, aux depens d'une beauté plus idéale et plusnbsp;sublime, Ses figures, trop surchargées de détails et d'ornements manquent de simplicité, et par suitenbsp;perdent quelque chose du cóté de la pureté et du grandiose. En même temps, il a toujours dansnbsp;l'exécution une certaine apreté, qui quelquefois atteint presque a la rudesse et contraste singulière-ment avec la recherche de grace dont il parait toujours préoccupé,”
-ocr page 115-103
portraits of the Emperors; several of these nymphs nearly got a boxer’s face due to their massive appearance, a heavier arching of the forehead and the sometimes formidable chin; the technical qualities diminish towards the end of the series. So noticeable arenbsp;the differences that a trained eye can distinguish at first sight the various dies, in spite ofnbsp;all their formal similarities, without paying attention to the slight material characteristicsnbsp;of each die: the most successful head, that of S, is of a quite different character fromnbsp;that of K for example. Is it likely that these heads, which sometimes breathe annbsp;entirely different spirit, should come from the same hand, and that this hand shouldnbsp;be the same that engraved a? This seems to be impossible. On the contrary: if a wasnbsp;made by Kimon, j8—-v were certainly not made by him, and if these twelve dies breathenbsp;a different spirit it is a result of the fact that they come from different copyists.
There are some other circumstances to bear out this conclusion. — If a is by Kimon himself, and the other dies by copyists, then it would be easy to understandnbsp;that No. 1 has been struck better than the subsequent numbers. This is indeed thenbsp;case, for No. 1 contains more beautiful, round coins, with excellently centred typesnbsp;and of sufficient size, than any other number. It may also be expected that the materialnbsp;of the die of a was of a better quality than that of the other dies. Actually the numbernbsp;of preserved specimens seems to point to it that the die was used for a long time, andnbsp;the injuries displayed by the youngest specimen known to us are so slight that theynbsp;are only discovered on close scrutiny^). What the state of things was with other diesnbsp;is shown by the catalogue and the plate.
The inscriptions, too, are very instructive, for they show us the carelessness of the engravers who made v. Whereas with a the ethnikon begins to the right of thenbsp;axis and, following the border, fills the space equally with fine and inconspicuousnbsp;letters as far as the tail of the right-hand dolphin, we find the inscription later on innbsp;large and rather coarse letters (as with y) or in very small letters almost pushednbsp;away between head and border (with 9 and A). The place where the inscriptionnbsp;begins varies; frequently the engraver had no room enough and had the end ofnbsp;the word go on along the right-hand dolphin, thus annoyingly doubling the spacefilling (^eZ), or he simply omits the conclusion: 'Lupxy,o(7t(jgt; with I.upxY.,alt;rt with v.nbsp;Is such carelessness to be expected from the engraver of al The form of the letters,nbsp;too, varies.
Finally the difference in relief is of importance. If we examine the relief of the dies p—v, we shall see a high and convex relief with steep parts; it seems as if thenbsp;engraver was not limited to any boundary-line and intended to make a sculptured
1) Cf. p. 33.
-ocr page 116-104
relief. The profile across the longitudinal axis clearly shows the “baroque” elements of the first dies that come after a, which elements we already mentioned as characteristic of y. Farther on in the series the relief has a tendency to become weaker.nbsp;With a the engraver has kept the relief comparatively low, he has felt the limitationnbsp;of a boundary-line and succeeded in rendering the wealth of locks of hair by othernbsp;means than an ever rising relief. This is indeed the characteristic feature of anbsp;superior die-engraver that, without having the relief obtain unlimited height, henbsp;succeeds in giving the impression aimed at. The sections depicted on Plate 1 speak fornbsp;themselves.
In every respect we can notice a contrast between a and the following dies: technically, in spirit, and in numerous details. Evans’ admirable feeling for style made him place exactly a and py at the head and at the end of the series, for it seemed impossible to him that they followed each other immediately. Die-comparison, however, hasnbsp;established this sequence, but the exceedingly great difference of style and workmanship stands: a has been engraved with a full command of art and technique, thenbsp;other dies attempt to obtain the same result with coarser means.
It is very difficult to judge the obverses, for they do not display such clear differences as the heads: we just notice a slight change in the attitude of the horses’ heads, a somewhat different relation of the size of neck and body, the varying length of thenbsp;kentron, and some more trifles. But there are enough points of difference to precludenbsp;the possibility of mechanical reproduction (by means of casting and additional engraving), or of the production from one patrix. If, just as with the head-sides, it is attemptednbsp;to declare A to be Kimon’s work, B and C to be the work of copyists, then a slightnbsp;support is found in the somewhat inferior quality of B, and in the exergue of C, wherenbsp;the repository is slanting. The support given by the quality of the material of whichnbsp;the dies have been made is stronger: A appears to have been used much longernbsp;than B; C was perhaps put out of use before it was worn. The principal support,nbsp;however, is the signature: A has been signed on the exergual-line KIMftN (in minutenbsp;letters), B and C have not been signed^). The signature tells us that A is bynbsp;Kimon, and that B and C are by copyists, which is not contrary to what the diesnbsp;themselves tell us. The fact that these copyists succeeded in imitating the chariot so
1) With C a signature has been read over the reins after Hill Cat. Ward 292; however,
M
Head BMC 204 did not read it retrograde, and J. Babelon Cat. Luynes 1241 saw )j^I. Babelon is in
fact nearest the truth, for it is a die-injury that was very slight at first and did not get a shape resembling what Babelon read until later, — The signature on the exergual-line mentioned bynbsp;Forrer RBN 1905, 133 at B and C is due to an error, just like his communication that the “signature”nbsp;mentioned above occurs on the exergual-line (ibid. 138).
-ocr page 117-excellently may probably thus be accounted for: engraving the quadriga was easier for the engravers of the Syracusan Mint due to the tradition of about a century thannbsp;imitating such an exceptional head as a. In Carthage, too, for example, horses’ headsnbsp;are usually more successful than men’s heads, and in Elis the eagles are far superiornbsp;to the heads of Zeus and of Hera.
Now that the word signature has been introduced I ought to examine the strongest argument against what has been asserted above: of the heads attributed tonbsp;copyists jS—^ have been signed, while the following dies do not bear a name. This isnbsp;strange as it is: if all these dies had been made by Kimon, why would he have signednbsp;the first six, and not the specimens from B onward? A second query may be added:nbsp;Why does the signature continually vary? With a there is the inscription KI/Mnbsp;on the ampyx, with p KIMflN is inscribed on the dolphin, which is also the case withnbsp;ySe, but with y it is accompanied by a K on the ampyx; whereas ^ has only KI onnbsp;the ampyx. Was Kimon such an inconstant man? — When we examine the methodnbsp;of signing we shall perceive that the three letters on the ampyx of a are verynbsp;inconspicuous and at first sight simply seem to be some embroidery. After thatnbsp;there comes the full name in heavy, sometimes even awkward letters on the dolphin,nbsp;and not yet satisfied with that y places a formidable K on the ampyx. This awkwardnbsp;manner of signing is not that of the engraver of a, who placed his name in full on Anbsp;in microscopic letters. These conspicuous and even obtrusive signatures have toonbsp;much the character of advertising to be real signatures; especially the double signaturenbsp;of y is a blatant advertisement^). We therefore distinguish two kinds of signatures,nbsp;that of a and that ofnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;of which the second kind, which has the character of adver
tising, occurs on dies which we attributed to copyists. Accordingly these signatures do not clash with our hypothesis but corroborate it: they are false.
Coming to the parallel tetradrachm-series, and comparing Arethosa I (obv. 28 and rev. 53) and II (obv. 29 and rev. 54) ®), we find a similar phenomenon. Tudeernbsp;was unable to arrange the dies on the ground of die-comparison, and was thereforenbsp;obliged to have recourse to stylistic considerations. As is easy to understand he thennbsp;placed obv. 29 before 28, after first having preferred the inverse order, as appearsnbsp;from the numbering; it has been shown above, however, that 28 is the oldest obv.nbsp;Further Tudeer adduced as an objective argument ®) that at first the letters 2Ifi
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;On the enlargement the name on the dolphin has nearly entirely disappeared due tonbsp;double-striking.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;It has been pointed out above (p. 60 sq.) that obv. 28 rev. 53 is the original combination, andnbsp;that the two other dies have not been made until later.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer p. 187.
-ocr page 118-106
were written on obv. 29 to the left, but that, when the engraver discovered that there would not be room for the ethnikon, these letters were made to disappear into the locksnbsp;of hair and the snout of the dolphin as well as possible. That is to say that at 29 thenbsp;engraver originally wished to follow tradition by placing the ethnikon near the head,nbsp;but having gained experience he removed the inscription to the rev. at 28. Now itnbsp;would have been very strange for the engraver to have begun in the middle of thenbsp;ethnikon. Actually he has not done this, for the inscription is not ZIU (to be readnbsp;from the interior), but ST retrograde and to be read from the exterior. The snoutnbsp;of the dolphin has nothing to do with this inscription. Accordingly the ethnikon evincesnbsp;considerable clumsiness; the engraver was too hasty when he began to engrave thenbsp;letters, and the inscription is retrograde. Besides ethnika that have to be read fromnbsp;the exterior are unusual with tetradrachms; as a rule they occur on the gold statersnbsp;that must have been struck in 412/1.
This is not the only difference between the two heads. It is striking that on obv. 28 a dolphin’s head appears from behind the truncation; the neck is also overcut by anbsp;dolphin. The four dolphins, in their graceful play through the locks of the nymph, formnbsp;one whole with the head. On 29, where the engraver had not sufficient room for thenbsp;animals, they can hardly be considered as elements of the type, as they occupy annbsp;insignificant place there; besides the right-hand dolphin is not connected with the headnbsp;in any way and merely stands beside it. The form of the animals, too, is different: onnbsp;28 they are tall, smooth and graceful, on 29 on the contrary short and clumsy.
The truncations show small points of difference, but are unsatisfactory in both cases. With 28 the simple necklace over it is really round the neck, whereas on 29 itnbsp;is represented as too little curved. Besides it accentuates the too great breadth of thenbsp;neck, which is narrower with 28. On 29 the neck has been kept in very low relief andnbsp;quite flat without any modelling; with 28 the neck-ring has been indicated in weaknbsp;modelling and the relief rises from left to right to drop there a little more steeply. Consequently the neck of 29 has become a dead plane, which isolates the head too much;nbsp;the angle between neck and head is a little too acute, more so than on 28.
The face of 29 is somewhat convex and puffed and displays hardly any modelling. On 28 the parts round the nose and the mouth have been treated more clearly and thenbsp;cheek is also slightly modelled, while the cheekbone has a weak arch, which is absentnbsp;on 29. The forehead of 28 is more markedly modelled, while in particular the bonesnbsp;of the forehead have been paid attention to; with 29 the forehead is more or less round.nbsp;The eyes of 28 are more sunken than those of 29, where they seem to goggle; besidesnbsp;they are not on a level. The irises, which have been rendered less delicately than on 28,nbsp;are placed too high and the form of the eyelids is less graceful.
-ocr page 119-107
The shape of the face is considerably different: with 28 it is long and narrow, becoming broader in an upward direction and marked by the slight arching over thenbsp;eyes, with 29 it is broader and less tense, rather broader at the bottom than at thenbsp;top, with a lower forehead. The treatment of the hair of 29 is coarser than that of 28:nbsp;besides the hairs are kept together in locks, so that the two locks lying over the forehead across the ampyx look like little hornsAgain, the hair of 29 becomes rathernbsp;poor towards the outside, and especially right-below there are bad gaps; on 28 on thenbsp;other hand we see the locks getting thinner towards the outside, but there are no opennbsp;spaces. With 29 the perspective at the upper side of the head is not quite successful,nbsp;contrary to 28. The ampyx of 29 is too hard again and not round enough, besides itnbsp;is too much pronounced (See pi. I). The heavy border of dots of the same die isnbsp;annoying, contrary to the fine line of 28, which does not distract our attention fromnbsp;the centre. With 28 the inscription APE0O2A begins about the longitudinal axis of thenbsp;type and has been written with distinct but inconspicuous letters. With 29 it is placednbsp;more to the left and therefore throws the whole out of balance as if it were a cockednbsp;hat; besides the letters are coarser here and become larger towards the right.
Here, too, there are numerous points of difference in matters of detail; together they show us a great difference in artistic ability. The engraver who knew how tonbsp;model face and neck in this masterly style, how to render the hairs so delicately andnbsp;how to create a type of which all the parts have been united into that graceful playnbsp;which is in evidence on 28, cannot be the same person who engraved 29 a little later,nbsp;a die no doubt evincing great skill, but certainly not made by the hand that engraved 28.
That the two reverses differ strongly from each other is clear to every one and was also noticed by Tudeer®). Therefore a few remarks will suffice. The difference innbsp;action is striking; the engraver of rev. 53 has succeeded in indicating the lines of thenbsp;belly of four horses, whereas the horses of 54 are midway between those of rev. 33nbsp;and of 34. The exergual-line of rev. 53 is double and besides it has been made heaviernbsp;by the ethnikon placed under it, which supports it as it were; the single line of 54 isnbsp;certainly too light. The archaistic, walking Nike (she puts her feet on the horses’nbsp;heads) is a discordant note in the anything but archaistic type of rev. 54; besides itnbsp;breaks the unity of the composition and causes a bad gap to arise on either side; anbsp;worse thing could not have been devised. The place of the inscription of rev. 54 is verynbsp;bad; the form of the letters of the two dies is different. Nearly all that distinguishes the
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Perhaps not unintentional, as it concerns a water-nymph.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer p. 185.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In Messana there is a similar Nike, walking on the reins, which sag under her weightnbsp;(Lloyd 1095/6); with Herakleidas in Katana (Lloyd 902) she has been somewhat “modernisedquot;.
-ocr page 120-108
chariot and the driver of rev. 53 from the chariots of the usual series of tetradrachms of the time has disappeared with 54. However, the charioteer of 54 has the garmentnbsp;which is also worn by the driver of Kimon’s dekadrachms, and besides he looks roundnbsp;during the race (his hair is fluttering in the wind): this is a pretty trait, which alsonbsp;occurs with rev. 31^—^33, although there the head is represented three-quarters to thenbsp;left, whereas here it looks three-quarters to the right. Though the engraving of rev. 54nbsp;is fine, it does not equal the delicacy of 53. After all, the technical qualities of die 54nbsp;do not appear to be so high as those of 53, for whereas the latter has a broad surface,nbsp;the edge of the die of 54 lies only 1 mm. outside the border of the type; besides die 54 soonnbsp;incurs a few dents. The lucid and matchless treatment which characterizes the firstnbsp;Arethosa-tetradrachm is lacking with rev. 54, just as all those details which make 53nbsp;a small masterpiece; there is not a trace of composition with 54. It cannot be assumednbsp;that the same hand first engraved rev. 53 and next rev. 54.
On examining the obv. as well as the rev. we arrive at the conclusion that the engraver of Arethosa I cannot have engraved the dies of Arethosa II. How do thenbsp;signatures read? Both obv. 28 and obv. 29 bear the signature KlMtlN on the ampyx.nbsp;On the first die, however, these letters could be placed within a smaller compass thannbsp;on obv. 29, and besides be engraved in the shape of a garland^); on 29 the letters arenbsp;larger and have been written in a straight line. In the case of 29 the inability is innbsp;evidence of placing the name in a similar way as in 28; due to the larger size of lettersnbsp;and of ampyx the signature is conspicuous. On rev. 53 Kimon’s name is written in fullnbsp;between the two exergual-lines; the shape of the letters agrees with that of obv. 28,nbsp;and differs therefore from that of obv. 29. The other rev. does not bear a signature;nbsp;but here something lies under the forelegs of the horses that is generally taken for anbsp;fallen meta^). Dressel knew better when he took it for a name-board®), for on thenbsp;Munich specimen (Tudeer No. 81 g) the object can be recognized as a scroll, thenbsp;obvious place for a signature quot;*). But on the same specimen it is to be seen that therenbsp;are not five letters, but five vertical lines®). Here we have the remarkable fact thatnbsp;the engraver wished to give the impression that the die was signed without placing anbsp;signature. The name which he did not write was not his own, of course. It is obviousnbsp;that he intended to make us believe that this side was a signed work by Kimon.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The K and the N are placed higher than the other three letters.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer p. 184,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Dressel in Tudeer p, 184, n. 2,
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;As is also the case with the diptychon on which Eukleidas (Tudeer rev. 16) and Exakesti-das (Evans NC 1890, 308) sign; afterwards Eukleidas also signs on a scroll (Tudeer rev, 58, 60).
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The same in Tudeer p. 185,
-ocr page 121-109
In the above I have pointed out at the hand of numerous objective indications, that there exist two groups of dekadrachms, which cannot be by one hand, and ofnbsp;which the second group in its turn was made by various hands; from this it was concluded that the first group (A -j- a) is by Kimon, the second (B jS—v) by copyists,nbsp;and that the signatures occurring in the second group must be false. Further I pointednbsp;out that in the Arethosa-series, too, two groups are to be distinguished (obv. 28 -j- rev.nbsp;53 and obv, 29 -)- rev. 54), which cannot be by the same hand; the first group wasnbsp;obviously superior and laid most claim to attribution to Kimon, while the signaturesnbsp;occurring in II must be false; this was corroborated by the peculiar circumstance thatnbsp;rev. 54 displayed something that gave the impression, and was no doubt intended tonbsp;give it, that it was a signature, without being one. Seeing that perfectly analogousnbsp;phenomena could be discerned in each of the parallel series by Kimon, the two casesnbsp;evidently support each other.
If all this is correct, then the dies attributed to Kimon himself must bear testimony to one hand and to one mind. That this is indeed the case was for the greater partnbsp;shown in the chapter on the die-engravers. Therefore we here draw the reader’s attention to just a few characteristics of Kimon’s work. With both heads (i.e. a and obv. 28)nbsp;we noticed a slight modelling of neck and face, and in particular the archings of thenbsp;frontal bone were striking, where this bone develops into the temporal bone (this spotnbsp;is called frontoteniporale), and further the indication of the cheekbone. The course ofnbsp;the line of the mouth is the same with the ^wo heads and is raised upwards at thenbsp;corners of the mouth; the modelling of the features round the mouth is clear rathernbsp;than sharp. The weak indication of the neck-ring was the same with both heads, justnbsp;like the angle between head and neck. The treatment of the hair was also entirely thenbsp;same; it was engraved dead sharp, but not hard, richly but not excessively. In bothnbsp;cases we see, at the edge of the forehead, a few little hairs that have escaped from thenbsp;more compact locks. With both heads an attempt was made to solve the difficulty ofnbsp;the truncation by means of a dolphin; that this attempt was successful in one case andnbsp;unsuccessful in the other is of no importance here. On both dies the dolphins havenbsp;entirely the same characteristic, graceful form. With both heads all the elements ofnbsp;the type have been fully amalgamated; the composition is unsurpassed.
It is more difficult to compare the two chariot-sides, because they are unlike in character. Yet there are enough indications which suggest the same hand. Not onlynbsp;is the engraving equally fine and clear as with the heads, but the Nikes on thenbsp;two chariot-sides, too, are perfectly similarthis is the type that is characteristic of
1) The difference in size precluded an equally detailed treatment of the Nike,
-ocr page 122-Kimon. Typical of him is axso the position of the chariot-wheels close to each other; in the ordinary series, and also with Arethosa II, they are as a rule unnaturally widenbsp;apart. The treatment of the horses is the same, although the Arethosa-die is kept innbsp;much lower relief. Again, the preference of the heavy exergual-line is the same: withnbsp;the dekadrachm it appeared to be a heavy cornice, on the tetradrachm it has beennbsp;doubled and supported by the inscription.
If, with the dekadrachms that we took for pseudo-Kimonian, we found various ways of signing and different abbreviations, on these two coins Kimon signs thenbsp;chariot-side by his full name on the exergual-line, the head-sides on the ampyx, in fullnbsp;whenever possible, but by the first three letters in the smaller space offered by thenbsp;dekadrachm. He also signed the hemidrachm by these three letters, the signature beingnbsp;divided in the same way: KI—M, and in about the same place as the other chariot-sides^). Among the letters there are two whose forms are characteristic of Kimon: thenbsp;n and the N. The former letter, with long horizontal hastae, and less high than thenbsp;other letters, only occurs again in the ethnikon of rev. 54, besides on the pieces bynbsp;Kimon himself (especially in the signature of rev. 53 the hastae are long). Kimon’s Nnbsp;always has the form of a step: jJ, except in the signature on the exergual-line of thenbsp;dekadrachm (i.e.A), where there was no room for this form. On the obv. of Arethosanbsp;II this letter occurs in the signature, but the ethnikon of the rev. shows N; on thenbsp;pseudo-Kimonian dekadrachms the form is mostly midway between jJ and N, but innbsp;the signatures of jSySe and in the ethnikon of rj it has the latter form. The long ^nbsp;is used by Kimon as well as by all his contemporaries. We see therefore that the onenbsp;deviation from the rule by Kimon is caused by limited space, whereas the imitatorsnbsp;copy the forms inconsistently, but on the whole with gradually diminishing faithfulness.
The two pairs of dies attributed to Kimon himself appear to form a homogeneous group with the obv. of the hemidrachm discussed previously. It only remains to consider in how far we can find the copyists again elsewhere, or where they belong. Asnbsp;far as the dekadrachms are concerned I am unable to find a point of contact with thenbsp;ordinary series®). But it is easy to see that there is a connection between them and thenbsp;parallel series of the dekadrachms of the Euainetos-type. The word A©AA at the bottomnbsp;of the obv. occurring with Kimon right from the beginning, is at first lacking in the
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;“About” the same place because, now that on this very small piece the exergual-line didnbsp;not offer room, he placed his name below the line, and that where the ethnikon is placed on thenbsp;Arethosa-tetradrachm.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The fact that, just as is the case with the pseudo-Kimonian dekadrachms, there alsonbsp;occurred among the gold staters head-sides which lacked the N of the ethnikon (de Ciccio Boll.nbsp;Napol. 1922, nos. 38—41), is perhaps an indication (especially in connection with what follows).
-ocr page 123-Euainetos-series; on the other hand we recognized the influence of the pieces of the other series when we noticed the position of the bottommost dolphin on the head-sides of the pseudo-Kimonian dekadrachms; the heads D I and II of the Euainetos-series have the same heavy chin as the last Kimonian dies, F I has the same stiffness.nbsp;This mutual influence proves that the first pieces of the two series were contemporary.nbsp;As far as is to be seen at present it seems to be possible that a separate group ofnbsp;engravers was employed for engraving the dekadrachm-dics, who have not left anynbsp;noticeable traces in the series of the tetradrachms.
The Arethosa II gives something to go by. We have already seen that the unsuccessful retrograde inscription of the obv. was reminiscent of the ethnika of the gold staters, that the inscription had to be read from the exterior, contrary to the rule. Thenbsp;making of the dies for Arethosa II (at least for the obv.) was dated anterior to Septembernbsp;411, and the end of the first series of gold coins to which the staters belong wasnbsp;placed in 411. It is by no means impossible that an engraver, who was originallynbsp;employed for the staters, was instructed to make a new Arethosa when his work wasnbsp;finished. — The rev., too, shows something to go by, for the archaistic Nike perfectlynbsp;fits in with the time when further archaisms occur on the pieces of both series of goldnbsp;money and on the bronze coins one of which was signed by Phrygillos; this leads usnbsp;to c. 412/10. Further we saw that the scheme of the quadriga fitsi in entirely withnbsp;the development of the chariot-sides of the ordinary tetradrachm-series, and thatnbsp;between rev. 33 and 34. These are the last rpverse-dies of series B, the end of whichnbsp;was dated towards the close of 411; this is in keeping with the fact that the drivernbsp;turns round farther than the goddess on rev. 31.—33, and consequenly ought, as a morenbsp;hazardous achievement, to be placed immediately after these ^). Four or five differentnbsp;ways therefore lead us to 411 for both dies of Arethosa II. Further we see that the rev.nbsp;entirely belongs to the ordinary series of tetradrachms. The conclusion is obvious thatnbsp;this copyist was among the engravers of the Mint, although I would not say that he isnbsp;identical with the engraver of one of the tetradrachms mentioned*). Previously, wenbsp;arrived, on other grounds, at the conclusion that Kimon’s coins were struck in anbsp;separate atelier, while we see now that after the issue of 412 the Mint has the disposalnbsp;of the dies and has a similar set made as a reserve; this was also noticeable from thenbsp;manner of striking. Likewise the specimens of the first dekadrachm have been strucknbsp;round and are large enough to encompass the whole of the type without leaving any
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf. the head of the charioteer on an amphora by the Meidias-painter, which is dated in. thenbsp;last decennium of the 5th century: Pfuhl MuZ 583, Buschor Gr. Vasen (1940), 226, Hahland Vasen urnnbsp;Meidias p!, 8 a,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The rev, shows the greatest kinship with Tudeer rev. 34.
-ocr page 124-annoying edges ^). As we also pointed out before that the series ran exactly parallel, we can safely conclude that the dekadrachms Nos. 2 —14, too, have been struck at thenbsp;Mint and that the dies BC and /?¦—v have been engraved by engravers of the Mint.nbsp;This makes it easy to understand that there is a mutual influence of the two series ofnbsp;dekadrachms after the first pieces. Just as Eukleidas every time supplied the model of anbsp;series, so also Kimon has supplied the models of his two agonic series: those of thenbsp;dekadrachms and those of the Arethosa-tetradrachms. The copyists of Eukleidas (i.e.nbsp;the ordinary engravers of the Mint) did not repeat his signature, but they did repeatnbsp;that of Kimon, no doubt because Kimon was a more famous artist, and his namenbsp;carried weight.
That Kimon was really celebrated is also shown by a singular coin, a Siculo-Punic tetradrachm ^). It is an imitation of a Syracusan coin, just like many other pieces of the kind. An accurate model of the chariot-side would not be easy to find ®), but thenbsp;head is a copy of the Arethusa with the “flaming hairs”, which series begins in ornbsp;about 399 with a model engraved by Eukleidas'*). This engraver signs on a scrollnbsp;below the truncation. Instead of this signature the Punic coin has a distinct K withnbsp;probably one or two more letters on the ampyx, which no doubt is intended as thenbsp;signature of Kimon. This signature is false, and the Carthaginians placed it on the copynbsp;of Eukleidas’ tetradrachm more than twelve years after Kimon’s activity at the Syracusan Mint for no other reason than their intention to associate a famous name withnbsp;their poor coin.
Salinas, too, has of course seen that these dies could not be by Kimon, and he thought that the Carthaginians had perhaps ordered the dies from Kimon in Syracuse,nbsp;but that the artist fully occupied by his dekadrachms left this work for barbarians tonbsp;assistants, but still placed his signature. It is evident that Salinas, too, thought of thenbsp;possibility of a false signature, but for the rest his theory has for chronological reasonsnbsp;lost its base after the study of Syracusan coinage by Tudeer.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;See the graph above, p. 37,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A, Salinas NdSc 1888, 310 sq., Hirsch 34, 258,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Several details, e,g, the attitude of the right arm of the driver are reminiscent of the rev,nbsp;of Arethosa I (Rev, 53),
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer rev, 60,
-ocr page 125-CHAPTER VIII
In the preceding chapter I have argued that most of the dies generally attributed to Kimon are not his, but were made by copyists, who at first used his signature and werenbsp;thus guilty of forgery. Perhaps some readers will be inclined to repudiate this view allegingnbsp;that such forgery has not yet appeared elsewhere and that, as long as there are nonbsp;analogues the credibility of that one case is slight. — However, the next chapter willnbsp;remind them of the fact that there were such questions in Greek vase-painting, andnbsp;in the present chapter we shall enter into the question whether there are also othernbsp;cases with regard to the coins.
Euainetos.
The preceding chapter we concluded with an unambiguous and blunt case, where a Punic copy of a head by Eukleidas had been given the name of Kimon, A similarnbsp;coin seems to me to be a didrachm with the types of Kamarina, but judging from thenbsp;general aspect and a few details, it is a copy probably of Punic origin and struck afternbsp;406, According to Robinson we read below the head in profile of Hipparis the last lettersnbsp;of the signature [E!gt;«;]NE ^). Now we know a didrachm of Kamarina, which isnbsp;inscribed ETAI by Euainetos, but it displays a head three-quarters facing: a head innbsp;profile has been signed by Exakestidas ^), and a similar head though more in the style ofnbsp;Euainetos bears no name^). Be that as it may, we do not know the model of thenbsp;presumably Punic imitation: head in profile with signature of Euainetos. Therefore thenbsp;piece, like the Punic copy which we have met before, seems to bear a false signature fornbsp;two reasons: first the coin is not an original, but an imitation of Kamarina, secondlynbsp;the model is not by Euainetos either.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 873 (Sir Weber 1249); Lloyd 874 is a similar coin; Robinson placed them undernbsp;Kamarina. It may be noted, that the head of IM's tetradrachm, too, was copied by, the Carthaginiansnbsp;(Giesecke Sic. Num. pi. 8, 4).
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Lloyd 875.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pozzi 403, Nav. XVI 459.
-ocr page 126-This is one kind of false signature that Euainetos has in common with Kimon, but no reader can have failed to notice that the dekadrachm-series of both of them alsonbsp;show similarity; both begin with signatures to remain unsigned from a certain momentnbsp;onward; but with both series it may be observed that by far the greater part of thenbsp;coins is rather uniform in style (this applies to signed as well as unsigned dies), but thatnbsp;the very first dies are clearly different from the others.
For with the dekadrachms of the Euainetos-type, too, the first die (AI, to restrict ourselves to the head-sides) is entirely different from the type that we usually meet onnbsp;these pieces^). Here, too, the head is slanting forward, and head and neck form an angle,nbsp;which gradually disappears with the subsequent dies, whereas, as appears from thenbsp;ear-drop, the head comes to stand erect or even in a backward position. The forehead-nose line is more curved on AI than on the other dies, the nose is more pointed. Thenbsp;neck-ring, which has been indicated weakly on AI, disappears; the ear is formednbsp;differently, the ear-drop is narrower and longer, with a heavier middle part. Thenbsp;treatment of the hair differs slightly with many dies, but still AI is also different fromnbsp;the other dies in this respect; in particular the lock in front of the ear is striking, whichnbsp;in the case of AI fits in entirely with the coiffure, but shrinks on the subsequent diesnbsp;and gets isolated. Nor has the engraver of AI hesitated to display the implantation of thenbsp;hairs in the neck; the other dies cover it or render it rather naively by means of separatenbsp;lines without any connection with the locks of hair. We recognize the powerfulnbsp;engraving of Euainetos in AI, where he does not allow any lines to fade, but marksnbsp;each detail clearly: whereas the point of the leaf which hangs across the forehead isnbsp;clearly marked off on the forehead of AI, it has elsewhere the tendency to becomenbsp;vague and coalesce with the face. The treatment of the relief is entirely different; withnbsp;most heads we can hardly speak of modelling any longer. The engraving is finer in thenbsp;case of AI than elsewhere. In short: on a closer examination, too, the differencenbsp;between AI and the other head-sides appears to be just as great as it seemed at firstnbsp;sight; as the signed dies with the exception of AI (and BI) form a closed stylistic groupnbsp;with the unsigned ones, they must be false, but AI genuine^).
This conclusion is borne out by the way of signing, for whereas AI has ETAINETOT in small characters pressed between the lowest dolphin and the border, the other dies
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I follow the numbering of Gallatin Dekadrachms of the Euainetos Type, Reproductions ofnbsp;AI are also to be found in Evans NC 1891 pi, 13, 13a, Cat. Montagu (1896) 150, Cons, Weber 685.nbsp;In Hill L'Art pi, 28 enlargements of this head and of one of the normal type (but unsigned) havenbsp;been placed under each other for comparison; the position of the two heads, however, is wrong. —nbsp;For the present I exclude BI from the comparison.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The unsigned dies are generally not attributed to Euainetos; cf. Gallatin Dekadrachms 10.
-ocr page 127-have the signature ETAINE (an abbreviation which does not occur on other pieces by Euainetos) in a larger space and in somewhat bolder and noticeably heavier characters^). As regards the shape of the letters it appears that Euainetos always uses annbsp;N (only on Tudeer rev. 24 there is j\| in the ethnikon), whereas the copyists sometimesnbsp;put an j\l. It is to be noticed that Euainetos, who signed his first rev. ETAINETü,nbsp;now writes -OT for the ending, a not unusual inconsistency.
Therefore it would perhaps seem to be bold to declare the die BI false, which has not yet been discussed, and which lies between AI and the other dies. For with regardnbsp;to the position of the head this die displays a greater resemblance to AI than itsnbsp;successors, and besides it has the signature in full and that with the ending -O.nbsp;Let us premise that, if we consider BI to be false, its intermediate position in style maynbsp;be the natural result of its intermediate position in chronology, for it stands to reasonnbsp;that the first copy is likely to resemble the model more than the subsequent copies. Thenbsp;ending can then be explained by the lack of space, which caused the engraver of BI tonbsp;divide the signature into three parts; for the rest the letters are very noticeably largernbsp;than on AI, but the form of the N is the same.
The principal reason, however, why I would include BI among the false dies is the entirely different style. But in this respect BI also differs considerably from itsnbsp;successors, and shows the greatest resemblance to the contemporary dies (3 and y ofnbsp;the Kimon-series. As is the case there, so here, too, the relief is anything but inconspicuous, it is too lively, “baroque”; here, too, the coiffure has become a confused mass.nbsp;If we saw in the case of y that the head was nothing but a mask with a mass of hair,nbsp;in the case of BI, too, the forehead line appears not to have a continuation below thenbsp;hair, unless it would have to make a right angle. Just as with the pseudo-Kimonian diesnbsp;mentioned before, we here see the neck-ring rendered by two sharp grooves; indeed, thenbsp;whole neck is the same. There are some more similarities to be noticed, whereas othernbsp;comparisons cannot be made^). These similarities of style between BI and y make menbsp;surmise that the two dies are by the same hand, which is a support of what is arguednbsp;here, vi2, that BI cannot have been made by Euainetos. But what I mentioned asnbsp;similarities between BI and y are as many dissimilarities between BI and AI. Besidesnbsp;BI has the head slanting forward in a smaller degree and has the angle between headnbsp;and neck less marked. The dolphins, which on AI have the shape characteristic ofnbsp;Euainetos (small, strongly curved with a sharply bent tail), have lost these charac-
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The same in Gallatin o.c. 10: ^^his name in large letters — in a most conspicuous position.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The ethnikon of the unique specimen of BI in Munich is off flan, and the eye has a die-fracture.
-ocr page 128-teristics on BI. Finally BI has several characteristics in common with the subsequent dies; the lock in front of the ear has been isolated, the implantation of the hair in the neck isnbsp;concealed, the engraving is less fine.
The obverses confront us with a difficult case; at first AI has been coupled with RI, next with RII, with which BI has also been coupled. Now RII is distinctly differentnbsp;from the subsequent obverses; the engraving is noticeably finer, especially the headsnbsp;of the horses are better on RII than elsewhere. The reins have been rendered verynbsp;delicately: the course of these reins on RII is good, whereas the four of them go along thenbsp;front of all the horses on the subsequent dies^). The chariot-wheel is on RII, too, diskshaped, as is always the case with Euainetos, although what is seen between the spokesnbsp;is rendered on this disk; on several of the subsequent dies at least the wheel has not gotnbsp;the shape of a disk. With RII the Nike hovers over the horses at some distance, butnbsp;later on she rests on the kentron of the driver, just as on the dies of the Kimon-series;nbsp;whereas at first she had the small size that is also characteristic of Euainetos elsewhere,nbsp;she gradually grows taller. Finally the heavy exergue of RII is striking, where, morenbsp;clearly than anywhere else, the repository has the shape of a staircase: the lower stepnbsp;does not bear an inscription. Afterwards this part of the type becomes lighter, thenbsp;staircase loses its characteristic trait, and the word A©AA appears, all this probablynbsp;under the influence of Kimon’s dekadrachms ^).
RII is so distinctly different from the subsequent dies that we would attribute it to Euainetos himself, contrary to the other chariot-sides, which must have been madenbsp;by copyists®). This confronts us with the difficulty I referred to: is on that accountnbsp;RI also genuine, and has Euainetos cut two obv. and one rev.? If the unique specimennbsp;of RI were well-preserved it would not be so difficult to answer this question. But thenbsp;circumstance that this coin has been struck three times and got some injuries makesnbsp;our judgment uncertain. As far as the attitude of the figures goes, this die seems to benbsp;entirely similar to RII, but if the condition of the coin does not mislead me there is onlynbsp;a sketchy indication here of what on RII has been cut in the powerful relief that isnbsp;customary with Euainetos. Should this impression be correct — a new specimen onlynbsp;could enable us to a better judgment — the most plausible solution would be that, after
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;H. Due de Luynes Ann. dell'Inst. II 1830, 86 and Evans NC 1891, 237 think that this wasnbsp;a feature belonging to the racing-chariot, because it had only to turn to the left. But of course itnbsp;must also be possible for racing-chariots to turn to the right. On other dies, too, irregularities of thenbsp;rendering of the reins are to be stated (also with the obv, of the Kimonian dekadrachms), but it isnbsp;nowhere so strange as here.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I have to deny that series K is stylistically related to Kimon’s dekadrachm No, 1, as Gallatinnbsp;Dekadrachms 12 thinks; it would be an insult to Kimon,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The quality of the dies is very unequal here.
-ocr page 129-Euainetos had made the die for the rev., he lacked the time for cutting a good die for the obv.; in that case he would have hastily cut a provisional die, which would havenbsp;been used while the real die RII was still in the making^). This hypothesis has thenbsp;advantage of doing away with the unnatural state of things that the engraver wouldnbsp;have cut two obv. and one rev. For a rev.-die is much sooner worn than an obv.-die, and an engraver will sooner have obtained the instruction to make two rev. andnbsp;one obv.®) than the contrary. However, it is impossible to judge this with certainty.
Thus we have arrived at the conclusion that of the whole of the rich series of dekadrachms of the Euainetos-type only RII and AI can be recognised as genuine, whilenbsp;the origin of RI remains uncertain; all the other dies, whether signed or not, arenbsp;imitations. This series appears to be a perfect parallel to the series of dekadrachms ofnbsp;the Kimon-type: first one pair of dies by the engraver himself (in both cases with thenbsp;head inclining forward), next a series of imitations by various hands (cf. C I, C XVI,nbsp;C Y, D I) with false signatures, and finally unsigned imitations. The one case corroborates the other.
Just a remark about the gold 100-litra pieces of Syracuse, some of which seem to have the signature of Euainetos: ETAINE, ETAI, and ETA. The very diversity ofnbsp;signatures is suspicious, for it is a well-known fact that artists leave their signaturesnbsp;unchanged whenever possible, and as here the available space is equally great everynbsp;time there is no reason for such inconstancy; it reminds us of the pseudo-Kimoniannbsp;dekadrachms. The rev. on which the signature ETAINE is to be read®), which for thenbsp;rest only occurs on the dekadrachms of pseudo-Euainetos, is stylistically closely relatednbsp;to the head-side BI of the dekadrachms, at least it does not betray the hand of Euainetosnbsp;himself. Neither do the heads Ciccio pi. Nos. 17, 18, 21, 22, 23, and perhaps also 25,nbsp;(inscribed ETAI) seem to me to belong to Euainetos, on account of the entirely differentnbsp;treatment of the relief. Nos. 19 and 20 (inscribed ETAI) perhaps breathe the spirit ofnbsp;the engraver, but No. 24 (inscribed ETA) certainly breathes the spirit of the engraver,nbsp;who likewise signs the coin with the closely related head in Terina by these threenbsp;letters. — These are only surmises and impressions, for as long as no sequence of thenbsp;dies has been established, a judgment is impossible. For: if we distinguish betweennbsp;genuine and false works of an artist, it is a condicio sine qua non that the genuine works
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This seems to be borne out by the singular injury of the exergual-line. This injury I takenbsp;to be a dent resulting from an air-bubble; but we see that the exergual-line tries to evade thisnbsp;bubble, for in that place it becomes less high. This would point to the circumstance that the dent wasnbsp;already visible when the die was engraved and that the trouble was not taken to file off thenbsp;surface of the die. The die might be a kind of model, a trial-piece originally not intended for use.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This was not unusual in the Middle Ages: Macdonald Evolution of Coinage 69.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;De Ciccio Boll. Napol. 1922 pi. no. 16.
-ocr page 130-come first in the chronological series: if this condition is not fulfilled, we have to abstain from a decision.
Phrygillos in Terina.
In our discussion about Phrygillos as a die-engraver we attributed to him two obv. and two rev.: R, S and aa, signed by the letter and yy, unsigned but provided withnbsp;a little bird and no doubt by the same engraver^). Between the two reverse-dies therenbsp;is which has likewise been signed $, and which is generally attributed to Phrygillos.nbsp;Wrongly, I think, for — to begin with the signature this time — the $ lacks thenbsp;characteristic trait of Phrygillos' signature: instead of reclining backwards it is rathernbsp;slanting to the right. But this is not the principal thing, for the dies differ in so manynbsp;respects that one is surprised that no one has as yet noticed this. We need only paynbsp;attention to the feet, the position of the legs, the drapery round the lower legs andnbsp;especially the fluttering part of it; we should further consider the drapery round thenbsp;hips, and the wings: the farther wing forms as it were an aureole behind the head ofnbsp;the Nike on aa and on yy, whereas on ;8/8 this wing seems to have been forgottennbsp;altogether; the difference in the treatment of the feathers is also great. The neck andnbsp;the breast of ao. are quite the same as those of yy, but differ from the correspondingnbsp;parts of )S;8. A comparison between the two dies no doubt leads us to the conclusionnbsp;that aa and yy are by one engravei^ (i.e. $), but that on the contrary is an imitationnbsp;of aa, wherein the novelty of the model (playing with the ball) has been replacednbsp;by the older representation of Nike with the kerykeion; 88 and ee, which are badnbsp;copies of a.a, follow aa with regard to a number of details (as also with regard to thenbsp;ball), but they do not follow which one would expect if had been made by thenbsp;same engraver as aa. The situation seems to me to be clear: aa was made by Phrygillos,nbsp;is an imitation with a false signature, 88 and ee are unsigned copies; it is exactlynbsp;the same company which we have already met a few times.
This conclusion is not only corroborated but even proved by an exceptional phenomenon. The signature of Phrygillos on aa is to the right of the right-hand leg of the chair, a little above the ground; this presently became the normal place of the signature in Terina. It was to be expected now that the $ would appear in the same placenbsp;on ^jS. However, it is inscribed a little higher, but in the place where the $ wasnbsp;inscribed on aa (this is at the same time the place where a subsequent engraver placesnbsp;his signature n), a n is clearly visible in spite of the efforts made to efface it. Conse-
1) Numbered in accordance with Regling Terina Berl. Winckelmannsprogr, 66.
-ocr page 131-119
quently there was first the signature n, which appeared to be wrong, and it was corrected into $. From this it follows incontestably that the $ on this die is a falsenbsp;signature, but it does not prove anything with regard to the genuineness of the 11;nbsp;this letter may be the copyist’s own signature, but the man may also first have beennbsp;mistaken about the name of the engraver whom he imitated.
P(oLYKLEITOS?) IN TeRINA.
The engraver I mentioned just now is a well-known figure in Terina, for more than 30 dies have been signed n. He is also a difficult figure and I hesitate to mentionnbsp;him.
Regling has attributed all the dies inscribed IT to an engraver P—, but von Fritze and Gaebler rightly remarked that in this series of dies at least three hands could benbsp;discerned, and that, as far as the head-sides are concerned, one who cut X, AA, BB,nbsp;CC, DD and HH (the last die is unsigned), another who engraved EE-GG (of whichnbsp;only EE is signed), while the three dies that are obviously the best T VW Ksigned)nbsp;were made by one hand; the remaining three signed head-sides U Y Z seemed to thesenbsp;authors to have been made by other hands again^). This observation is correct, andnbsp;what applied to the obv. also refers to the rev.: there can be no doubt but the diesnbsp;inscribed n have been cut by various hands. The preceding chapter has meanwhilenbsp;taught us that it is not necessary that the example of the two authors must be followednbsp;and the conclusion be drawn that n on that account cannot be a signature. That on thenbsp;contrary the n must necessarily be a signature can be concluded from the fact that itnbsp;cannot be anything else; it cannot be a magistrate’s symbol, because dies with andnbsp;dies without a letter occur alternately; it is not a mark of value, because if it were, thenbsp;$ that also occurs on the staters would also have to be a mark of value: $ and nnbsp;cannot be numbers of series, for in that case, too, the letters would have to occur in annbsp;unbroken series. On the other hand coins of Velia, Pandosia, Thurium and Heracleanbsp;show parallels of such a place of signatures, which for the matter of that are all bynbsp;the same $, Phrygillos ^). Evans has rightly stuck to his opinion that these letters arenbsp;signatures, and he proposes to explain the differences in style, which he admits, in thenbsp;following way; “It is quite possible that in this and in other cases where we have tonbsp;deal with signatures on coins, the initial of a more well-known and artistic engravernbsp;may, under certain circumstances, have been attached to the work of subordinate die-
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;H. V. Fritze — H, Gaebler Nomisma I 1907, 16 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;See above, p. 74 sq.
-ocr page 132-sinkers in the same atelier, perhaps as a kind of official passport. The tendency to adopt such as procedure would be greatest in the later years of an engraver”^); thisnbsp;is about the same thing I have tried to show in the preceding chapter. The reply ofnbsp;von Fritze, who upbraids Evans vehemently, runs as follows: “Mit solchen Phantasie-produkten lasst sich natiirlich alles nach Bedarf erklaren oder ableugnen; da hort ebennbsp;die wissenschaftliche Untersuchung auf und der Roman beginnt”, which is, for him,nbsp;a rather lenient judgment^).
The letter IT is therefore a signature, the dies signed in this manner are by different hands, so that all these signatures arc false, except the chronologically first group. This first group T V W was recognised as obviously the best, consequently it wasnbsp;made by 11. This conclusion, which is not only based on my style criticism, but alsonbsp;on that of von Fritze, Gaebler and Evans, is further also borne out by the fact that thenbsp;aforementioned three dies have the same form of (somewhat slanting, in imitationnbsp;of the #), whereas U has the form Hj (also slanting); the other dies have isoscelesnbsp;and retrograde pi’s, with perhaps a few good imitations in between.
The difficulties referred to occur with the reverses. I shall not try to arrive at a result by means of investigation, for I doubt whether a fairly good result can be obtainednbsp;now. For we cannot rely entirely on Regling’s arrangement of the dies of Terina, becausenbsp;he appears to have committed some inaccuracies®). Such mistakes will exclusively ornbsp;especially occur with the rev., because it is far more difficult to distinguish betweennbsp;these dies than between the obverses. Now Regling and his critics have remarked thatnbsp;in this period two anvils were used side by side in Terina ^); this appears from the waynbsp;in which the dies have been coupled: the loose rev.-dies have now been used on thenbsp;one anvil, now again on the other. If under these circumstances an inaccuracy is committed, it may happen that these rev.-dies arrive at a spot far from their proper placenbsp;in the sequence. Whereas an error in the treatment of the obv. is unlikely and in thisnbsp;case also undangerous, it may confuse the sequence altogether in the case of the rev.nbsp;Here we have to assume, in order to be on the safe side, that it was impossible to fix anbsp;sequence. Consequently I cannot give a judgment supported by arguments, but exclusively a very personal impression.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Evans NC M2, 39.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Von Fritze Nomtsma 9, 1914, 55.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Von Fritze—Gaebler Nomisma I, 19 and note. Regling says that generally speaking thesenbsp;authors are right: Gnomon 1930, 631. It has to be pointed out that No. 73 must be placed immediatelynbsp;after No. 62 or 63, and that No. 74 also belongs to these surroundings. — It is amusing that Fritzenbsp;and Gaebler, too, go in for a considerable inaccuracy: after they have wrongly argued Nom. I, 16nbsp;that R and S should be placed after T—II, they speak, on the next page, about the “geschlossenenbsp;Gruppe R—HH.quot;
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Regling Terina 47, Fritze-Gaebler Nom. I, 18.
-ocr page 133-It seems to me that f (obviously better than lt;a) is by the hand of P., although no signature is inscribed on the die. In this connection it should be remarked that Pj3,nbsp;which was copied on the model of aa (by Phrygillos), bears a great resemblance tonbsp;in details: the right arm with kerykeion, the drapery near the hips, the attitude of thenbsp;whole upper body, the treatment of the wing, the broad base-line; no wonder then thatnbsp;the engraver of ^(3 inscribed the signature n first! Of the subsequent dies jS/S perhapsnbsp;66, but more likely a seem to me to be by the hand of our engraver. Of most of thenbsp;remaining dies the lack of independence and the inferiority of style are obvious at firstnbsp;sight; here, too, we find the isosceles and retrograde signature again. — Certainty cannbsp;only be obtained by a new arrangement of the coins of Terina; the material collected bynbsp;Regling is still available.
Molossos.
Of Thurium we have many dies (not yet arranged) bearing the name of M0A02S02, which is usually, and rightly, taken to be an artist’s signature. Sidney Noe, however,nbsp;thinks that this view should be given up, because the nineteen dies signed by this namenbsp;display considerable stylistic differences^). This observation by Noe I will accept,nbsp;because apparently he has more material at his disposal than I have, but his conclusionnbsp;is not binding, on the contrary perfectly improbable, because the name has all thenbsp;qualities of a signature, and a magistrate’s name would be without an analogy fornbsp;Thurium in this period. Noe also rejects the proof derived by others from a remarkablenbsp;coin^). It is a subaerate stater, i.e., an ancient counterfeit from rough dies. These diesnbsp;are yet clearly reminiscent of the work of Molossos (a compact, round head), but havenbsp;a few deviations; the ethnikon runs ©OTIlIfiN, and below the bull there is the inscription MOAOS[20]S En[o]E[[ in the place where otherwise only Molossosquot; name isnbsp;to be read. This coin cannotj be put on one side merely on account of the fact that itnbsp;is a counterfeit; on the contrary, it shows that the forger who had a coin by Molossosnbsp;as a model looked upon Molossos as a die-engraver. There is not the slightest reasonnbsp;to assume that this forger, who no doubt lived in the same district and at the same time.nbsp;Was wrong; he only wished to make the counterfeit too beautiful.
This coin is a vulgar counterfeit made by a counterfeit coiner, and as such it is
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;S. P. Noe Di'Siaters of Thurium NNM 71, 13 sq.; “That on these nineteen issues wenbsp;have good, bad and indifferent die-cutting within a demonstrably brief period seems support fornbsp;deducing that Molossos was a magistrate rather than an “artistquot;. Could one individual have donenbsp;the same thing in so many different ways?”
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Regling RE XVI (1933), 25 sub 4, Robinson NC 1927, 301, 8, Lloyd 480.
-ocr page 134-out of place in our argument that official issues may bear false signatures^). The piece has, however, only served here to prove that Molossos was indeed a die-engraver.nbsp;If Noe’s remark is correct, and dies of entirely different qualities have actually beennbsp;signed by this name, this also provides a case in which official coins bear false signatures.
Aristoxenos in Metapontum.
Aristoxenos appears as a repairer of at least one die in the Mint of Metapontum. When No. 418 obv. had incurred a considerable injury the die was deepened out andnbsp;touched up (419 obv.), on which occasion the signature API2T...was added to it®).nbsp;Apparently the repairer’s name was Aristoxenos, and he has signed a work which wasnbsp;not entirely his. The same phenomenon occurs with the obv. of 420. and 421, and in thisnbsp;case the hand of the repairer is easily recognised as Aristoxenos’, but there is nonbsp;signature®).nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;'
After these dies there are some that have been cut entirely by the engraver and bear his name: API2T0EE or API2TO;we also know a coin of Heraclea with hisnbsp;signature^). These pieces are stylistically so homogeneous that we obtain a clearnbsp;impression of Aristoxenos’ style. When next we examine the series of Metapontumnbsp;further, we find that 433/4 obv. and 435/6 obv. also bear his signature. Yet these dies,nbsp;which are obvious imitations of 424/7 obv., betray an entirely different hand: thenbsp;relief is flatter and empty, the features are lax, the hairs lack life, the engraving isnbsp;coarser; the dies are of a poor quality and only resemble their model in outwardnbsp;things®). On the other hand they are obviously by the same hand as 437 obv., whichnbsp;is not signed. Our conclusion therefore is that these dies come from a copyist whonbsp;placed a false signature; we then find the same sequence as in Syracuse and Terina:nbsp;signed genuine dies, signed false ones and unsigned false ones.
There is another head-side 439/45 obv. bearing the signature API, which comes from an engraver who is scarcely more than mediocre®). If this is an abbreviationnbsp;which we do not find with Aristoxenos, the engraver of 503/5 obv., who signs APISTI,
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;For the same reason I shall not discuss other similar forgeries.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Noe Metapontum II p. 26; I follow the numbering of this work.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Noe o.c. 27.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Metapontum: Noe o.c. Nos. 422—427 (and 431?); Heraclea: Noe o.c, pi. 33 A, Imhoofnbsp;Bed. Münzblatter 1870, 32 sq.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf. Noe o.c. p, 34: “Some may think the result not so pleasing. The hair treatment isnbsp;much less simple, and there is a consequent lessening of its effectiveness.quot;
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Therefore I cannot share Noe's admiration (o.c. p. 35).
-ocr page 135-commits an error; apparently he has not been able to read the very small letters of Aristoxenos’ signature. The engraver was probably no longer remembered then, fornbsp;as is shown by the numbers there is a very considerable lapse of time between the lastnbsp;dies of Aristoxenos (No. 427 or 431) and this one. This interval makes it impossible tonbsp;consider this as a work by Aristoxenos himself, and the style fully corroborates this.nbsp;However, that it was the engraver’s intention to imitate the pretty little head of 424/7nbsp;obv. is proved by the attitude and the build of the head, both of which do not fit in withnbsp;the surroundings^). An inscription which probably does not make sense accentuatesnbsp;the poor quality of the die“). — Therefore I think I am justified in considering thesenbsp;signatures, too, as false®).
It is a well-known fact that not all artists of good quality sign their work, and conversely that not all those who sign are good artists; Greek vases and coins providenbsp;examples of this. Consequently it is to be imagined that a good engraver has cut a dienbsp;without signing it, that next inferior engravers copy that die and sent their copies intonbsp;the world under false colours in the same way as we have previously stigmatized a fewnbsp;times, that is to say that they provided their copies with the name of the engraver whonbsp;made their model. In such a case the genuine dies will be unsigned, whereas the falsenbsp;ones will be signed. — It is clear that, if we wish to examine whether such cases occur,nbsp;we enter dangerous ground, where there is much scope for arbitrariness, but littlenbsp;chance of meeting anything that can serve as a proof. However, dangers should benbsp;faced, and we must not allow ourselves to be intimidated by them.
Euarchidas.
In Syracuse we find among the tetradrachms a series of four chariot-sides (this time rev.), Tudeer rev. 30—33, the first of which differs from the three others^). Onnbsp;30 the engraver has indicated the line of the belly of the foremost three horses,nbsp;whereas with the other dies the line of the belly of the nearest horse only is visible.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The coins no doubt belong to this place (Noe o.c. p. 48). Noe p. 30 seems to take APInbsp;and APISTI as signatures of another engraver, but on p. 35 he considers API as an abbreviationnbsp;of Aristoxenos. The fact that 503/5 obv., too, is obviously an imitation of a work by Aristoxenos,nbsp;makes my view more probable.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Noe reads SOAT. but the second letter may be a © and the third a A; in any case itnbsp;remains unintelligible.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Noe, who kept to the signatures, has o.c, 36 divided the coins which I call genuine andnbsp;false into two classes in the same way, which in his opinion are separated by an interval,
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;An enlargement of rev, 30*. Brett Victory Issues front,; the best specimen is Lloyd 1383,nbsp;Nav. 14, 122.
-ocr page 136-On rev. 30 the legs are very lively, on the subsequent dies a slight tendency to schematizing is already noticeable, resulting in the dull monotony which begins with rev. 34; the legs on 31—33 are also thinner and lanker than on 30. On 31 the horses have beennbsp;placed too low, so that their knees seem to give under them, the long bodies of 30nbsp;have been lengthened a little on the subsequent dies, the heads are smaller. The chariot-wheel, which has been cut well on rev. 30, with modelled spokes, has become a concavenbsp;disk on 31—33, on which the spokes have been indicated by thin lines only. The figurenbsp;of the charioteer^) is already tall on 30 (in accordance with tradition), but the sizenbsp;becomes more and more gigantic with the subsequent dies. Therefore he has to benbsp;placed along the border here, and represented as bending forward, whereas on rev. 30nbsp;he has a natural attitude and reclines backward. A small detail is the flame of the torch,nbsp;which is far better on the first die than on the others. The relief of rev. 30 is higher andnbsp;livelier. Everyone who examines these dies will, in my opinion, notice how in rev. 30nbsp;the creative genius of a true artist is in evidence, and how poorly the subsequent diesnbsp;contrast with them.
Now rev. 30 is unsigned, and of the three subsequent dies rev. 31 and 33 bear the signature of Euarchidas, in the one case above, in the other case below the exergual-line. The remark might now be made that, although the engraver of 31^—^33 ^) was callednbsp;Euarchidas, the fact remains that 30 is better. This is certainly possible, but therenbsp;remain a few questions to be answered: Why does that Euarchidas only sign 31 andnbsp;33, but why does he not sign the die between them? And why does he not sign in thenbsp;same way both times? For an artist attaches value to inscribing the same signaturenbsp;in the same place as much as possible; we also learn this; from the coins. And is it notnbsp;suspicious that rev. 31—33 simply copy the rev. 30? All the features of rev. 30: thenbsp;special drapery, the attitude of the driver, we find again; the Nike, the position of thenbsp;horses is the same. Is there not the same relation between 30 and 31—33 as betweennbsp;rev. 35 and rev. 41 sq. ®), rev. 49 and 50—51, rev. 58 and 59, rev. 60 and 61—71? Everynbsp;time an engraver of repute (Eukleidas, Parme.) cuts a die, which is imitated by inferiornbsp;engravers. This seems to have been customary in the Syracusan Mint; the dekadrachm-series of Kimon and Euainetos and the Arethosa-tetradrachms present the same image.nbsp;If therefore we here find a model with indubitable imitations, it is obvious that the
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Tudeer p. 151 calls the charioteer female; to me in any case the driver of rev, 30 seemsnbsp;to be male, that of the subsequent dies dubious.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;That these dies at least are not to be separated and must have been made by one handnbsp;was already noticed by Tudeer p, 152.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I may add: rev, 40 and 38—39, for the last two are inferior to rev, 40. Tudeer was unablenbsp;to fix a sequence by means of die-coupling (p, 157), so that one may put rev, 40 in front with asnbsp;much right as he placed it at the back.
-ocr page 137-125
same thing may be assumed, so that rev. 30 is attributed to an artist specially appointed to cut this die, but 31—33 to a copyist, probably an artisan of the Mint. Is it probablenbsp;that the latter should sign, whereas the artist of rev. 30 did not sign? And that he shouldnbsp;sign so inconsistently, in a way which was not inconspicuous on well-struck specimens? — It seems to me that the possibility is great that Euarchidas was the engravernbsp;of rev. 30, and that the copyist, who cut rev. 31—33 placed at false signature.
If this should be the case, the copyist was not entirely without merits, for he rendered the head of the driver three-quarters facing. This feature he will probablynbsp;have derived from the head of Kimon’s Arethosa, which is approximately contemporary with rev. 30^). There is still another copy displaying a similar head, the Arethosa II, which was engraved at the Mint by an engraver of that institution somewherenbsp;between rev. 33 and 34. Is it not possible then that the same engraver first engravednbsp;rev. 30 and next Kimon’s Arethosa? The similarities are slight (the wings of the Nike,nbsp;disk-shaped chariot-^wheel, line of belly with one horse only, the very thin exergual-line), the dissimilarities rather great; nevertheless it does not seem to me to be out ofnbsp;the question, especially if rev. 34, too, should come from the same engraver.
1) Elsewhere, too, copyists derived something from other coins besides their model.
-ocr page 138-CHAPTER IX.
The problem which we touched upon with regard to the coins, arose some time ago in connection with vase-decoration; here, too, some scholars held that vases signednbsp;with lyhad not been made by the artist mentioned by the signature^).
The method of attributing unsigned works of art to anonymous or unanonymous artists by the application of style criticism and a comparison of style was first appliednbsp;by the Italian Morelli to Italian art of the Renaissance-period; since that time it hasnbsp;been used in many domains. Beazley made this method his own where Greek vasesnbsp;were concerned, and has for a long time attained important results with it, which havenbsp;been generally recognised as correct even by his adversaries. Beazley has gone rathernbsp;far and this has not been approved of in all quarters. Pfuhl has sounded a note of warningnbsp;against too consistent application, especially when it came from people who were notnbsp;experts of the standard of Beazley^), but Mayence ®), Lippold, Philippart, and especiallynbsp;Pottier have strongly opposed it.
However, Beazley went even farther: he attached an even greater value to the criterion of style criticism than to the artists’ signatures^). In this way he attributed a kylix bearing the signature of Douris to the Triptolemos-painter, and a pelikenbsp;inscribed ’E^wTsrog ïypx^a-iv to the Kleophrades-painter. However, he was not the firstnbsp;to do this, for Hauser had already denied that another kylix inscribednbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;eypxiptnv
was made by this artist.
It need not be said hat this procedure was severely censured. Lippold is moderate in his judgment: “Bedenklicher ist es, wenn selbst ein ’éypxlt;^ev nichts mehr geiten soil ®):nbsp;yet he adds: „Theoretisch denkbar ist es, dass die Signatur eines beliebten Malersnbsp;nachgeahmt, gefalscht worden ist.” Philippart’s reaction, however, is vehement: “Notre
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The preceding part was nearly finished when the cases of Greek vase-painting came undernbsp;my notice.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;AA 1918, 66.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Mél. Holleaux (1913) 143.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Cf. what P. Durrieu Mon. Piot 21, 1913, 218 says about this in connection with mediaevalnbsp;and modern art,
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;BPhW 46, 1926, 1013.
-ocr page 139-étonnemcnt se change en stupeur, quand l’archéologue anglais, avec un sang-froid que ne troublent pas les protestations les plus véhémentes, décrète que la péliké qui portenbsp;l’inscription Ea-ucTeroe eypo^ipa-iv n’est pas l’oeuvre d’Épiktétos, mais du peintre denbsp;Kléophradès, et que c’est Ie peintre du stamnos G 187 du Louvre qui a décoré la coupenbsp;signée Aoptg typa.fo-tvnbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The objections to which Philippart refers are Pfuhl’s:
“Wenn wir beginnen ohne anderen Grund als die Schwierigkeit der stilistischen Einordnung Malersignaturen fiir antike Falschungen zn erklaren, so untergraben wir dennbsp;Boden, auf dem wir stehen, und geraten in Gefahr, das Schema an die Stelle einer viel-faltigen Wirklichkeit zu setzen” ®).
Pottier deals extensively with this question^): Beazley’s method “est appelée — a rendre d’utiles services, a condition de s’en tenir au role auxiliaire” (p. 177). But: “Onnbsp;arrive — ^— forcément a cette conclusion — —: un vase sans aucune signature paraitnbsp;n’avoir été exécuté ni par le chef de la fabrication, ni par aucun des peintres réputésnbsp;qu’il s’attachait comme collaborateurs. Et si ce vase, outre des qualités remarquables denbsp;facture, offre une ressemblance intime avec une autre oeuvre signée, c'est sans doutenbsp;qu’il est une sorte de copie — —, faite dans I’atelier par un bon ouvrier sans aucunnbsp;mérite que son habileté de main, — — ou bien qu’il a été exécuté au dehors par desnbsp;émules ou des disciples — —” (p. 188 sq.). If he cannot agree to Beazley’s method innbsp;general, he must have none of Beazley’s views regarding the special cases we are goingnbsp;to discuss. Having pointed out that two cups with great mutual differences of stylenbsp;are yet by Douris (at least according to Furtwangler and Pottier himself), he saysnbsp;(p. 190 sq.); “Un obstacle aussi sérieux n’arrête pas M. Beazley, car, après mürenbsp;réflexion, il n’hésite pas a attribuer a un peintre anonyme — — (“Kleophradesmaler”)nbsp;une amphore péliké de Berlin qui porte la signature ’'Exiy.rs.Tog ïypxtpcnv, paree que,nbsp;dit-il, “sie gar nichts Epiktetisches, nur Kleophradisches hat.’’ On ne peut pas poussernbsp;plus loin la confiance dans la méthode morellienne. Mais n’est-ce pas un argumentnbsp;puissant centre cette méthode elle-même? Car si nous devons dire a un peintre grec:nbsp;“Vous avez signé ce vase, mais vous ne nous tromperez pas: il n’est pas de vous!”, quenbsp;devient, dans ces conditions, l’histoire de l’art céramique?” ^). — However, it seems tonbsp;me that the fear of undermining our established knowledge, which fear is also expressednbsp;by Pfuhl, must not be in the way of the investigation of all possibilities that may occur.
Although Pottier quotes Caskey as being averse to Beazley’s ideas, it seems to me
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Rev. de I'Univ. de Bruxelles 32, 1926/7, 105.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;MuZ I (1923), 480 § 518.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Mon. Plot 29, 1927/8, 174 sq.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In Douris^ (1923) 12 he expresses the same opinion that the signature with ‘éyfa'psv is the onlynbsp;but certain basis of our knowledge.
-ocr page 140-that Caskey docs not entirely dissent from them; “No one — — will be disposed to question, except in detail, the matured judgments recorded here or the method bynbsp;which they have been attained. The reader will do well to keep an open mind evennbsp;when he sees a vase signed by Epiktetos attributed to the Kleophrades painter — —.nbsp;Fortunately such knotty problems are rare”^). As regards the Berlin cup bearingnbsp;Douris’ signature Buschor agrees with Beazley ®), Merlin ®) and Dugas *) do not expressnbsp;an opinion regarding these special questions, but express their approval of Beazley’snbsp;method. Langlotz has, in principle, no objections®), while Fr. Poulsen accepts, it isnbsp;true, the result of Beazley’s style criticism with regard to the case of Douris, but stillnbsp;does not take the signature to be false®); however, in other cases he does not agreenbsp;wih Beazley: “Wie soil aber dieser Maler (sc. der Kleophradesmaler), der nie seinennbsp;Namen nennt, auf die Idee verfallen sein dieses einzige Mai zu signieren und dabei dienbsp;Signatur eines alten Genossen zu falschen? Das ware im Stil des modernen Gemalde-handels, nicht altattische Weise”. Afterwards Kraiker, Miss Richter, D. M. Robinsonnbsp;and Miss Freeman '^)_ accepted the results of Bcazley’s style criticism with regard tonbsp;a few of these special cases: Scheurleer mentions the cases, but reserves his judgment®).
This series of quotations, giving the opinions of leading connoisseurs, was necessary because exactly in the domain of style criticism a too subjective view is easily putnbsp;forward: the guidance of others by way of check is necessary here. In the above wenbsp;have seen that Beazley is not without any adherents, but has been supported by severalnbsp;prominent connoisseurs. Therefore the question posed by him, and by Hauser, shouldnbsp;be seriously dealt with. This docs not mean that I shall presume to give an opinion innbsp;matters of style criticism, for or against connoisseurs like those mentioned, for Inbsp;lack the wide experience which is necessary for that. I only wish to examine, takingnbsp;as my starting-point the results based on style criticism attained by them, in how farnbsp;there is a possibility or even probability that a case of false signatures occurs suchnbsp;as I think I have proved to exist with regard to the coins.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;L. D. C(askey) ]HS 47, 1927, 161.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In Beazly AV 151.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A, Merlin Joarn. des Sav. 1926, 228 sq.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Ch. Dugas REG 39, 1926, 371 sq. and REA 39, 1937, 185 sq.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;E. Langlotz Gnomon 4, 1928, 325,
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Aus einer alien Etruskecstadt Hist.-Filol, Medd, Kgl. Danske Vidensk, Selsk. XII 3nbsp;(1927) 18 sq,
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;In studies to be quoted later. The latter two express their opinion AJA 1936, 226 thatnbsp;vases could be supposititious.
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Gr. Ceramiek (1936), 14, 86, 94.
-ocr page 141-129
Epiktetos.
In his article on the Kleophrades-painter Beazley also speaks about a pelike in Berlin signed ’E^wreroi; sypaipa-iv (Fw. 2170), “which shows the influence of
Kleophrades ......... The ears, the wrist-lines, the heads and proportions recall
Kleophrades. Epiktetos, who came under the influence of Douris in his later years must also have been brought into close relation with Kleophrades”^). Afterwards he wentnbsp;farther and denied altogether that Epiktetos made it: “Trctz der Inschrift reihe ichnbsp;diese Vase unter den Werken des Kleophradesmalers ein. Vorsichtiger ware esnbsp;gewesen, auf meiner friiheren Meinung bestehen zu scheinen, dass sie eine Nachahmungnbsp;des Kleophradesmalers von Epiktetos sei; doch hat mich erneute Untersuchung iiber-zeugt, dass sie gar nichts Epiktetisches, nur Kleophradisches hat, und dass es unlogischnbsp;ware, sie von den Spatwerken des Kleophradesmalers irgendwie loszureissenquot; ^). “Onnbsp;ne peut pas pousser plus loin la confiance dans la méthode morellienne”, Pottier exclaimsnbsp;in bewilderment ^).
Others had also given their opinion about this: Lippoldquot;*), who, as we have seen, does not agree with Beazley’s far-going method, takes the pelike in question to benbsp;Epictetic: “Hier handelt es sich um ein einzelnes schwaches Stiick”; Philippart saysnbsp;something of the same purport, though in more pointed words, Caskey, however, isnbsp;not unsympathetic towards it, Fr. Poulsen rejects Beazley’s attribution®). Langlotz,nbsp;though in principle accepting the possiÉility of false signatures, combats Beazley’s view:nbsp;“Die Pelike in Berlin — von Arbeiten des Kleophradesmalers in der Glaukonzeitnbsp;stilistisch freilich kaum zu trennen — ist zu unrecht aus der Liste gestrichen worden.nbsp;Die Signatur kann nicht als Falschung angezweifelt werden, denn in der Glaukonzeitnbsp;war Epiktet ein alter Mann, so dass es um -170 kein Anreiz zum Kauf war, wenn einenbsp;Amphora mit dem Namen des fast ein halbes Jahrhundert vorher geschatzten Zeichnersnbsp;von gewinnsiichtiger Hand signiert wurde”®). To Langlotz’ question whether annbsp;accurate parallel of this pelike can be found among the vases of the Kleophrades-painter, Beazley JHS 1929, 110 replies with a reference to a pelike in Copenhagen CVAnbsp;III 1, pi. 133 ’^). Kraiker, in his article on the vases of Epiktetos, places the Berlin pelike
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;JHS 1910, 61. The same is said, with great emphasis, by Pfuhl MuZ I 418,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;AV (1925), 71 No. 23.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Mon. Piot 1927/8, 191.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;BPhW 1926, 1013,
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Aus e. alten Eiraskerst. 19.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Gnomon 4, 1928, 325. He also attributes the vase to Epiktetos in Graef-Langlotz Akropolis-oasen II (1929) 7 No. 68.
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;They can be compared best in AJA 1936, 113/4.
9
-ocr page 142-130
among the “problematische” pieces^); he thinks that it is impossible to identify the painter of the pelike with the well-known Epiktetos on account of chronologicalnbsp;grounds. “Die Datierung der Berliner Pelike in die siebziger Jahre des 5. Jahrh. wirdnbsp;allgemein gebilligt; da war der Schalenmaler Epiktetos, der seine Spatwerke um dienbsp;Jahrhundertwende selbst nur noch mit s7roiy)crsv signierte ohne seinen Namen zu nennen,nbsp;schon langst tot und sicherlich ganz und gar vergessen.” Neugebauer places the pelikenbsp;among the late works of the well-known Epiktetos^).
Beazley himself has maintained his opinion, and in 1933 he mentions the vase in question among “eine Gruppe von sehr spaten Vasen (des Kleophradesmalers), vonnbsp;denen einige Zeichen der Ermüdung zeigen”; he refrains from further discussion sonbsp;as to give Miss Richter an opportunity to give her opinion about it. She does so innbsp;her article on the Kleophrades-painter, in which she summarily disentitles the well-known Epiktetos from the Berlin pelike and attributes it to the Kleophrades-painter^).nbsp;Apparently she finds the same solution which Poulsen and Kraiker had previouslynbsp;given: the vase is the work of the Kleophrades-painter, it bears the ancient signaturenbsp;’Ea-iWeTo? eypaipa-sv, consequently the Kleophrades-painter, too, is called Epiktetosnbsp;(Epiktetos II) ®).
It is indeed hardly to be denied, i^ we compare the pelike in question signed by Epiktetos with the pelike at Copenhagen, which has been attributed to the Kleophrades-painter, that the vases are by the same hand. The standing women are all but identicalnbsp;and arc perfectly different from the few standing women’s figures which occur on thenbsp;vases signed by Epiktetos®). Nevertheless there is the inscription ’ETriarsTog eypxtpa-sunbsp;on both sides of the pelike in letters looking very much like those which Epiktetosnbsp;usually employs. When Epiktetos wishes to have part of his signature on both sidesnbsp;of a vase he ins.cribes his name on the one side and the word ïypafa-iv on thenbsp;other. A full signature on both sides perhaps occurs once more only. This vase, annbsp;amphora in Vienna^), has on both sides an athlete, both of them with one leg innbsp;front and one seen in profile, a position which does not occur with Epiktetos, but isnbsp;a favourite one with the Kleophrades-painter®). This painter is also suggested by the
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;}dl 44, 1929, 195 n. 1,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Führer II (1932) 116: “Miides Spatwerk des Meisters.quot;
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Kleophrades-Maler (1933) p, 16 and p. 24 No. 24,
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A]A 1936, 112 sq., Red-figured Eases in the Metr. Mus. (1936) 35,
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Dugas REA 39, 1937, 188 fully agrees to it, as also D. M. Robinson and S. Freeman AJAnbsp;1936, 227.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hoppin Rf. Vases 311, 313.
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Beazley AV 28 No. 50, Hoppin Rf. Vases 334, Arch.-Epigr. Mitt. V 1881, pi, IV, v. Liickennbsp;Gr. Vasenbilder in Wien pi. 83/4, Pfuhl MuZ 331.
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Beazley Kleophrades-Maler pi. 7, 16, 18a, 21a, b, 27, 28, 29b, c, 32b.
-ocr page 143-characteristic whiskers, the collar bones, which have been clearly indicated, but which have not been indicated on Epiktetos’ signed vases, the shape of the ear, the treatmentnbsp;of the belly, the stylizing of the pubic hair, and also the whole stature of thenbsp;figures, which is heavier than with Epiktetos. Besides the hair has been separated fromnbsp;the background by an engraved line^), which is characteristic of the early Kleophrades-painter. Therefore Miss Richter has rightly attributed the amphora to this painter’^),nbsp;after the hesitations of Kraiker ®). But now it is the signatures again which have becomenbsp;dubious, for the original reading of Klein has been questioned^); the signature on thenbsp;reproductions is indeed not to be read unless with much good will. Therefore it remainsnbsp;dubious whether this vase is a perfect parallel of the Berlin pelike; at any rate it cannotnbsp;be considered as an exception to the rule that Epiktetos inscribes his signature onlynbsp;once on each vase.
Miss Richter thought, as we have seen, that the fact that a vase of the Kleophra-deS'painter bore the name of Epiktetos proved that this painter was also called Epiktetos. This conclusion is perfectly logical, but the writer herself raises an objection against it:nbsp;“But if the Kleophrades-Painter was named Epiktetos, why did he sign only one miserable specimen instead of putting his name proudly on his best iworks?quot; ®) Her replynbsp;that other painters, too, evinced inexplicable inconsistency, cannot satisfy us. I shouldnbsp;prefer the reply that a painter will mostly not sign his work before he has made a namenbsp;for himself; for many painters this moment will not arrive before they have passed theirnbsp;floruit^). However, this does not explain why suddenly each of the two sides of thenbsp;rather insignificant vase had to be signed. This resembles the double signature of thenbsp;pseudo-Kimonian die y and the conspicuous way of signing on other spurious coins.nbsp;Therefore I should be inclined to consider this signature, too, as false, ifnbsp;really refers to the painting of the vase. Against this view Miss Richter has also raisednbsp;an objection: “The theory of an ancient forgery is not tenable, for in that case wenbsp;should expect some attempt at imitating the style of Epiktetos” ’'). I am afraid that thenbsp;learned writer thinks too much of the refined modern forgeries. On the contrary, innbsp;the case of the coins we could observe that the copyists certainly imitated a number of
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;R. Schneider Arch.-Epigr. Mitt. V, 140.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;G. Richter A]A 1936, 109.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Kraiker Jdl 44, 1929, 195 n. 1 “problematischquot;.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;G, Richter o.c. 112, She refers to a study by J. den Tex, which was then in preparation;nbsp;be just mentions the vase in Ass. G. Badé, Congcès de Nice 1935, 129; “une amphore faussementnbsp;attribuée a Epictetos et qu'il faut rendre au peintre de Kléophradès”; see den Tex AM 1937, 38 sq.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;L.C. 115.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;It is generally accepted that the pelike is a late work of the Kleophrades-painter.
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;L.C. 112.
-ocr page 144-details of the image, but were unable to render the style, or perhaps did not attempt to do so. Nor is the interval between the two painters large enough to’ be an objection: Epiktetos signed till the early part of the fifth century, the pelike is dated betweennbsp;480 and 470, when Epiktetos was no doubt still remembered. Another possibility isnbsp;that the vase was made to replace a genuine pelike of the painter, and that the signaturenbsp;was inscribed at the request of the person who had ordered the vase.
Douris.
In 1918 Beazley struck a Berlin kylix bearing the signature Aopt^ eypxtpcrev i)
off the list of Douris’ works: “I cannot accept the signature ...... The signature must
be either a modern or an ancient forgery”, and he pointed out that the cup rather fitted in with the work of the Triptolemos-painter . This was followed by the condemnation by Pfuhl mentioned above, after which Beazley placed the vase resolutely undernbsp;the Triptolemos-painter .
The opinions of a number of experts with regard to this procedure have been quoted above. It is to be noticed that Buschor, who at firstattributed the vase tonbsp;Douris, has adopted Beazley’s opinion®). Pottier neither mentions this case in hisnbsp;Douris nor in Mon. Piot. 29, but it stands to reason that he is against this method. Nonbsp;more can Lippold agree to Beazley’s attribution: “Leider hat sich jetzt auch Buschornbsp;bestimmen lassen, die Berliner Schale trotz der auch ganz in Duris’ Art geschriebenennbsp;Signatur dem Meister abzusprechen. Dabei handelt es sich nicht um eine schlechtenbsp;Nachahmung, die durch eine gefalschte Signatur hatte empfohlen werden müssen,nbsp;sondern um ein treffliches, des Duris durchaus wiirdiges Stiick”®). It is amusing tonbsp;observe how subjective the opinion is when after this we read Langlotz’ opinion regarding the vase: “Sie stammt aus der Zeit, in der Duris den Markt mit seinen Schalennbsp;überschwemmte. Da konnte leicht ein Handler auf den Gedanken kommen, eine Schale,nbsp;die ein höchst mittelmassiger Zeichner um 480 bemalt hatte, einem Etrusker als eigenhandige Arbeit des begehrten Kiinstlers zu verkaufen”’). Fr. Poulsen®) holds on thenbsp;one hand that the vase was decorated by the Triptolemos-painter, on the other hand (on
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Furtwangler 2286; ]dl 31, 1916 pi. II; Pfuhl MuZ fig. 465.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;VA 98 n. 1, cf, ]HS 1919, 85.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;AV 153, 15.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Jdl 1916, 74 sq.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Beazley AV 151, Poulsen Etvuskerstadt 18.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;BPhW 1926, 1014.
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Gnomon 4, 1928, 325.
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;He wrongly gives the credit of this conclusion to Lippold; Poulsen Efmskerstadt 18 sq,
-ocr page 145-the ground of an investigation of Zahn) that the signature is ancient, and draws the logical conclusion that Douris and the Triptolemos-painter are identical. I do not knownbsp;on what grounds D. M. Robinson and Miss Freeman speak in passing about twonbsp;painters Douris^), for Poulsen sticks to one Douris. Neugebauer attributes the vase tonbsp;Douris without any comment^).
Let us now examine the vase. — I do not wish to go in for style criticism, but I, too, think that it is obvious that the vase belongs to the Triptolemos-painteri and mustnbsp;have been painted by him®). As it is really not possible to identify this painter withnbsp;Douris because of the great difference in style, a second Douris might be assumed,nbsp;as was indeed proposed. But against this it may be alleged that the painter uses typesnbsp;of letters in his signature (especially the A ) which, although they do not exclusivelynbsp;occur with Douris^), are yet rare enough to be characteristic of his signature®). Is itnbsp;likely that there were two vase-painters Douris at about the same time in Athens, whonbsp;employed the same unusual type of letter? This seems to be very unlikely in that smallnbsp;community of the Kerameikos. Therefore the possibility should certainly be kept innbsp;view, taking for granted that the signature refers to the painter, that this is a case ofnbsp;deliberate imitation. The irregular writing of the signature, entirely contrary to Douris’nbsp;own signatures, is another indication of this.
In 1904 Furtwangler dealt in detail with two Vienna cups bearing Douris’ signature, which apparently were pendants®). “Die beiden Schalen sind vollstandig ver-schieden in der ganzen zeichnerischen Manier, sodass man sie niemals demselben Maler zuschreiben wiirde, wenn sie nicht signiert waren” ^). Pottier agrees to this®). “Ohnenbsp;Zweifel ist die Weise von (FR 54) die fortgeschrittenere, die von archaischem Wesennbsp;fernere, diejenige, in deren Richtung sich die weitere Entwicklung der Malerei voll-zogen hat. Ferner ist sicher, dass alle die Eigenschaften, die (FR 54) charakteri-sieren, eben diejenigen sind, die wir an der Mehrzahl der signierten Werke des Durisnbsp;wiederfinden, dass wir also den Ausdruck des personlichen Stiles des Duris haben,
oder wenigstens denjenigen, den er in alien erhaltenen Werken seiner reifen Epoche......
festgehalten hat. ^ Dann ist der vollstandig verschiedene Stil von (FR 53) eben' nicht
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;AJA 1936, 227.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Führer 106.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;For the decoration of the drapery with dots he followed the Brygos-painter.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Schede AM 1919, 2, Pfuhl MuZ 481.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Although he also uses the A (especially at first),
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;FR I pi. 53, Masner 324, Pfuhl MuZ 459, 460, 463; FR pi, 54, Masner 325, Pfuhl MuZ 455/6,
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;FR I p. 268.
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Mon. Piot 1927/8, 190, Douris^ 100.
-ocr page 146-134
der des Duris, sondern der eines andern. Wir habcn bereits angedcutet wcssen; es ist der Stil des „Panaitios-Meisters”. Allein die Signatur Aoüptg (ypa.'i^ev haben wir keinnbsp;Recht Lügen zu strafen”^). Such opinions had already been expressed by P. J.nbsp;Meier and Hartwig®), who suggested the influence of Euphronios.
Later on Hauser likewise weighed the differences in style and technique against the similarity of signature, also on the ground of the other data provided by the publication in FR, with the result that he denied the worth of signatures. “Die Konsequenznbsp;aus dieser Wahrnehmung wiegt sehr schwer fiir die Gcschichte der Vasenmalerei; esnbsp;wiirde bedeuten, dass auch die Signatur keinen geniigenden Anhalt zur Feststellungnbsp;des Urhebers bietet. Zu konstatieren vermag ich zwar diese Schwierigkeit, kann sienbsp;aber nicht lösen”^). It stands to reason that Pottier repudiates this conclusion, whichnbsp;“ajouterait encore a nos incertitudes sur I’attribution des oeuvres a des auteurs déter-minés”®). Pottier himself has made two attempts at an explanation: at first he heldnbsp;that the differences were based on the difference between a “first” and a “secondnbsp;manner”®), but, apparently for reasons of chronology’^), returned to Furtwangler’snbsp;explanation that we have; to deal with a difference in models used by Douris ®).
H. Frucht explicitly says that he sees a chronological difference between the two vases®), but still he does not seem to be able to give up the idea that they belongnbsp;together, for on the next page, in considering a historical development, he mentionsnbsp;them in the same breath again ^'®). Buschor gives a detailed argument of the samenbsp;tenor ^^). Pfuhl, too, emphasizes the wide difference in style, and considers FR 53 as
“das alteste, noch ganz unselbstandige Friihwerk ...... mit ihren Verzeichnungen und
Plumpheiten”, while the other kylix is a beautiful piece of a later date; the opinion that they are pendants is exploded, he thinks ^^).
After Hoppin“) has attributed the vases to Douris without quoting Hauser’s article, Beazley follows suit. The latter scholar separates the vases and apparently
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;FR I p. 269 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Arch. Zeitung 41, 1883, 24 sq.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Meister schalen (1893), 216 sq.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;BPhW 24, 1904, 1236 sq.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Mon. Piot 1927/8, 190 n. 2.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Douris ® 100 (from the first edition).
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hauser BPhW 26, 1906, 403 sq. had meanwhile pointed this out.
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Douris ® 125 (addition in the third edition)/
9) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;H. Frucht Die signierten Gefasse des Duris Diss. Munich 1914, 32 sq., 72.
10) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Windisch BPhW 1915, 1447, too, finds fault with this. For the rest he also emphasizes thenbsp;chronological difference.
11) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Jdl 1916, 76 sq.
12) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pfuhl MuZ I 477 sq. § 514.
13) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Rf. Vases I 266, 269.
-ocr page 147-holds that there is an interval between them ^). Lippold raises objections against this, but at the same time he adopts Furtwangler’s explanation that “Duris absichtlich ver-schiedene Manieren gleichsam gegeniibergestellt hat”“). As we have seen Pottier, too,nbsp;had relinquished the chronological difference.
That there is a great difference between the vases is obvious. Now it is possible that the same painter, in this case Douris, as appears from the signatures, painted thenbsp;two vases with a long interval between them; this is the solution which is at presentnbsp;often chosen, in imitation of Frucht and Buschor. But it clashes with the assurancesnbsp;given by Reichhold®) saying that the vases must decidedly have been made simultaneously. To prove this he alleged that the vases have nearly the same shape and thenbsp;same size. Both he and Buschor, who noticed differences'‘), are right, but, judging fromnbsp;the data supplied in FR, the differences are so slight that they can be neglected: evennbsp;if one and the same potter makes two cups the one immediately after the other theynbsp;will have noticeable differences of shape. This is characteristic of handwork, only anbsp;machine or a mould can produce two uniform objects. That the “Lagerring” has anbsp;diameter of 22 cm with both cups, need not be an indication that they were fired atnbsp;the same time, for the circumstance that both of them bear the name of Python as anbsp;potter provides a sufficient explanation®). Further Reichhold asserts that both cupsnbsp;have been fired extraordinarily lightly, and draws the conclusion that they were in thenbsp;oven at the same time. This does not prove anything either, for there are more vasesnbsp;that have been fired lightly; Reichhold himself gives instances.
Although none of the arguments alleged may prove anything individually, collectively they support Reichhold’s conclusion. For it would be an extreme case of chance if two cups, both signed Aoptq sypixipa-sv and on the foot UóSov, both of approximately the same shape, both exceptionally lightly fired, and probably having the samenbsp;èo/oj-inscriptions ®), were chronologically so wide apart as is often assumed. Besidesnbsp;they are more or less pendants: a two-figure image as a medallion showing nearly thenbsp;same attitude of the figures, and having the same continuous border of palmettes. Thisnbsp;border, however, goes in opposite directions on the vases, just as the signature ofnbsp;Python goes' to the right on the one, to the left on' the other. This, too, suggests pen-
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;AV 200 Nos. 9 (FR 53) and 20 (FR 54).
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;BP/iW 46, 1926, 1014.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;PR I p. 275.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Jdl 1916, 77.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;If the term “Lagerringquot; is correct, which is probably not the case: G. Richter Graft of Afft.nbsp;Pottery 46, A]A 1932, 85, 7?f. Athenian Vases p, XLII n, 105,
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;FR 53: ho Treth; xuKói. [____]t7o; xxhói-, FR 54: ho votlq xagt;,ólt;;. Xaifiéo-Tpx[roi;] xicXé?.
-ocr page 148-dants, for although pendants are sometimes replicas^), they also give nearly the same representations in opposite directions; instances of this are cup-fragments, and that bynbsp;the hand of Douris^). If the representations themselves cause us to surmise that thenbsp;vases were made to form a set, the fact that they come from the Castellani collection,nbsp;and that both of them come from Caere, makes it acceptable that they were also foundnbsp;in the same tomb. — All these considerations make it highly probable if not certainnbsp;that the two cups were made as counterparts and at the same time, in the atelier ofnbsp;Python. If this is assumed, every chronological difference has disappeared.
Have we accordingly to assume that Douris has “absichtlich verschiedene Manieren gleichsam gegeniibergestellt”, as Lippold thought? The reply to this was given by Buschor: “Diese exakte Zuriickschraubung des Stils, unvereinbar mit allem, wasnbsp;wir vom künstlerischen Schaffen der griechischen Frühzeit wissen, ist durch die (sc.nbsp;von Furtwangler) vorgebrachten Griinde eher widerlegt als bewiesen worden”®). Innbsp;fact no painter who could make such a magnificent cup as FR 54 is likely to paint atnbsp;the same time the anything but admirable product which FR 53 is, and besides to applynbsp;another technique for the purpose.
Thus we have arrived at the conclusion that the two cups are contemporary, and that they cannot have been made by the same hand; consequently FR 53, in whichnbsp;foreign elements were discerned, has not been painted by Douris, and the signature,nbsp;if it refers to the painter, is false. In fact the signature has not a trace of the regularitynbsp;of the decorative signature characterising FR 54, but it has the carelessness which wenbsp;noticed with the aforementioned Berlin cup.
After all this state of things is perfectly understandable. For if any one ordered a pair of cups and these cups had to be delivered within a specified short time, it wasnbsp;necessary to make them in one firing. Even if there was no hurry a set of vases willnbsp;preferably have been fired together so as to obtain similarity. In such a case the painternbsp;will not have painted the one vase first and then the other, for a painted vase cannotnbsp;wait so long without the wet paint beginning to run^). One cannot form a idea of thisnbsp;unless one assumes that, when such a set of vases had to be made, the master-painter
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The cup of Aristophanes and its copy: FR pi, 128/9, the stamnoi of Hermonax: Hoppin R{.nbsp;Vases II 20 and 22; each pair was found in the same grave; further the lekythoi CVA Oxford 1 pi.nbsp;XXXIII 3 and 4, and CVA Athens III Jd pi. 10; cf. Scheurleer Gr. Ceramiek 106 bottom, v. Mercklinnbsp;RM 1923/4, 105 n, 2, Beazley CVA Oxford 2 ad pi, 60, 1—4,
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Berlin. Furtwangler 2283, 2284, Hoppin Rf. Vases 210, 212; both vases come from Vulci; thenbsp;Arafos-names do not seem to be the same,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;]dl 1916, 77.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;On the running of paint see: Hussong Technik der atf. Gefasskeramik Diss, Heidelbergnbsp;1930, 55,
-ocr page 149-decorated one himself but had the other made by a less well-known colleague or an apprentice. It all depended on the ability of the second painter or on the instructions henbsp;got, whether the result was a replica or independent decoration showing some similarity.nbsp;There was also a possibility that the second painter was superior to the first, whonbsp;signed; Aristophanes had that misfortune. In such cases it may safely be assumed thatnbsp;only the first painter signed, the second, to whom the counterpart was given, did notnbsp;sign, or he placed the signature of the first painter, whose instructions he followed. I donbsp;not think that such a state of things is so improbable that we should discard it; on thenbsp;contrary the two Vienna cups seem to me to give all but certain indications.
There is a group of seven lekythoi, which bear the name of Douris, but have a style which can hardly be reconciled with Douris’ other works. Hence there are different opinions about the attribution of these.
The first specimen that was known, which was attributed to Douris by Tsountas ^), was resolutely taken away from him by Klein ^). Pottier defended the authenticitynbsp;of the signature®), as did Hartwig^). Rhomaios has hardly entertained any suspicion®), and Hoppin places them (the number had meanwhile been enlarged) amongnbsp;Douris’ works with the note: “the view (sc. that they are genuine) seems to have goodnbsp;reason... reasonable doubt whether they should be classed as signed vases” ®). Fruchtnbsp;apparently wished to avoid this question, and did not deal with it'^). Pottier holds laternbsp;on®) that the vases are genuine, but apparently was not so sure of it as to incorporatenbsp;them into his book. Perrot thinks that attribution to Douris himself is an establishednbsp;fact®). As was to be expected Beazley places the lekythoi under the heading “dennbsp;Werken des Duris verwandt” ^®), Lippold on the other hand thinks they are “fliichtigenbsp;Parerga”^^). The different explanation of Orsi, who thinks that they are works of
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Arch. Eph. 1886 pi. 4, p. 39 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Meistersign. (1887) 150: “hat nichts/ mit ihm zu thun”,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Gaz. Arch. 1888, 174.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Meistersch. (1893) 228.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Eph. Arch. 1907, 219 sq.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hoppin Rt. Vases I 208 sq., 270 note (to Berlin 4838, Hoppin 221 the doubt apparently doesnbsp;not apply).
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Frucht o.c. 10. Windisch BPhW 1915, 1446, also blames him for this; he speaks of “Gefasse,
die stilistisch den Schalen usw. mit der Signatur nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;sypa(pa-£v so nahe stehen und den Namen Aop;;
in den fiir Duris charakteristischen Buchstabenformen tragen.quot;
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pottier Douris ^ 125.
9) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Perrot-Chipiez Hist, de I’Art X (1919) 524: “il n'y a pas lieu de persister dans cette négationquot;,
10) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;AV 210; in JHS 1919, 86 he is doubtful: “They may or may not be by Dourisquot;.
11) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;BPhW 1926, 1014; the same opinion is held by S. Papaspyridi CVA Athènes III Ic pi. 10, 1 sq.:nbsp;‘trés superficielles, mais dessinées de la main exercée du grand maitre.
-ocr page 150-Douris as a beginner, because lekythoi arc very suitable for such first attempts according to him^), is certainly erroneous, as they are younger than most vases of the painter.
It is worth while hearing Pfuhl, who on other occasions is against any disclaiming of signature, disentitling these vases from Douris; “Ohne diesen Namen (sc. Doris)nbsp;hatte niemand daran gedacht, die wenig fein gezeichneten Bilder dem Duris zuzuweisen.nbsp;Die Beriihrungspunkte geniigen zur Not, um die Lekythen als Erzeugnisse „schwachernbsp;Stunden” des Duris zu betrachten^), naher liegt jedoch die Annahme, dass es Werkenbsp;eines Gesellen sind, der Duris palaographisch und stilistisch folgte; der Name ohnenbsp;Verbum ware dann als Töpfersignatur wie der des Python zu betrachten” ®). However,nbsp;as the lekythoi are “erheblich fortgeschrittencrquot; than the kantharos of Douris, henbsp;arrives, in imitation of Buschor, at the curious construction that Douris was first anbsp;painter, then a potter, next a painter again, and then a potter once more.
This construction becomes even more singular if the aryballos inscribed Aopig kwoiYia-zv, which would have to be considered as contemporary with the Eos-cupquot;*), isnbsp;inserted, and if also the cups in Athens®) and in the Warren coll.®), inscribed adoptnbsp;and Anpig respectively, as also the lekythoi, are considered to be products of Douris asnbsp;possessor of an atelier of his own. If so, it would appear that Douris had an atelier ofnbsp;his own perhaps three or four times to become a wage-earner subsequently, whilenbsp;besides he frequently had a new employer, but occasionally returned to one of hisnbsp;former employers, too. Again, as an owner he would have changed his signature fromnbsp;time to time: on the kantharos with lypcttpa-tv and kwobritrtv in two separate signatures,nbsp;on the aryballos merely with kxoiria-sv, on the lekythoi and the cup with his namenbsp;without any addition in the representation itself; and the word adopt on the Athensnbsp;cup remains unexplained. Besides it should be remembered that the evidence whichnbsp;has come to us is fragmentary.
Such a career would indeed be singular, but still imaginable in the case of an artist who had no success. Douris, however, strongly gives the impression of having
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Symbolae in hon. J. de Petra (1911) 73 sq.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;This opinion is expressed (with some reserve) by Buschor ]dl 1916, 74.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pfuhl MuZ I 476 § 511. So he does not consider the signature to be false. Similarly 480 “in dernbsp;Spatzeit, vermutlich von Gesellenhandquot;, 482 “fiir Duris selbst entschieden zu grob gezeichnet, zeigennbsp;doch seinen Einfluss, und zwar seines spateren Stiles, besonders deutlichquot;.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Athens NM 15375, S. Papaspyridi-N. Kyparisses Arch. Deltion XI 1927/8 (1930) 91 sq,, 101;nbsp;AA 1928, 571, Beazley BSA 29, 1927/8, 205 No. 8; G. Richter-M. Milne Shapes and Names (1935) fig.nbsp;106, It is inscribed ’Atraz-aSaiptu he f.syvSoi, but the modern archaeologists think they know better.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;NM 1666, eVA III I c pi. 4 sq. ]HS 10, 1889 pi. I, Arch. Deltion XI 1927/8, 100, 101.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Beazley VA 86 fig, 54, Hoppin R[, Vases I 425, 51; cf. Beazly JHS 1919, 82 sq.: does thenbsp;name refer to the skyphos?
-ocr page 151-been very successful; it was the fashion to buy his vases ^). In view of this the result of style criticism becomes an absurd structure of hypotheses. Besides the number ofnbsp;vases signed by Douris or attributed to him has become unpleasantly great, probablynbsp;over 150®). The work of some other painters has come down to us sparsely: how manynbsp;vases must Douris have made then?
Judging thus externally it would seem that the work of Douris needs a good deal of weeding. We have already seen that the Berlin cup and one of the Vienna cups hadnbsp;better be struck off the list of Douris’ work. The vases signed A6pi^ s^otria-Bv or onlynbsp;Aopip need not be his and have not been attributed to him generally. The aryballosnbsp;only, a rather superficial work, which differs from Douris' vases in several respects,nbsp;has been attributed to him, in all probability wrongly®), for why would he not havenbsp;signed with sypaij^su at the same time?
The lekythoi which bear the name of Douris in the representation itself are certainly not his^); it is slovenly work, which is contemporary with Douris’ last vases or younger. What then is the meaning of that name? It may be the potter’s signature,nbsp;just as Python, too, only had his name on the vase ®). But the two cups which, althoughnbsp;of a noticeably superior quality, can hardly be attributed to Douris, and likewise bearnbsp;the name in the representation itself, as well as the lekythoi have the name in the typenbsp;of letter which is characteristic of Douris; the inscription on the Athens cup can hardlynbsp;be anything but an invocation ugt; Aoüpc ®).
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Langlotz Gnomon 4, 1928, 325.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Beazley AV mentions 133, to which are added the seven lekythoi and other vases disentitlednbsp;from Douris or attributed to him.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The differences lie in the wings, eyes, hands, and in the musculature which is overdone innbsp;view of the fact that the figures are hovering. A comparison with the Eos-cup is certainly justified;nbsp;the mantle of the Alexander of the cup is externally almost entirely the same as that of the middlenbsp;figure on the aryballos, but the differences are characteristic: on the cup the thickness of the cloth hasnbsp;been rendered on the shoulders, the folds are regular other than with the aryballos, which seemsnbsp;to evince a later treatment, On both vases the muscles have been rendered very extensively, but onnbsp;the aryballos they are also in evidence everywhere in the contours of the limbs, which seldom occursnbsp;elsewhere and if it does, in a far smaller degree. The bold lines, which arc visible on the aryballosnbsp;at the right upper leg of the middle figure and as an inner marking in the right lower leg of thenbsp;hovering figure to the left (cf. the left leg of Memnon) do not occur elsewhere with Douris, Thenbsp;heavy chins, the slanting mouths, the hair and the careless drawing connect the aryballos with thenbsp;lekythoi signed Aöp/c (especially Hoppin 272) rather than with the other vases bearing his name.nbsp;Besides the very large R in the signature of the aryballos does not occur Tn any other signature ofnbsp;the painter.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;It should be noticed how in this case the dot of the f\ is put far below.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;On the vase signed by Myson with ’fypainv and moltiirev (Graef-Langlotz Akropolisvasennbsp;II 2, 608 pi. 72) Rhomaios and Pottier Mon. Piot 1927/8, 183 sq. wrongly read the single name Mwironbsp;on the step of the altar; if there are letters at all they do not make sense (Graef-Langlotz l.c.).
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Sauer in Thieme-Becker KUnsterlex. X 1914, 217, S, Papaspyridi CVA Athene III I c pi. 4,
-ocr page 152-HO
Was all this done in order to mention Douris as a potter? I think it is more likely that a number of vase-painters inscribed the name of Douris on their own products innbsp;hopes that buyers would take the name for a signature and their work for work bynbsp;Douris. This is by no means certain and other solutions are also possible, for examplenbsp;that the name only refers to the maker of the models, but even then abuse wasnbsp;possible.
POLYGNOTOS.
Beazley^) has attributed the Tübingen fragment inscribed ....... •yvoTogj[iyp]xlt;^sv2)
to the Lewis-painter on the ground of a comparison of style, although he remarks: “Noch ein Problem”. Watzinger had completed the painter’s name to TloXCyvoro^,nbsp;but Beazley pointed out that many other combinations are possible. Lippold objectednbsp;that the way of signing agrees so entirely with that of the vase-painter Polygnotos thatnbsp;the sherd should certainly be attributed to him. But he shrinks from the consequencesnbsp;of his remark: “Damit will ich nicht behaupten, dass der „Lewismaler” ... mit Polygnotnbsp;identisch sei”®). Fr. Poulsen, who misunderstands Beazley’s meaning^), also attributesnbsp;the fragment to the well-known Polygnotos®). Finally D. M. Robinson and Sarahnbsp;Freeman have written a special study on this®), wherein they show that the skyphos-fragment Tübingen E 106 belongs to the same hand as a skyphos published by them innbsp;the Robinson collection'^), sigmd TloXóyvorog/ëyeix’^sv^ and that this hand is that ofnbsp;the Lewis-painter. The well-known vase-painter Polygnotos should not be mixed upnbsp;with him. Although the authors consider the possibility of false signatures, they arrivenbsp;at the conclusion that the Lewis-painter is to be called Polygnotos 11. This identificationnbsp;has been accepted by Picard®) and Dugas®), while the latter also identifies (wrongly)nbsp;the Penelope-painter with him.
The skyphos of the Robinson collection and the Tübingen fragment should indeed be attributed to the Lewis-painter. This comes to two vase-painters Polygnotos, of
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;AV 478. In his Vases in Poland 60 n, 8 he is more positive about the matter.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Watzinger Vasen iti Tubingen pi, 28, E 106; also reproduced in A]A 1936, 221; H. R. W.nbsp;Smith Lewismaler pi. 23a.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;BPhW 1926, 1013 sq.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Beazley does not reject the signature.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Etruskerstadt 19.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A]A 1936, 215 sq.
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;It has meanwhile been published in CVA Robinson Coll. 2 pi; 40, 2 sq. and p, 30 sq,
8) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;RA 6 XI 1938, 331.
9) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;REA 40, 1938, 43 sq.; at first he was in doubt: REA 38, 1936, 485.
-ocr page 153-whom the Lewis-painter is the elder artist (the name Polygnotos II is therefore a misnomer), and the first Polygnotos the younger. Their activity will have a verynbsp;slight interval, if any^). Again the question arises: Is it likely that two vase-paintersnbsp;called Polygnotos worked in the Kerameikos so shortly after each other? This wouldnbsp;certainly be possible, but both Polygnoti sign in the same exceptional way in two lines,nbsp;as is further only done among painters by Hermonax. Can this also be chance? It isnbsp;hard to believe. It will be well to consider the possibility that a younger Polygnotosnbsp;(he may have been the grandson of the elder Polygnotos) took advantage of his namenbsp;by making his signature similar to that of the Lewis-painter, or that the younger Polygnotos was not called Polygnotos, but was an ordinary forger. In the latter case thenbsp;possibility may be considered whether the signed London amphora^), which is nownbsp;attributed to the younger Polygnotos, but is different from his other works ^), is not anbsp;product of another forger, who also imitated the Lewis-painter. It would be easy tonbsp;understand that this painter, who apparently applied himself to skyphoi, had made anbsp;name for himself and evoked imitation.
In the preceding pages a few cases have been mentioned where false signatures are possible. However, two reservations must be made here.
If we are to speak of false signatures or of spurious works it is a condicio sine qua non that the genuine works are older than the spurious ones. With regard to vasesnbsp;a perfectly reliable relative chronology is 'not to be obtained, unless we take groups ofnbsp;say five years. Style criticism, which is almost the only basis of the relative chronology,nbsp;starts and has to start from the supposition that two vases which are on the same levelnbsp;of style are also contemporary. It is obvious that this need not be the case, for the onenbsp;painter may be more advanced than the other. Therefore we can never reach thatnbsp;perfect certainty with regard to vases, which we can attain with regard to coins.
Further I wish to point out that every time a conclusion was drawn the proviso was made: “if typx'jiEv refers to the painter”. For this is not necessary. Exactly withnbsp;the last-mentioned case the question arises whether the words TloXóyvorog eypxfsv donbsp;not refer to the great Polygnotos (a contemporary of the Lewis-painter), who in thatnbsp;case would have made the designs*). That such designs, after the example of whichnbsp;vase-painters worked, really existed was emphatically argued by Pottier®) and was
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;The oldest skyphos of the Lewis-painter is connected with the battle of Plataeae: Smithnbsp;Lewismaler 11.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;British Museum E 284, Hoppin R[. leases If 376.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Beazley AV 391, 394.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hauser BPhW 1904, 1237.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pottier Cat. Louvre III 661, Mon. Piot 1927/8, 189; cf. Scheurleer Gr. Ceramiek 14, Hussongnbsp;Technik d. att, Gefassker, 54.
-ocr page 154-also surmised by Scheurleer with regard to the early Italiote vasesHauser refers to places where designs are mentioned^). In fact the words yMraypaipziv, ypa.fzjx.a. are usednbsp;here, but they refer to designs of draughtsmen in the service of metal-workers. In suchnbsp;cases the use of ypkfuv is not strange, but could it also be used with regard to makingnbsp;designs intended as examples for the use of vase-painters? This would lead to confusion,nbsp;to say the least. Hauser himself raised an objection against this view by mentioningnbsp;the cases where at first a vase-painter wrote sypa^sv and towards the end of his careernbsp;sjro'iYiG-ev. If syptxij/ey referred to making a design we should expect that exactly experienced painters with an established reputation made the designs. The same thing isnbsp;also indicated by the circumstance that in the case of double signatures the one withnbsp;kvoiria-sv mostly precedes eypatpsu ®), which no doubt means that the former work wasnbsp;held in greater esteem than the latter^). However, all this does not alter the fact thatnbsp;occasionally it might be possible for a signature with sypxij/sv to refer to the maker ofnbsp;the design.
If such inconsistency should be assumed with regard to the vase-painters, it should also be expected in the case where we read s^oiria-ev. This word is even vaguer, andnbsp;might refer to the owner of the atelier, as is mostly assumed ®), or to the man who modelsnbsp;the vases himself®), or to the painter. Arguments have been alleged for the variousnbsp;views, but none can be called conclusive. Would it not be possible for the word to havenbsp;one meaning in one case and another meaning in another case? This arbitrary use of thenbsp;word may seem queer, but we cannot know whether a fixed terminology had developed’). Further the verb •^rots'iu is used with reference to sculptors, toreutai, die-engravers, and mosaic-workers, so that it was apt to be adopted by vase-painters asnbsp;well. And finally it will have occurred more than once that the functions which we discriminate were united in one person; owner and potter, owner and painter, potter andnbsp;painter, owner and designer or combinations of more than two functions. Under suchnbsp;circumstances a fixed terminology could hardly develop.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Scheurleer Bull. Ant. Besch. 13, 1938, 16.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Athenaeus XI 19 (782 c), Paus, I 28,2 (67).
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;With the exception of Myson,
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Pottier Mon. Plot 1927/8, 187 n. 3.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Beazley VA p. V, Scheurleer Gr. Ceramiek 13 sq.: Beazley Attic Bf. 15 is in doubt.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Hussong Technik 54, G. Richter AJA 1932, 86, This is also indicated, I think, by the words
Avxhoi ms^yixrv nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;to wpSTov xpyao-ceTo on a black-figured vase (Hoppin B{. Vases 165).
7) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Attention should be paid to the variation in the wording of the signature on the black-
figured vases. In this connection special attention should be paid to the cup inscribed nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;fte
iToi'sa-ev, x«tpo on the one side, and ’AvajxjAË; fie Ijro/ra-fv, nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;on the other (Hoppin Bf. Vases
180), unless the cup is composed of the fragments of two cups.
-ocr page 155-Enough has been said to show that cases of false signatures also seem to occur in Greek vase-painting. That we cannot reach the same degree of certainty withnbsp;regard to these cases as we could with regard to the coins, is another proof of the importance of the coin as a work of art. For here the relative chronology can frequently benbsp;established with complete certainty, and the absolute chronology with reasonablenbsp;certainty, while difficulties of interpretation of signatures seldom occur.
-ocr page 156-CHAPTER X.
In the preceding pages I have tried to prove that even signatures are not an entirely reliable criterion for attributing works to an artist. This thesis was borne outnbsp;by a number of more or less certain cases derived from monetary art and from vase-painting. These are the only domains of Greek art that allow of investigation, for innbsp;the present state of things only these groups come up to the requirements of originalitynbsp;of the objects under discussion, of a reliable relative chronology, and of having anbsp;signature. Yet sculpture also furnishes an instance^).
The base of the statue of Pythokles at Olympia^) bears the same inscription twice, which consists of the name of the victor and the signature of the youngernbsp;Polykleitos ; one of these signatures is genuine, the other false. For we must formnbsp;the following idea of the history of the base: at first the base indeed bore the bronzenbsp;image of Pythokles by Polykleitos, but in the first century a.d. it was taken away, nonbsp;doubt in order to be conveyed to Italy, during which operation a piece of the base withnbsp;part of the inscription broke off. However, another statue, wich a different stance of thenbsp;feet, was placed on the base; so it was not a copy of the Pythokles that had disappeared.nbsp;At the same time the inscription was restored. This restoration is false in any case, fornbsp;either the name of Pythokles no longer fitted in, or the signature was not in its place, or,nbsp;what is most probable, both parts of the inscription were wrong.
This instance, however, is different from what we noticed with the coins and the vases, for here it was every time the maker himself who placed a false signature,nbsp;whereas there is nothing to make us suspect that the Pythokles-base was misappropriated by a statue made by the man who placed the second inscription in the beginningnbsp;of our era. Therefore it seems that the instance of Pythokles is to be compared withnbsp;those instances known from the history of literature in which later scholars or zealousnbsp;sectarians ascribed certain existing writings to famous authors^).
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;I leave on one side the story that Phidias permitted Agorakritos to sign the works henbsp;himself had made; cf. G. Richter Sculpture and Sculptors^ 238.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Inschriften von Olympia 162. Loewy Inschr. griech. Bildhauer 91.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;]dl 1939, 227.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;H, Peter Wahrheit und Kunst (1911) 427.
-ocr page 157-H5
But the instances we mentioned of vases and coins also show differences. The false signatures on the vases were placed by the vase-painter himself, no doubt in ordernbsp;to make more money for his products. This may be compared with present-day forgeries. But I am unable to see how extra profit can have been the object of those whonbsp;made false signatures of die-engravers. For, to return to our starting-point, we havenbsp;seen that the pseudo-Kimonian dies were made in the Mint of Syracuse, whereas thenbsp;genuine dies were made in the atelier of Kimon and IM. Here everybody who had anynbsp;connection with the Mint, and probably every other inhabitant of Syracuse who wasnbsp;interested in coins, knew that in 413/2 Kimon had worked for a short time only for thenbsp;Mint, and that the dies which were regularly issued for the six subsequent years, werenbsp;not by his hand. In how far the Greeks of that time noticed the differences in style Inbsp;should not be able to say.
What are we to think of all this?
It should not be imagined that we have discovered the corruption of the Keramei-kos and have brought to light a wide-spread conspiracy of forgers, nor that the mint-masters of Syracuse together with the citizens had so many dies signed falsely in order to obtain empty fame for their town or to please later generations. On the contrary:nbsp;although the false signatures on vases may have yielded extra money, yet it is not tonbsp;be imagined that these practices remained entirely unobserved and, if they werenbsp;unlawful, were nevertheless tolerated. Tire coins prove that what we call placing falsenbsp;signatures was perfectly lawful.
This is a result of the circumstance that among the Greeks the line of demarcation between true and untrue was different from ours, while they gave wider scope tonbsp;truth ^). This is excellently illustrated by plagiarism, which is exactly the oppositenbsp;phenomenon; whereas here an artist gives another man’s name to his own work, thenbsp;plagiarist gives another man’s work (or part of it) to the world under his own name. Innbsp;Greek literature plagiarism is old and wide-spread; of the same kind are verbatim quotations without mentioning the source. It is generally accepted that at first in any casenbsp;this phenomenon was not the result of malicious intent^). But the phenomenon of falsenbsp;names of writers, which is entirely on a par with the false signatures, is also widespread. If we restrict ourselves to the cases dating from the time before Alexander wenbsp;see again that there is no malicious intent, contrary to later times®). Among these
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Peter o.c, 1 sq.: “Plumpheit musste vermieden werden, im iibrigen handelte der Grieche imnbsp;offentlichen Verkehr, ohne sich der Abweichung von der Wahrheit als eines Unrechts bewusst zunbsp;werdenquot;.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Peter o.c., E. Stemplinger Das Plagiat in der griech. Literatar (1912), J. Stenzel Antike 1.nbsp;1925. 247.
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Stemplinger Das Plagiat 31 sq.
10
-ocr page 158-cases I also reckon those in which another writer completes the work of a famous author, and edits the whole under the famous name, as also the speeches which authorsnbsp;put into the mouths of historical persons’^). The phenomenon of false signatures onnbsp;vases and coins is perfectly analogous.
The stricter criteria of genuineness which we apply differ from the judgment of the iGreeks; for the matter of that our criteria are still young. No one would at presentnbsp;take it into his head to do what Erasmus did when he edited the New Testament innbsp;Greek: when a page was missing from the Greek manuscript which he followed, henbsp;simply translated the text from the Latin ^). In those days it was customary for authorsnbsp;to deny the paternity of their works, or at least, as Ovid did with regard tot the Metamorphoses, to assert that the work had been published without the knowledge andnbsp;against the wishes of the author®). Here, too, books could be given to the world withnbsp;malicious intent under a false name. Just as in the struggle among the philosophicalnbsp;sects mutually, and between the Christian Church and the philosophical schools, thisnbsp;weapon was also used in the Reformation period'*). Not before the printing-press hadnbsp;taken a deep root and the publication of books had increased did these practices dienbsp;out®), although writing pseudonymously is still of frequent occurrence.
Therefore the phenomenon pointed out in the present book is nothing special: it fits in with the whole of what we know of Greek literature. Maybe this attitude, whichnbsp;at first sight is unintelligible to us, is easier to understand when we think of a photographic reproduction of a painting, which we unblushingly provide with the words: “thenbsp;Midnight Round by Rembrandt”. Everybody knows that it is only a photographicalnbsp;copy, but if we take the words of the subscription literally we have the painting itselfnbsp;before us. Something similar the pseudo-Kimonian dekadrachms show us, which ofnbsp;course are not mechanical copies, but cut with the hand and therefore free imitations®).
I do not doubt but what has been argued in the present book will be disputed. In the first place it might be pointed out to me that personal inclination plays an importantnbsp;part in a question like this. It is far from me to assert that the subjective element isnbsp;entirely absent, but still I hope I have found enough concrete and objective indicationsnbsp;to ensure reasonable certainty for my thesis.
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Stemplinger Das Plagiat 250 sq., cf. 257 sq.: “Umstilisierung des Fremden”.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Although he pointed out that this part was translated by himself: Allen Age o/j Erasmusnbsp;(1914) 161,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Allen Age of Erasmus 188.
4) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;W. Schmitz Het aandeel der Minderbroeders in onze Middeleeuwsche litteratuur diss.nbsp;Utrecht 1936, 143 sq.; M. Sabbe De meesters van den Gulden Passer 156 sq.
5) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Huizinga Erasmus^ (1925), 111.
6) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Similarly the relief with the signature of Kallimachos was not made by this sculptornbsp;(Löwy Inschriften griech. Bildh. 500).
-ocr page 159-If next I should be blamed for the fact that a thesis like this undermines the foundation on which our knowledge is based, I can reply that on the contrary this thesis opens the possibility of removing weak spots from that basis. It would be easier to keepnbsp;to the beaten track, but if one wishes to find out the true state of affairs one shouldnbsp;be critical and have one’s eyes wide open. In textual criticism mere linguistic feelingnbsp;sometimes appeared to be a better criterion than tangible tradition^); this justifies us innbsp;assuming that in certain cases style criticism, too, has a greater value than the evidencenbsp;of material indications. What Beazley has achieved in this field has been corroboratednbsp;in a striking way on one occasion®).
And if, in conclusion, it should be levelled at me that what has been argued here is absurd, and that we cannot disbelieve what we see with our own eyes, then thenbsp;attitude of the Greeks towards mental ownership would be misjudged. It is in factnbsp;remarkable that Pottier, who emphatically pointed this out®), should refuse to go onenbsp;step further and admit the possibility that signatures, too, can be imitated. If what Inbsp;proposed above were an isolated case in Greek art, even then this attitude might benbsp;understood, but literature has provided numerous instances of supposititious works fornbsp;many years. Surely what is a usual phenomenon with literary works should also benbsp;possible with plastic art.
All these phenomena are rooted in the mental outlook of the Greeks themselves, and the same spirit is breathed both by literature and by plastic art. Not before this hasnbsp;been recognised can the works of Greek artists be understood and rated at their truenbsp;value. It does not signify that the foundation of our knowledge has been undermined,nbsp;but that it has improved^
1) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A. Korte Neue Jahrb. 1917, 306.
2) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;A. Rumpf Gnomon 6, 1930. 67,
3) nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;Douris^ 51 sq.. Statuettes de tecre cuite 183, Mon. Piot 1927/8, 177; Vases ant. du Louvre^
III 1, 662: quot;Aucune barrière ne s'oppose a la contrefacon. Au contraire, elle est Tame e® le principe même de l'esthétique grecque,” Cf, Scheurleer Gr. Ceramiek 90 and Auctor ^rspinbsp;nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;who says:
‘éiTTt S'ov kAdtv to nbsp;nbsp;nbsp;«AA’ a? «TO xaAav elSüv 'ij TAacrfoarav ÜTrorvTratrii of the HsyxKm lt;rvy'ypxlt;pém xas
TOitfTÜv pilfiiffrk re xx't (13,4),
-ocr page 160- -ocr page 161-
IM, die-engraver in Syracuse: tetradrachm 47 sq., 52 sq., 57, 113 n. 1, hemidrachmnbsp;with Kimon, separate atelier with Kimon,nbsp;vide Kimon. INJURY (die-), due to knocking etc. 33, 62 n. 1, singular 117 n. 1. JEWELRY 96. Kallimachos, sculptor 146 n. 6. Kamarina, gold coins 54, silver coins 81 sq., 113. Katana (coins of) 80, 82 sq. Kimon 85 sqq., passim, dekadrachms 86 sq., 98 sqq., passim, chronology of dekadrachms 58 sqq., Arethosa-tetradrachmsnbsp;35, 48 sq., 52, 60 sqq., 68, 89 sqq., 105nbsp;sqq., 125, hemidrachm with IM 49 sq.,nbsp;57, separate atelier with IM 49, 50, 57 sq.,nbsp;63, 94, 111, connections with dekadr. ofnbsp;the Euainetos-type 110 sq., 116, toreutes?nbsp;96. Kleophrades-painter 126 sq., 129 sqq., Berlin pelike 129 sq., Copenhagen pelikenbsp;129 sq., Vienna amphora 130 sq. Kleudoros, die^ngraver in Velia 90, 92. Larissa Thess. (coins of) 90. Leontini (coins of) 55. Lewis-painter 140 sq., Eobinson sk5q)hos 140 sq., Tubingen fragment 140 sq. LIPS 75 sq., 79. LITERATURE (Greek) 145 sq. LIVELINESS, of horses 45 sq., of types 89. Maria (Sta) di Licodia, hoard 40 sq. MARKS OF VALUE: A on dekadrachm 59 sq., n on pentedrachm 60, pellets on goldnbsp;coins 54 n. 1. Meidias, potter 68 n. 3, 78, 111 n. 1. Messana (coins of) 67 n. 4., 68, 86 n. 1. METAL-WORKERS 95 Sq. Metapontum (coins of) 29, 72, 86 n. 1, 122 sq. MOLOSSOS, die-engraver in Thurium 121 sq. Myson, vase-painter 139 n. 5. Naro, hoard 43. Naxos Sic. (coins of) 82 n. 3. Noto, hoard (1908) 42. NUMBERS of coins struck 36. |
OCCASIONAL coins 63. Olym., engraver in Arcadia 95. Olympia, coins of 29, 64, 68 sqq., statue at 144, Olympic victors 69. Olympios, gem-engraver 95. OWNERSHIP (mental) 147. P., die-engraver in Terina, vide Polykleitos II. Pandosia (coins of) 77. Parme., die-engraver in Syracuse 58 n. 7, 73, 94. PENDANTS with vases 135 sqq. Penelope-painter 140. Ph., die-engraver, vide Phrygillos. Pheneos (coins of) 95. Phidias 78, 144 n. 1. Phrygillos, die-engraver 57, 71, 74 sqq., 118 sq. Phrygillos, gem-engraver 95. PICTURESQUE types 71, 78. PILOS, symbol 50. PLAGIARISM in literature 145. PLANE of the coin (types detached from the) 83 sq., 89. Plemmyrion, hoard 42. Po., die-engraver at Olympia, vide Polykleitos II. Poly....... die-engraver in Agrigentum, vide Polykleitos II. POLYGNOTOS, vase-painter 140 sqq., Kobin-son skyphos 140 sq., Tübingen fragment 140 sq. POLYGNOTOS, painter 141. Polykleitos II, sculptor and die-engraver 70, 95, 118 sqq., 144. POPULARITY of Euainetos’ dekadrachms 80, cf. contest. Prokles, die-engraver 82 n. 3. Punic coins 112, 113. Pythokles (statue of) 144. RATE of exchange of gold and silver 54 sq. REINS 116. RIVER-GODS 89 n. 2. SCARCITY of coined money 54 sq., 57. Segesta (coins of) 50, 77 n. 5. Sicilian hoard 42. signatures 104 sq., 110, dummy 108, on vases 141 sqq., vide canting. Skylla 76, 89 n. 2. |
SPEED vide dynamic types. SUPPLY, of gold 56, of silver 54 sqq. SUPPOSITITIOUS works in literature 145 sq.nbsp;Syracuse (coins of) passim, tetradrachmsnbsp;29, passim, gold coins 50 sqq., 84, 93 n. 4,nbsp;110 n. 2, 117. Takentum (coins of) 74 n. 9. Terina (coins of) 29, 71, 76 sq., 84 sq., 86 n. 1, 118 sqq.nbsp;textual criticism 147. Theri., die-engraver in Pheneos 95. Therikles, potter 95. |
Thurium 52, coins 29, 74 sqq., 121 sq. tongs 35. TOREUTAI 95 sq. TRIAL-PIECE (die) 116 sq. Triptolemos-painter 126 sq., 132 sq., Berlin kylix 132 sq.nbsp;truncation of the neck 90 sq. Velia (coins of) 77, 91. weights of coins 40, 65 sq. Zeuxis, painter 78. |
-I
-ocr page 165- -ocr page 166- -ocr page 167-De munten der Grieken ontleenen haar bijzondere waarde aan het feit, dat zij geografisch en chronologisch gelijkmatig over de geheele Grieksche wereld verbreide,nbsp;origineele kunstwerken zijn, van publiek karakter, die onaangetast bewaard zijn ennbsp;zonder achtergrond gewaardeerd kunnen worden.
De redenen waarom Gaebler en Regling (Gnomon 1930, 631), Boehringer en Rizzo {Bollettino d’Arte 1937, 401 n. 5) de echtheid van den vroegen Syracusaanschen tetra-drachme zonder nymfekopje (Boehringer, Münzcn von Syrakus no. 1) bestrijden, zijnnbsp;onjuist.
In tegenstelling tot de gangbare opvatting dient men de verklaring van den naam Axfzxpireicv, die Diodorus XI 26, Pollux,IX 85 en Hesychius s.v. geven, te verwerpen.
Onjuist is Seltmans meening {Greek Coins 94), dat de Atheensche dekadrachmen en bijbehoorende didrachmen slechts voor zilveruitdeelingen uitgegeven zijn.
V.
In tegenstelling tot Boehringers opvatting {Der Caesar von Acireale) kan men momenteel nog uitsluitend dat portret van Caesar voor het meest betrouwbaar houden,nbsp;dat voorkomt op de munten met het opschrift CAESAR DICT QUART (Grueber,nbsp;Catalogue of the Coins of the Roman Republic II 542 nos. 4135/6).
De onder den naam “Tempel II, lil, IV, V’’ bekend staande gebouwen te Boghaz-keui zijn eerder particuliere of vorstlijke woningen dan heiligdommen.
-ocr page 170-VII.
De naam AxfipxiivSog en het woord Xxfipi/g wijzen op een oorspronkelijk woord *'labravs.
VIII.
Het woord amarë is niet direct met Etr. amin 0 verwant.
IX.
Het portret Berlijn R 106 met het opschrift SENECA kan niet het portret van den filosoof Seneca zijn.
X.
In Lucretius II 250 moet, met Giussani ad loc., niet sese, m.aar sensu worden gelezen.
XI.
De zgn. oudste kaart van Utrecht (S. Muller, Topographische Atlas der Gemeente Utrecht no. 1) is onbetrouwbaar.
-ocr page 171-- .-iali